UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10

 

 

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

Pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

GrandSouth Bancorporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

South Carolina   57-1104394
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

381 Halton Road, Greenville, South Carolina   29607
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

864-770-1000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities to be registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act: None

 

Securities to be registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:

 

Common Stock, no par value per share

(Title of class)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o
     
Non-accelerated filer o   Smaller reporting company x
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Emerging growth company o

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.     o

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
Item 1. Business 5
     
Item 1A. Risk Factors 25
     
Item 2. Financial Information 46
     
Item 3. Properties 71
     
Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 72
     
Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers 74
     
Item 6. Executive Compensation 76
     
Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 80
     
Item 8. Legal Proceedings 81
     
Item 9. Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters 82
   
Item 10. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 84
     
Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered 85
     
Item 12. Indemnification of Directors and Officers 88
     
Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 89
     
Item 14. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 128
     
Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits 128

 

Signatures

Exhibit Index

 

 

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This registration statement contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Word or phrases such as “will,” “may,” “could,” “expect,” “believe,” “plan,” “would be,” “will allow,” “intends to,” “will likely result,” “are expected to,” “should,” “anticipate,” and similar expressions are meant to identify “forward-looking statements.” Such forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made, and various factors, including, but not limited to, the following could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, such forward-looking statements:

 

· Restrictions or conditions imposed by our regulators on our operations;
· Increases in competitive pressure in the banking and financial services industries;
· Changes in access to funding or increased regulatory requirements with regard to funding;
· Changes in deposit flows;
· Credit losses as a result of declining real estate values, increasing interest rates, increasing unemployment, changes in payment behavior or other factors;
· Credit losses due to loan concentration;
· Changes in the amount of our loan portfolio collateralized by real estate and weaknesses in the real estate market;
· Our ability to attract and retain key personnel;
· The success and costs of our expansion into potential new markets;
· Changes in the interest rate environment which could reduce anticipated or actual margins;
· Changes in political conditions or the legislative or regulatory environment, including governmental initiatives affecting the financial services industry, including, but not limited to, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, or “CARES Act”;
· Changes in economic conditions in the United States and the strength of the local economies in which we conduct our operations, including, but not limited to, due to the negative impacts and disruptions resulting from the outbreak of COVID-19 on the economies and communities we serve, which may have an adverse impact on our business, operations and performance, and could have a negative impact on our credit portfolio, share price, borrowers, and on the economy as a whole, both domestically and globally;
· Changes occurring in business conditions and inflation;
· Increased cybersecurity risk, including potential business disruptions or financial losses;
· Changes in technology;
· The adequacy of the level of our allowance for loan losses and the amount of loan loss provisions required in future periods;
· Examinations by our regulatory authorities, including the possibility that the regulatory authorities may, among other things, require us to increase our allowance for loan losses or write-down assets;
· Changes in monetary and tax policies;
· Risks associated with actual or potential litigation or investigations by customers, regulatory agencies or others;
· The rate of delinquencies and amounts of loans charged-off;
· The rate of loan growth in recent years and the lack of seasoning of a portion of our loan portfolio;
· Our ability to maintain appropriate levels of capital and to comply with our capital ratio requirements;
· Adverse changes in asset quality and resulting credit risk-related losses and expenses;
· Changes in accounting policies, practices or guidelines; and
· Adverse effects of failures by our vendors to provide agreed upon services in the manner and at the cost agreed;
· The potential effects of events beyond our control that may have a destabilizing effect on financial markets and the economy, such as epidemics and pandemics, including the potential effects of COVID-19 on trade (including supply chains and export levels, travel, employee activity and other economic activities), war or terrorist activities, essential utility outages or trade disputes and tariffs.

  1  

 

These risks, uncertainties and factors include those we discuss in this registration statement under “Item 1A, Risk Factors,” which also may affect actual outcomes. You should read these risk factors and the other cautionary statements made in this registration statement as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this registration statement. The forward-looking statements made in this registration statement relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

 

Summary of Material Risks

Investment in our common stock involves risk. An investor or potential investor should consider the risks summarized in this section when making investment decisions regarding our common stock.

Risks Related to Economic Conditions, Including as a Result of the COVID-19 Pandemic

 

· The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected our business, financial condition and results of operations, and the ultimate impacts of the pandemic on our business, financial condition and results of operations will depend on future developments and other factors that are highly uncertain.
· Our business may be adversely affected by conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions generally.
· Changes in U.S. trade policies and other factors beyond our control, including the imposition of tariffs and retaliatory tariffs and the impacts of epidemics or pandemics (particularly COVID-19), may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
· A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and events that negatively impact the real estate market could hurt our business.
· We have a concentration of credit exposure in floor plan inventory financing to small automobile dealers which could be more significantly impacted by an economic downturn.
· Changes in the financial markets could impair the value of our available-for-sale investment portfolio.
· We are subject to interest rate risk, which could adversely affect our financial condition and profitability.
· Continued uncertainty regarding, and potential deterioration in, the fiscal position of the U.S. federal government and possible downgrades in U.S. Treasury and federal agency securities could adversely affect us and our banking operations.

Risks Related to Lending Activities

 

· Our decisions regarding credit risk and reserves for loan losses may materially and adversely affect our business.
· We may have higher loan losses than we have allowed for in our allowance for loan losses.
· We are exposed to higher credit risk related to our commercial real estate, commercial, financial and agriculture, and real estate construction and land development lending.
· If we fail to effectively manage credit risk, our business and financial condition will suffer.
· Our underwriting decisions may materially and adversely affect our business.

Risks Related to Laws and Regulations

 

· As a participating lender in the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”), we are subject to additional risks of litigation from our customers or other parties regarding our processing of loans for the PPP and risks that the SBA may not fund some or all PPP loan guaranties.
· Uncertainty relating to the London Inter-bank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, calculation process and potential phasing out of LIBOR may adversely affect us.
· Imposition of limits by the bank regulators on commercial and multi-family real estate lending activities could curtail our growth and adversely affect our earnings.
· Higher Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) deposit insurance premiums and assessments could adversely affect our financial condition.
· Our use of third-party vendors and our other ongoing third-party business relationships are subject to increasing regulatory requirements and attention.

 

  2  

 

 

· We are subject to extensive regulation that could restrict our activities, have an adverse impact on our operations, and impose financial requirements or limitations on the conduct of our business.
· The financial services industry may be subject to new legislation, regulation and governmental policy.
· We are subject to strict capital requirements, which could be amended to be more stringent, in the future.
· Federal, state and local consumer lending laws restrict our ability to originate certain mortgage loans and increase our risk of liability with respect to such loans and increase our cost of doing business.
· We are subject to federal and state fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to material penalties.
· New accounting standards may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
· The Federal Reserve Board may require us to commit capital resources to support the Bank.
· Failure to comply with government regulation and supervision could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties, and damage to our reputation.
· We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.
· Environmental liability associated with commercial lending could result in losses.
· From time to time we are, or may become, involved in suits, legal proceedings, information-gatherings, investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory agencies that may lead to adverse consequences.

 

Risks Related to Operations

· Liquidity needs could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
· New or acquired banking office facilities and other facilities may not be profitable.
· We are dependent on key individuals, and the loss of one or more of these key individuals could curtail our growth and adversely affect our prospects.
· Our historical operating results may not be indicative of our future operating results.
· New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risk.
· We are subject to losses due to errors, omissions or fraudulent behavior by our employees, clients, counterparties or other third parties.
· A failure in or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of our third-party vendors and other service providers or other third parties, including as a result of cyber-attacks, could disrupt our businesses, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, damage our reputation, increase our costs, and cause losses.

 

Risks Related to Our Industry

· We could experience a loss due to competition with other financial institutions or nonbank companies.
· We may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.
· Failure to keep pace with technological change could adversely affect our business.
· Consumers may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions.
· We are at risk of increased losses from fraud.
· Negative public opinion surrounding our Bank and the financial institutions industry generally could damage our reputation and adversely impact our earnings.

 

Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock

· Our ability to pay cash dividends is limited, and we may be unable to pay future dividends even if we desire to do so.
· Our stock price may be volatile, which could result in losses to our investors and litigation against us.

 

  3  

 

 

· Our principal shareholders and management own a significant percentage of our voting shares and are able to exercise significant influence over our business and have the power to block transactions that could benefit our other shareholders.
· Securities analysts may not initiate coverage or continue to cover our common stock.
· Future sales of our stock by our shareholders or the perception that those sales could occur may cause our stock price to decline.
· Economic and other circumstances may require us to raise capital at times or in amounts that are unfavorable to us.
· The obligations associated with being a public company will require significant resources and management attention, which will increase our costs of operation and may divert focus from our business operations.
· Failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
· Provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, South Carolina law, and state and federal banking regulations, could delay or prevent a takeover by a third party.
· An investment in our common stock is not an insured deposit.

 

General Risk Factors

· We may be exposed to a need for additional capital resources in the future and these capital resources may not be available when needed or at all.
· We are party to various claims and lawsuits incidental to our business. Litigation is subject to many uncertainties such that the expenses and ultimate exposure with respect to many of these matters cannot be ascertained.

For a more complete discussion of the material risks facing our business, see Item 1A – Risk Factors.

 

  4  

 

INFORMATION REQUIRED IN REGISTRATION STATEMENT

 

Voluntary Filing

 

We voluntarily filed this registration statement on Form 10 to become a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”).  Following the effective date of this registration statement, we will be obligated to file various reports required by the Exchange Act, including current reports on Form 8-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and annual reports on Form 10-K.

 

Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references in this registration statement to “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to GrandSouth Bancorporation and our wholly owned subsidiary, GrandSouth Bank, except that in the discussion of our capital stock and related matters, these terms refer solely to GrandSouth Bancorporation and not to the Bank. All references to the “Company” refer to GrandSouth Bancorporation only, and all references to the “Bank” refer to GrandSouth Bank only.

 

Item 1.  Business

 

General Overview

 

GrandSouth Bancorporation was incorporated in 2000 under the laws of South Carolina and is a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. The Company’s primary purpose is to serve as the holding company for the Bank. On October 2, 2000, pursuant to a Plan of Exchange approved by the shareholders of the Bank, all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Bank were exchanged for shares of the Company, and the Company became the owner of all of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank. The Company presently engages in no business other than that of owning the Bank.

 

The Company has one non-bank subsidiary, GrandSouth Capital Trust I (“GrandSouth Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust that was formed to facilitate the issuance of trust preferred securities. GrandSouth Trust is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements.

 

GrandSouth Bank is a South Carolina state-chartered commercial bank, which was incorporated and commenced operations in 1998. The Bank’s business consists primarily of accepting deposits from individuals and small businesses and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, primarily in loans secured by real estate, including commercial real estate loans, one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, construction and development loans, and home equity loans and lines of credit. In addition, we originate commercial business loans and invest in investment securities. We also provide specialty floor plan lending to small auto dealerships through a separate division of the Bank under the trade name “Carbucks.” We offer a variety of deposit accounts, including savings accounts, certificates of deposit, money market accounts, commercial and regular checking accounts, and individual retirement accounts. The Bank has eight retail offices located across South Carolina.

 

We have two reportable segments—(i) the Bank, excluding Carbucks (“Core Bank”), and (ii) Carbucks, as described below. These reportable segments represent the distinct product lines that we offer and are viewed separately by our management for strategic planning purposes.

 

Core Bank. Our primary business is to provide traditional deposit and lending products and services to our commercial and retail banking clients through the Bank.

 

Carbucks. Our Carbucks segment provides specialty floor plan lending to small auto dealerships in over 20 states through a separate division of the Bank.

 

As of December 31, 2020, on a consolidated basis, our total assets were approximately $1.1 billion, our total loans receivable were approximately $878.5 million, our total deposits were approximately $946.5 million, and our total stockholders’ equity was approximately $86.5 million. Our main office is located at 381 Halton Road, Greenville, South Carolina 29607.

 

  5  

 

Recent Developments during 2020

 

COVID-19 Pandemic

 

The COVID-19 pandemic, which was declared a national emergency in the United States in March 2020, continues to create extensive disruptions to the global economy and financial markets and to business and the lives of individuals throughout the world. In particular, the COVID-19 pandemic has severely restricted the level of economic activity in our markets. Federal and state governments have taken, and may continue to take, unprecedented actions to contain the spread of the disease, including quarantines, travel bans, shelter-in-place orders, closures of businesses and schools, fiscal stimulus, and legislation designed to deliver monetary aid and other relief to businesses and individuals impacted by the pandemic. Although in various locations certain activity restrictions have been relaxed and businesses and schools have reopened with some level of success, in many states and localities the number of individuals diagnosed with COVID-19 has increased significantly, which may cause a freezing or, in certain cases, a reversal of previously announced relaxation of activity restrictions and may prompt the need for additional aid and other forms of relief.

 

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is fluid and continues to evolve, adversely affecting many of our customers. The unprecedented and rapid spread of COVID-19 and its associated impacts on trade (including supply chain and export levels), travel, employee productivity, unemployment, consumer spending, and other economic activities has resulted in less economic activity, lower equity market valuations and significant volatility and disruption in the financial markets. In addition, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, market interest rates declined significantly. In efforts to bolster the economy the Federal Open Market Committee reduced the target federal funds interest rate to near zero. These reductions in interest rates, and the other effects of the COVID-19 pandemic have had, and are expected to continue to have, possibly materially, an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The ultimate extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, financial condition and results of operations is currently uncertain and the timing and pace of recovery will depend on various developments and other factors, including, among others, the duration and scope of the pandemic, as well as governmental, regulatory and private sector responses to the pandemic, and the associated impacts on the economy, financial markets and our customers, employees and vendors.

 

For additional information regarding the impact of COVID-19 on our financial condition and results of operations, see Item 2, Financial Information—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations.

 

LIBOR and Other Benchmark Rates

 

As previously disclosed, to facilitate an orderly transition from Interbank Offered Rates (“IBORs”) and other benchmark rates to alternative reference rates (“ARRs”), we have established an enterprise-wide program to identify, assess and monitor risks associated with the expected discontinuation or unavailability of benchmarks, including LIBOR. As part of this program, we continue to identify, assess and monitor risks associated with the expected discontinuation or unavailability of LIBOR and other benchmarks, and evaluate and address documentation and contractual mechanics of outstanding IBOR-based products and contracts that mature after 2021 and new and potential future ARR-based products and contracts to achieve operational readiness. This program includes active involvement of senior management. The program is structured to address the industry and regulatory engagement, client and financial contract changes, internal and external communications, technology and operations modifications, introduction of new products, migration of existing clients, and program strategy and governance. As the markets for ARRs continue to grow, we continue to monitor the development and usage of ARRs, including SOFR. Additionally, any prolonged economic and market disruptions resulting from COVID-19 may have an adverse impact on the market and industry transition to ARRs, including the readiness of other market participants and third-party vendors, and our engagement with impacted clients and their operational readiness to transition to ARRs. For more information on the expected replacement of LIBOR and other benchmark rates, see Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors – Risks Related to Laws and Regulation.

 

Other Recent Developments

 

On January 20, 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors approved regular quarterly cash dividends of $0.10 per common share and $0.105 per Series A preferred share payable on February 20, 2021 to shareholders of record on February 4, 2021.

 

As of March 29, 2021, the Company had repurchased 135,230 common shares totaling $2.4 million during 2021 through its common stock repurchase plan.

 

  6  

 

Strategic Plan

 

Growth strategy - We provide personalized banking services to satisfy the needs of our customers, while investing our funds in accordance with sound banking practices and striving to earn the maximum profit for shareholders. Our growth strategy has the following key components:

 

· Expanding our branch network to build a growing base of low-cost deposits to fund loan growth;

 

· Expanding our lending activities while maintaining excellent asset quality;

 

· Continuing our practice of hiring seasoned bankers to promote continuous long-term customer relationships;

 

· Capitalizing on the continued consolidation in the financial institutions industry to increase our customer base and market share of deposits; and

 

· Continuing to provide specialty floor plan lending to small auto dealerships through Carbucks in a profitable manner that contributes substantially to our net interest income.

 

Business strategy – We focus on developing banking relationships with small businesses and individuals located in our markets. Our current business strategy includes the following:

· Growing our personal checking, commercial checking, savings and money market accounts, which are considered “core” transaction accounts;

 

· Expanding our loan portfolio through traditional community bank lending and through our specialty automobile floor plan financing division, Carbucks;

 

· Promoting continuous long-term relationships between account officers and customers by minimizing transfers of account officers to different customers, departments or locations;

 

· Continuing to make the credit needs of our communities a priority by making credit decisions locally and quickly.

 

Market Area

The Bank was organized for the primary purpose of promoting home ownership through mortgage and commercial lending, financed by locally gathered deposits and currently operates eight branches across South Carolina. South Carolina is in the southern region of the United States, which is one of the fastest growing areas in the country. Greenville, South Carolina, where the Company and the Bank are headquartered, is the largest city in the Greenville-Anderson, South Carolina Metropolitan Statistical Area (the “Greenville Market”), and the upstate of South Carolina and is our primary target market.

 

From 2010 to 2020, the combined population of the Greenville Market grew at a compound annual growth rate of 1.14% to 922,974 and continued growth is expected for the foreseeable future. Median household income in the Greenville Market was $57,828 in 2020. FDIC insured deposits in the Greenville Market increased by 19.4% from 2019 to 2020, totaling $20.8 billion at June 30, 2020, the latest date for which such data is available, of which 3.2%, or $664.2 million, were held by GrandSouth Bank.

 

The Greenville Market is economically diverse with major industries including the automobile industry, health and pharmaceuticals, manufacturing, and academic institutions. Located adjacent to major transportation corridors such as Interstates 85 and 26 and centrally located between Charlotte, North Carolina and Atlanta, Georgia, the Greenville Market is consistently recognized nationally as an area for business growth and relocation. Data obtained through S&P Global Market Intelligence projects population growth in the Greenville Market of 4.2% from 2020 to 2026.

 

In addition to the Greenville Market, we also focus on the Charleston-North Charleston, South Carolina Metropolitan Statistical Area (the “Charleston Market”) and the Columbia, South Carolina Metropolitan Statistical Area (the “Midlands Market”).

 

From 2010 to 2020, the combined population of the Charleston Market grew at a compound annual growth rate of 1.99% to 809,100. Median household income in the Charleston Market was $67,422 in 2020. FDIC insured deposits in the Charleston Market increased by 18.5% from 2019 to 2020, totaling $17.5 billion at June 30, 2020, the latest date for which such data is available. Data obtained through S&P Global Market Intelligence projects population growth in the Charleston Market of 9.2% from 2020 to 2026.

 

The Charleston Market is the home to the Port of Charleston, one of the busiest container ports along the Southeast and Gulf Coasts, as well as a number of national and international manufacturers, including Boeing South Carolina and Robert Bosch LLC. The region also benefits from a thriving tourism industry. In addition, a number of academic institutions are

  7  

 

located within the region, including the Medical University of South Carolina, The Citadel, and The College of Charleston, among others. The Charleston Market also hosts military installations for the U.S. Navy, Marine Corps, Air Force, Army and Coast Guard.

 

From 2010 to 2020, the combined population of the Midlands Market grew at a compound annual growth rate of 0.96 % to 844,469. Median household income in the Midlands Market was $59,033 in 2020. FDIC insured deposits in the Midlands Market increased by 22.5% from 2019 to 2020, totaling $24.2 billion at June 30, 2020, the latest date for which such data is available.

 

The Midlands Market is located in the center of the state between the Upstate region and the coastal cities of Charleston and Myrtle Beach. The area’s central location has contributed greatly to its commercial appeal and growth, and the market benefits from a diverse economy composed of advanced manufacturing, healthcare, technology, shared services, logistics, and energy. The largest employers in the Midlands Market include the U.S. Army’s Fort Jackson, the University of South Carolina, Prisma Health, Blue Cross Blue Shield, and Lexington Medical Center. Data obtained through S&P Global Market Intelligence projects population growth in the Midlands Market of 5.75% from 2020 to 2026.

 

Competition

 

The banking business is highly competitive.  Competition among financial institutions is based on interest rates offered on deposit accounts, interest rates charged on loans, other credit and service charges relating to loans, the quality and scope of the services rendered, the convenience of banking facilities, and, in the case of loans to commercial borrowers, relative lending limits.  We compete with commercial banks, credit unions, savings institutions, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market funds and other mutual funds, as well as super-regional, national and international financial institutions that operate offices in our market areas and elsewhere.

 

We compete with these institutions both in attracting deposits and in making loans.  In addition, we have to attract our customer base from other existing financial institutions and from new residents.  Many of our competitors are well-established, larger financial institutions, such as Bank of America, TD Bank, Wells Fargo and Truist Bank.  These institutions offer some services, such as extensive and established branch networks, that we do not provide.  In addition, many of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive federal regulations that govern bank holding companies and federally insured banks.

 

We believe the financial services industry will likely continue to become more competitive as further technological advances enable more financial institutions to provide expanded financial services without having a physical presence in our markets. Because larger competitors have advantages in attracting business from larger corporations, we do not generally compete for that business. Instead, we concentrate our efforts on attracting the business of individuals and small- to medium- size businesses. With regard to such accounts, we generally compete on the basis of customer service and responsiveness to customer needs, the convenience of our offices and hours, and the availability and pricing of our products and services.

 

We believe our commitment to quality and personalized banking services through our culture is a factor that contributes to our competitiveness and success.

 

Segment Information

Reference is made to Note 20 “Reportable Segments” to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 13 -“Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

Lending Activities

 

General

 

We emphasize a range of lending services, including real estate, commercial and consumer loans.

 

To address the risks inherent in making loans, our management maintains an allowance for loan losses based on, among other things, periodic and regular evaluation of individual loans, the overall risk characteristics of the various portfolio segments, evaluation of loan loss experience, the amount of past due and nonperforming loans, current and anticipated economic changes and the values of certain loan collateral. Based upon such factors, management makes various assumptions and judgments about the ultimate collectability of the loan portfolio and provides an allowance for loan losses to cover the

  8  

 

estimated losses inherent in the loan portfolio. However, because there are certain risks that cannot be precisely quantified, management’s judgment of the allowance is approximate and imprecise. The adequacy and methodology of the allowance for loan losses is subject to regulatory examination and compared to a peer group of financial institutions identified by the regulatory agencies.

 

During 2020, we have continued to re-evaluate our lending activities in light of the significant impact on the economy that has resulted from the COVID-19 pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic may increase the risk of nonpayment by our borrowers for all types of loans that we make.

 

Real Estate Loans

 

A major component of our loan portfolio is loans secured by first or second mortgages on residential and commercial real estate. These loans generally consist of commercial real estate loans, construction and development loans and residential real estate loans (including home equity and second mortgage loans). These loans include interest rates that may be fixed or adjustable and are generally charged origination fees. We seek to manage credit risk in the commercial real estate portfolio by emphasizing loans on owner-occupied office and retail buildings where the loan-to-value ratio, established by independent appraisals, generally does not exceed 85 to 90%. The loan-to-value ratio for first and second residential real estate loans and for construction loans generally does not exceed 80 to 90%. In addition, we may require personal guarantees by the principal owner(s) of the property serving as collateral for a real estate loan.

 

The principal economic risk associated with all loans, including real estate loans, is the creditworthiness of our borrowers. The ability of a borrower to repay a real estate loan depends upon several economic factors, including employment levels and fluctuations in the value of real estate. In the case of a real estate construction loan, there is generally no income from the underlying property during the construction period. In the case of a real estate purchase loan, the borrower may be unable to repay the loan at the end of the loan term and may thus be forced to refinance the loan at a higher interest rate, or, in certain cases, the borrower may default as a result of its inability to refinance the loan. Each of these factors increases the risk of nonpayment by the borrower.

 

We face additional credit risks to the extent that we engage in making adjustable-rate mortgage loans (“ARMs”). In the case of an ARM, as interest rates increase, the borrower’s required payments increase, thus increasing the potential for default. The marketability of all real estate loans, including ARMs, is also generally affected by the prevailing level of interest rates.

 

Commercial Loans

 

We make loans for commercial purposes in various lines of business. The terms of these loans are structured on a case-by-case basis to best serve customer-specific needs. Our commercial loans include both secured and unsecured loans for working capital (including inventory and receivables), loans for business expansion (including acquisition of real estate and improvements), and loans for purchases of equipment and machinery. Working capital loans typically have terms not exceeding one year and are usually secured by accounts receivable, inventory or personal guarantees of the principals of the business. Loans for business expansion typically have terms of five years or less and are secured by various business assets. Equipment loans are typically made for a term of five years or less at either fixed or variable rates, with the loan fully amortized over the term and secured by the financed equipment.

 

The risks associated with commercial loans vary with many economic factors, including the economy in our market area. The well-established banks in our market area make proportionately more loans to medium- to large-sized businesses than we make. Many of our commercial loans are made to small- to medium-sized businesses, which typically have shorter operating histories, and less sophisticated record-keeping systems than larger entities. As a result, these smaller entities may be less able to withstand adverse competitive, economic and financial conditions than larger borrowers. In addition, because payments on these commercial loans generally depend to a large degree on the results of operations and management of the properties, repayment of such loans may be subject, to a greater extent than other loans, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy.

 

Through our Carbucks division, we also provide financing for independent automobile dealers located in more than 20 states, primarily in the southeastern United States, for the purpose of acquiring used automobile inventory. This type of “floor plan” inventory financing provides commercial lines of credit to fund the purchase of specific units of inventory and allows borrowers to hold the inventory for sale for periods of up to 180 days. There is little concentration in the customer base either geographically or by account. We monitor this portfolio by maintaining title of inventory until the unit is sold and perform frequent field audits to verify that the underlying collateral remains unsold and on each dealer’s lot. Yields on this type of financing are significantly higher than other forms of commercial lending, which partially offset the higher historical losses  

  9  

 

and overhead required for monitoring. We currently seek to limit our total exposure to this type of lending to 175% of the Bank’s Tier 1 capital. Because loans to finance automobile inventory for independent automobile dealers are secured by used motor vehicles these loans are subject to adverse conditions in the automobile market including risks associated with declining values.

 

Consumer Loans

 

We make a variety of loans to individuals for personal and household purposes, including secured and unsecured installment and term loans, home equity loans and lines of credit and unsecured revolving lines of credit such as credit cards. The secured installment and term loans to consumers generally consist of loans to purchase automobiles, boats, recreational vehicles, mobile homes and household furnishings, with the collateral for each loan being the purchased property. The underwriting criteria for home equity loans and lines of credit is generally the same as a first mortgage loan as described above. These loans typically mature 15 years or less after origination, unless renewed or extended.

 

Consumer loans generally involve greater credit risk than other loans because of the type and nature of the underlying collateral or because of the absence of collateral. Consumer loan repayments are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability and are likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce and illness. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount which can be recovered on such loans in the case of default. In most cases, any repossessed collateral will not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance. Although the underwriting process for consumer loans includes a comparison of the value of the collateral, if any, to the proposed loan amount, we cannot predict the extent to which the borrower’s ability to pay, and the value of the collateral, will be affected by prevailing economic and other conditions.

 

Loan Approval and Review

 

Our loan approval policies provide for various levels of officer lending authority, which are determined by our board of directors. When the amount of aggregate loans to a single borrower exceeds an individual officer’s lending authority, the loan request is considered and approved by an officer with a higher lending limit, the management loan committee, or the board of directors. We will not make loans to any director or executive officer of the Bank unless the loan is approved by the Bank’s board of directors, or a committee thereof. Other officer and employee loans are approved by the Chief Credit Officer. These loans will be made on terms not materially more favorable to such person than would be available to a person not affiliated with the Bank.

 

Our lending activities are subject to a variety of lending limits imposed by federal law. In general, the Bank is subject to a legal limit on loans to a single borrower equal to 15% of the Bank’s capital and unimpaired surplus. Based upon the capitalization of the Bank at December 31, 2020, the maximum amount we could lend to one borrower is $17.8 million. However, our internal lending limit at December 31, 2020 is $10.7 million and may vary based on our assessment of specific lending relationships. The board of directors will adjust the internal lending limit as deemed necessary to continue to mitigate risk and serve the Bank’s clients. The Bank’s legal lending limit will increase or decrease in response to increases or decreases in the Bank’s level of capital. We are able to sell participations in our larger loans to other financial institutions, which allows us to manage the risk involved in these loans and to meet the lending needs of our clients requiring extensions of credit in excess of these limits.

 

Deposit Products and Other Sources of Funds

 

General

 

Deposits traditionally have been our primary source of funds for our investment and lending activities. Our primary outside borrowing source is the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Atlanta. We have in the past used both brokered deposits and internet generated deposits to fund loan growth and to manage interest rate risk. Our additional sources of funds are scheduled loan payments, maturing investments, loan prepayments, retained earnings, and income on other earning assets.

 

Deposits

 

We accept deposits primarily from within our primary market area. We have also used brokered and internet deposits as a source of funds. We rely on our competitive pricing and products, convenient locations and quality customer service to attract and retain deposits. Our branch network is well established in our primary market area. We offer a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms. Our deposit accounts consist of savings accounts, certificates of deposit, regular checking accounts, money market accounts and individual retirement accounts. 

  10  

 

Interest rates paid, maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties for our deposit accounts are revised on a periodic basis depending on our current operating strategies, market interest rates, our liquidity requirements and our deposit growth goal. Our retail customer deposits were $916.4 million at December 31, 2020, or 96.8% of our total deposits.

 

Borrowings

 

Our borrowings consist of advances from the FHLB and junior subordinated debentures. At December 31, 2020, FHLB advances totaled $16.0 million, or 1.6%, of total liabilities, and subordinated debentures totaled $35.7 million, or 3.6%, of total liabilities. At December 31, 2020, we had unused borrowing capacity with the FHLB of $18.4 million based on collateral pledged at that date. We had total additional credit availability with the FHLB of $287.4 million as of December 31, 2020 if additional collateral was pledged. Advances from the FHLB are secured by our investment in the common stock of the FHLB and approved loans in our one-to-four family residential and commercial real estate loan portfolios.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2020, we had 199 full-time equivalent employees.

 

General Corporate Information

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 381 Halton Road, Greenville, South Carolina, and may be contacted via telephone at 864-770-1000. Additional information can be found on our website at www.grandsouth.com. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference herein and does not constitute a part of this registration statement.

 

Public Information

 

After this registration statement becomes effective, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Our SEC filings will be available to the public on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. You may also obtain these documents, free of charge, from the investor relations section of our website at http://www.grandsouth.com.

 

Supervision and Regulation

 

Both the Company and the Bank are subject to extensive state and federal banking laws and regulations that impose specific requirements or restrictions on and provide for general regulatory oversight of virtually all aspects of our operations. These laws and regulations are generally intended to protect depositors, not shareholders. Changes in applicable laws or regulations may have a material effect on our business and prospects.

 

The following discussion is not intended to be a complete list of all the activities regulated by the banking laws or of the impact of such laws and regulations on our operations. It is intended only to briefly summarize some material provisions. The following summary is qualified by reference to the statutory and regulatory provisions discussed.

 

Legislative and Regulatory Developments

 

Two older legislative and regulatory developments—the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and the Basel III-based capital rules—and one newer regulatory development implemented in response to the COVID-19 pandemic—the CARES Act—have had and will continue to have an impact on our operations.

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

 

The Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law in July 2010 and impacts financial institutions in numerous ways, including:

 

  · The creation of a Financial Stability Oversight Council responsible for monitoring and managing systemic risk;
  · Granting additional authority to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve (the “Federal Reserve”) to regulate certain types of nonbank financial companies;
  · Granting new authority to the FDIC as liquidator and receiver;
  · Changing the manner in which deposit insurance assessments are made;
  · Requiring regulators to modify capital standards;
  · Establishing the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”);

 

  11  

 

 

  · Capping interchange fees that banks charge merchants for debit card transactions;
  · Imposing more stringent requirements on mortgage lenders; and
  · Limiting banks’ proprietary trading activities.

 

There are many provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act mandating regulators to adopt new regulations and conduct studies upon which future regulation may be based. While some have been issued, many remain to be issued. Governmental intervention and new regulations could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act

 

On May 24, 2018, President Trump signed into law this major financial services reform bill.  The Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act (the “Reform Law”) modifies or eliminates certain requirements on community and regional banks and nonbank financial institutions.  For instance, under the Reform Act and related rule making:

 

· banks that have less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets and total trading assets and trading liabilities of less than five percent of total consolidated assets from Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, known as the “Volcker Rule”, which prohibits “proprietary trading” and the ownership or sponsorship of private equity or hedge funds that are referred to as “covered funds”; 
· the asset threshold for bank holding companies to qualify for treatment under the “Small Bank Holding Company and Savings and Loan Holding Company Policy Statement” was raised from $1 billion to $3 billion, which exempts these institutions (including the Company) from certain regulatory requirements including the Basel III capital rules;
· a new “community bank leverage ratio” was adopted, which is applicable to certain banks and bank holding companies with total assets of less than $10 billion (as described below under “Basel Capital Standards”); and
· banks with up to $3 billion in total consolidated assets may be examined by their federal banking regulator every 18 months (as opposed to every 12 months). 

 

Basel Capital Standards

 

Regulatory capital rules adopted in July 2013 and fully phased in as of January 1, 2019, which we refer to as Basel III, impose minimum capital requirements for bank holding companies and banks. The Basel III rules apply to all national and state banks and savings and loan associations regardless of size and bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies other than “small bank holding companies,” generally holding companies with consolidated assets of less than $3 billion. The Company is currently considered a “small bank holding company.” More stringent requirements are imposed on “advanced approaches” banking organizations-those organizations with $250 billion or more in total consolidated assets, $10 billion or more in total foreign exposures, or that have opted into the Basel II capital regime.

 

The rules include certain higher risk-based capital and leverage requirements than those previously in place. Specifically, the following minimum capital requirements apply to the Bank:

 

  · a new common equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%;
  · a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6%;
  · a total risk-based capital ratio of 8%; and
  · a leverage ratio of 4%.

 

Under Basel III, Tier 1 capital includes two components: CET1 capital and additional Tier 1 capital. The highest form of capital, CET1 capital, consists solely of common stock (plus related surplus), retained earnings, accumulated other comprehensive income, otherwise referred to as AOCI, and limited amounts of minority interests that are in the form of common stock. Additional Tier 1 capital is primarily comprised of noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, Tier 1 minority interests and grandfathered trust preferred securities (as discussed below). Tier 2 capital generally includes the allowance for loan losses up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, qualifying preferred stock, subordinated debt and qualifying tier 2 minority interests, less any deductions in Tier 2 instruments of an unconsolidated financial institution. Cumulative perpetual preferred stock is included only in Tier 2 capital, except that the Basel III rules permit bank holding companies with less than $15 billion in total consolidated assets to continue to include trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock issued before May 19, 2010 in Tier 1 Capital (but not in CET1 capital), subject to certain restrictions. AOCI is presumptively included in CET1 capital and often would operate to reduce this category of capital.

  12  

 

When implemented, Basel III provided a one-time opportunity at the end of the first quarter of 2015 for covered banking organizations to opt out of much of this treatment of AOCI. We made this opt-out election and, as a result, retained our pre-existing treatment for AOCI.

In addition, in order to avoid restrictions on capital distributions or discretionary bonus payments to executives, under Basel III, a banking organization must maintain a “capital conservation buffer” on top of its minimum risk-based capital requirements. This buffer must consist solely of CET1 capital, but the buffer applies to all three risk-based measurements (CET1, Tier 1 capital and total capital). The 2.5% capital conservation buffer was phased in incrementally over time, and became fully effective for us on January 1, 2019, resulting in the following effective minimum capital plus capital conservation buffer ratios: (i) a CET1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.5%.

On December 21, 2018, the federal banking agencies issued a joint final rule to revise their regulatory capital rules to (i) address the upcoming implementation of a new credit impairment model, the Current Expected Credit Loss, or CECL model, an accounting standard under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”); (ii) provide an optional three-year phase-in period for the day-one adverse regulatory capital effects that banking organizations are expected to experience upon adopting CECL; and (iii) require the use of CECL in stress tests beginning with the 2020 capital planning and stress testing cycle for certain banking organizations that are subject to stress testing. We are currently evaluating the impact the CECL model will have on our accounting and expect to recognize a one-time cumulative-effect adjustment to our allowance for loan losses as of the beginning of the first quarter of 2023, the first reporting period in which the new standard is effective. At this time, we cannot yet reasonably determine the magnitude of such one-time cumulative adjustment, if any, or of the overall impact of the new standard on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

In November 2019, the federal banking regulators published final rules under the Reform Law (discussed above) implementing a simplified measure of capital adequacy for certain banking organizations that have less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets. Under the final rules, which went into effect on January 1, 2020, depository institutions and depository institution holding companies that have less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets and meet other qualifying criteria, including a leverage ratio of greater than 9%, off-balance-sheet exposures of 25% or less of total consolidated assets and trading assets plus trading liabilities of 5% or less of total consolidated assets, are deemed “qualifying community banking organizations” and are eligible to opt into the “community bank leverage ratio framework.” A qualifying community banking organization that elects to use the community bank leverage ratio framework and that maintains a leverage ratio of greater than 9% is considered to have satisfied the generally applicable risk-based and leverage capital requirements under the Basel III rules and, if applicable, is considered to have met the “well capitalized” ratio requirements for purposes of its primary federal regulator’s prompt corrective action rules, discussed below. The final rules include a two-quarter grace period during which a qualifying community banking organization that temporarily fails to meet any of the qualifying criteria, including the greater-than-9% leverage capital ratio requirement, is generally still deemed “well capitalized” so long as the banking organization maintains a leverage capital ratio greater than 8%. A banking organization that fails to maintain a leverage capital ratio greater than 8% is not permitted to use the grace period and must comply with the generally applicable requirements under the Basel III rules and file the appropriate regulatory reports. We do not have any immediate plans to elect to use the community bank leverage ratio framework but may make such an election in the future.

 

As of December 31, 2020, the Bank was well-capitalized, as defined by FDIC regulations. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had regulatory capital in excess of the Federal Reserve’s requirements and met the Basel III rule requirements to be well-capitalized.

 

The Cares Act

 

On March 27, 2020, the CARES Act was passed by Congress and signed into law by President Trump. The CARES Act provided for approximately $2.2 trillion in direct economic relief in response to the public health and economic impacts of COVID-19. Many of the CARES Act’s programs are, and remain, dependent upon the direct involvement of financial institutions like the Company and the Bank. These programs have been implemented through rules and guidance adopted by federal departments and agencies, including the U.S. Department of Treasury, the Federal Reserve and other federal bank regulatory authorities, including those with direct supervisory jurisdiction over the Company and the Bank. Furthermore, as the COVID-19 pandemic evolves, federal regulatory authorities continue to issue additional guidance with respect to the implementation, life cycle, and eligibility requirements for the various CARES Act programs, as well as industry-specific recovery procedures for COVID-19. In addition, it is possible that Congress will enact supplementary COVID-19 response legislation, including new bills comparable in scope to the CARES Act.

 

  13  

 

Set forth below is a brief overview of select provisions of the CARES Act and other regulations and supervisory guidance related to the COVID-19 pandemic that are applicable to the operations and activities of the Company and the Bank. The following description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the CARES Act and the statutes, regulations, and policies described herein. Future legislation and/or amendments to the provisions of the CARES Act or changes to any of the statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies applicable to the Company and the Bank could have a material effect on the Company. Such legislation and related regulations and supervisory guidance will be implemented over time and will remain subject to review by Congress and the implementing regulations issued by federal regulatory authorities. The Company continues to assess the impact of the CARES Act, the potential impact of new COVID-19 legislation and other statutes, regulations and supervisory guidance related to the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

Paycheck Protection Program. A principal provision of the CARES Act amended the SBA’s loan program, in which the Bank participates, to create a guaranteed, unsecured loan program, the PPP, to fund operational costs of eligible businesses, organizations and self-employed persons during COVID-19. On June 5, 2020, President Trump signed the Paycheck Protection Program Flexibility Act, which, among other things, gave borrowers additional time and flexibility to use PPP loan proceeds, into law. Shortly thereafter, and due to the evolving impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, President Trump signed additional legislation authorizing the SBA to resume accepting PPP applications on July 6, 2020 and extending the PPP application deadline to August 8, 2020. As a participating lender in the PPP, the Bank continues to monitor legislative, regulatory and supervisory developments related to the PPP.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings and Loan Modifications for Affected Borrowers. The CARES Act permits banks to suspend requirements under GAAP for loan modifications to borrowers affected by COVID-19 that may otherwise be characterized as troubled debt restructurings and suspend any determination related thereto if (i) the loan modification is made between March 1, 2020 and the earlier of December 31, 2020 or 60 days after the end of the COVID-19 emergency declaration and (ii) the applicable loan was not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019. Federal bank regulatory authorities also issued guidance to encourage banks to make loan modifications for borrowers affected by COVID-19 and to assure banks that they will not be criticized by examiners for doing so.

 

Debt Guarantees, Account Insurance Increase, and Temporary Lending Limit Relief. The CARES Act also authorized several key initiatives directly applicable to federal bank regulatory authorities, including (i) the establishment of a program by the FDIC to guarantee the debt obligations of solvent insured depository institutions and their affiliates (including their holding companies) through December 31, 2020 and (ii) an increase by the FDIC and the National Credit Union Association to unlimited insurance coverage on any noninterest-bearing transaction accounts through December 31, 2020.

 

Main Street Lending Program. The CARES Act encouraged the Federal Reserve, in coordination with the Secretary of the Treasury, to establish or implement various programs to help mid-size businesses, nonprofit organizations, and municipalities. On April 9, 2020, the Federal Reserve proposed the creation of the Main Street Lending Program (the “MSLP”) to implement certain of these recommendations. On June 15, 2020, the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston opened the MSLP for lender registration. The MSLP supports lending to small- and medium-sized businesses that were in sound financial condition before the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic. The MSLP operates through three facilities: the Main Street New Loan Facility, the Main Street Priority Loan Facility, and the Main Street Expanded Loan Facility. The Federal Reserve is currently working to refine the MSLP’s operational infrastructure and facilities and is expected to release further rules and operational guidance. The Bank has not yet registered as lender under the MSLP, but it may do so in the future.

 

Proposed Legislation and Regulatory Action

 

From time to time, various legislative and regulatory initiatives are introduced in Congress and state legislatures, as well as by regulatory agencies. Such initiatives may include proposals to expand or contract the powers of bank holding companies and depository institutions or proposals to substantially change the financial institution regulatory system. Such legislation could change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. We cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted, and, if enacted, the effect that it, or any implementing regulations, would have on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company or the Bank could have a material effect on the business of the Company.

 

GrandSouth Bancorporation

 

We own 100% of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank, and therefore we are considered to be a bank holding company registered under the federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “Bank Holding Company Act”). As a result, we are  

  14  

 

primarily subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the Federal Reserve under the Bank Holding Company Act and its regulations promulgated thereunder. Moreover, as a bank holding company of a bank located in South Carolina, we also are subject to the South Carolina Banking and Branching Efficiency Act.

 

Permitted Activities. Under the Bank Holding Company Act, a bank holding company is generally permitted to engage in, or acquire direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company engaged in, the following activities:

 

· banking or managing or controlling banks;
· furnishing services to or performing services for our subsidiaries; and
· any activity that the Federal Reserve determines to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of banking.

 

Activities that the Federal Reserve has found to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of banking include:

 

· factoring accounts receivable;
· making, acquiring, brokering or servicing loans and usual related activities;
· leasing personal or real property;
· operating a non-bank depository institution, such as a savings association;
· trust company functions;
· financial and investment advisory activities;
· conducting discount securities brokerage activities;
· underwriting and dealing in government obligations and money market instruments;
· providing specified management consulting and counseling activities;
· performing selected data processing services and support services;
· acting as agent or broker in selling credit life insurance and other types of insurance in connection with credit transactions; and
· performing selected insurance underwriting activities.

 

As a bank holding company we also can elect to be treated as a “financial holding company,” which would allow us to engage in a broader array of activities. In summary, a financial holding company can engage in activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complimentary to financial activities, including insurance underwriting, sales and brokerage activities, providing financial and investment advisory services, underwriting services and limited merchant banking activities. We have not sought financial holding company status, but may elect such status in the future as our business matures. If we were to elect financial holding company status, each insured depository institution we control would have to be well capitalized, well managed and have at least a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act as discussed below.

 

The Federal Reserve has the authority to order a bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any of these activities or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when it has reasonable cause to believe that the bank holding company’s continued ownership, activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of it or any of its bank subsidiaries.

 

Change in Control. Two statutes, the Bank Holding Company Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with regulations promulgated under them, require some form of regulatory review before any company may acquire “control” of a bank or a bank holding company. Under the Bank Holding Company Act, control is deemed to exist if a company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting securities of a bank holding company; controls the election of a majority of the members of the board of directors; or exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of a bank or bank holding company. In guidance issued in 2008, the Federal Reserve has stated that it would not expect control to exist if a person acquires, in aggregate, less than 33% of the total equity of a bank or bank holding company (voting and nonvoting equity), provided such person’s ownership does not include 15% or more of any class of voting securities. Prior Federal Reserve approval is necessary before an entity acquires sufficient control to become a bank holding company. Natural persons, certain non-business trusts, and other entities are not treated as companies (or bank holding companies), and their acquisitions are not subject to review under the Bank Holding Company Act. State laws generally, including South Carolina law, require state approval before an acquirer may become the holding company of a state bank.

 

  15  

 

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, a person or company is required to file a notice with the Federal Reserve if it will, as a result of the transaction, own or control 10% or more of any class of voting securities or direct the management or policies of a bank or bank holding company and either if the bank or bank holding company has registered securities or if the acquirer would be the largest holder of that class of voting securities after the acquisition. For a change in control at the holding company level, both the Federal Reserve and the subsidiary bank’s primary federal regulator must approve the change in control; at the bank level, only the bank’s primary federal regulator is involved. Transactions subject to the Bank Holding Company Act are exempt from Change in Control Act requirements. For state banks, state laws, including that of South Carolina, typically require approval by the state bank regulator as well.

 

Source of Strength. There are a number of obligations and restrictions imposed by law and regulatory policy on bank holding companies with regard to their depository institution subsidiaries that are designed to minimize potential loss to depositors and to the FDIC insurance funds in the event that the depository institution becomes in danger of defaulting under its obligations to repay deposits. Under a policy of the Federal Reserve, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary depository institutions and to commit resources to support such institutions in circumstances where it might not do so absent such policy. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, to avoid receivership of its insured depository institution subsidiary, a bank holding company is required to guarantee the compliance of any insured depository institution subsidiary that may become “undercapitalized” within the terms of any capital restoration plan filed by such subsidiary with its appropriate federal banking agency up to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5% of the institution’s total assets at the time the institution became undercapitalized, or (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all applicable capital standards as of the time the institution fails to comply with such capital restoration plan.

 

The Federal Reserve also has the authority under the Bank Holding Company Act to require a bank holding company to terminate any activity or relinquish control of a nonbank subsidiary (other than a nonbank subsidiary of a bank) upon the Federal Reserve’s determination that such activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness or stability of any subsidiary depository institution of the bank holding company. Further, federal law grants federal bank regulatory authorities’ additional discretion to require a bank holding company to divest itself of any bank or nonbank subsidiary if the agency determines that divestiture may aid the depository institution’s financial condition.

 

In addition, the “cross guarantee” provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”) require insured depository institutions under common control to reimburse the FDIC for any loss suffered or reasonably anticipated by the FDIC as a result of the default of a commonly controlled insured depository institution or for any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled insured depository institution in danger of default. The FDIC’s claim for damages is superior to claims of shareholders of the insured depository institution or its holding company, but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders of subordinated debt (other than affiliates) of the commonly controlled insured depository institutions.

 

The FDIA also provides that amounts received from the liquidation or other resolution of any insured depository institution by any receiver must be distributed (after payment of secured claims) to pay the deposit liabilities of the institution prior to payment of any other general or unsecured senior liability, subordinated liability, general creditor or shareholder. This provision would give depositors a preference over general and subordinated creditors and shareholders in the event a receiver is appointed to distribute the assets of our Bank.

 

Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

 

Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve imposes certain capital requirements on the bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act, including a minimum leverage ratio and a minimum ratio of “qualifying” capital to risk-weighted assets. These requirements are essentially the same as those that apply to the Bank and are described above under “Basel III Capital Standards.” However, because the Company currently qualifies as a small bank holding company, these capital requirements do not currently apply to the Company. Subject to certain restrictions, we are able to borrow money to make a capital contribution to the Bank, and these loans may be repaid from dividends paid from the Bank to the Company. Our ability to pay dividends depends on, among other things, the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us, which is subject to regulatory restrictions as described below in “GrandSouth Bank—Dividends.”

 

We are also able to raise capital for contribution to the Bank by issuing securities without having to receive regulatory approval, subject to compliance with federal and state securities laws.

 

  16  

 

Dividends.  Since the Company is a bank holding company, its ability to declare and pay dividends is dependent on certain federal and state regulatory considerations, including the guidelines of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In general, the Federal Reserve’s policies provide that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve’s policies also require that a bank holding company serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks by standing ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to those banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and by maintaining the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks where necessary. Further, under the prompt corrective action regulations, the ability of a bank holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. These regulatory policies could affect the ability of the Company to pay dividends or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

 

In addition, since the Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and does not conduct stand-alone operations, its ability to pay dividends depends on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to it, which is also subject to regulatory restrictions as described below in “GrandSouth Bank – Dividends.”  

 

South Carolina State Regulation. As a South Carolina bank holding company under the South Carolina Banking and Branching Efficiency Act, we are subject to limitations on sale or merger and to regulation by the South Carolina Board of Financial Institutions (the “S.C. Board”). We are not required to obtain the approval of the S.C. Board prior to acquiring the capital stock of a national bank, but we must notify them at least 15 days prior to doing so. We must receive the S.C. Board’s approval prior to engaging in the acquisition of a South Carolina state chartered bank or another South Carolina bank holding company.

 

GrandSouth Bank

 

As a South Carolina bank, deposits in the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to a maximum amount, which is currently $250,000 per depositor. The S.C. Board and the FDIC regulate or monitor virtually all areas of the Bank’s operations, including;

 

· security devices and procedures;
· adequacy of capitalization and loss reserves;
· loans;
· investments;
· borrowings;
· deposits;
· mergers;
· issuances of securities;
· payment of dividends;
· interest rates payable on deposits;
· interest rates or fees chargeable on loans;
· establishment of branches;
· corporate reorganizations;
· maintenance of books and records; and
· adequacy of staff training to carry on safe lending and deposit gathering practices.

 

These agencies, and the federal and state laws applicable to the Bank’s operations, extensively regulate various aspects of our banking business, including, among other things, permissible types and amounts of loans, investments and other activities, capital adequacy, branching, interest rates on loans and on deposits, the maintenance of reserves on demand deposit liabilities, and the safety and soundness of our banking practices.

 

All insured institutions must undergo regular on-site examinations by their appropriate banking agency. The cost of examinations of insured depository institutions and any affiliates may be assessed by the appropriate federal banking agency against each institution or affiliate as it deems necessary or appropriate. Insured institutions are required to submit 

  17  

 

annual reports to the FDIC, their federal regulatory agency, and state supervisor when applicable. The FDIC has developed a method for insured depository institutions to provide supplemental disclosure of the estimated fair market value of assets and liabilities, to the extent feasible and practicable, in any balance sheet, financial statement, report of condition or any other report of any insured depository institution. The FDIC and the other federal banking regulatory agencies also have issued standards for all insured depository institutions relating, among other things, to the following:

 

· internal controls;
· information systems and audit systems;
· loan documentation;
· credit underwriting;
· interest rate risk exposure; and
· asset quality.

 

Prompt Corrective Action. As an insured depository institution, the Bank is required to comply with the capital requirements promulgated under the FDIA and the prompt corrective action regulations thereunder, which set forth five capital categories, each with specific regulatory consequences. Under these regulations, the categories are:

 

  · Well Capitalized — The institution exceeds the required minimum level for each relevant capital measure. A well-capitalized institution (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, (iii) has a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.5% or greater, (iv) has a leverage capital ratio of 5% or greater, and (v) is not subject to any order or written directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.
     
  · Adequately Capitalized — The institution meets the required minimum level for each relevant capital measure. No capital distribution may be made that would result in the institution becoming undercapitalized. An adequately capitalized institution (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater, (iii) has a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5% or greater, and (iv) has a leverage capital ratio of 4% or greater.
     
  · Undercapitalized — The institution fails to meet the required minimum level for any relevant capital measure. An undercapitalized institution (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%, (iii) has a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.5% or greater, or (iv) has a leverage capital ratio of less than 4%.
     
  · Significantly Undercapitalized — The institution is significantly below the required minimum level for any relevant capital measure. A significantly undercapitalized institution (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4%, (iii) has a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3% or greater, or (iv) has a leverage capital ratio of less than 3%.
     
  · Critically Undercapitalized — The institution fails to meet a critical capital level set by the appropriate federal banking agency. A critically undercapitalized institution has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.

 

Effective with the March 31, 2020 Call Report, qualifying community banking organizations that elect to use the new community bank leverage ratio framework and that maintain a leverage ratio of greater than 9.0% will be considered to have satisfied the risk-based and leverage capital requirements to be deemed well-capitalized.

If the FDIC determines, after notice and an opportunity for hearing, that the Bank is in an unsafe or unsound condition, the regulator is authorized to reclassify the Bank to the next lower capital category (other than critically undercapitalized) and require the submission of a plan to correct the unsafe or unsound condition.

 

If a bank is not well capitalized, it cannot accept brokered deposits without prior regulatory approval. Even if approved, rate restrictions will govern the rate a bank may pay on brokered deposits. In addition, a bank that is not well capitalized cannot offer an effective yield in excess of the interest paid on deposits of comparable size and maturity in such institution’s normal market area for deposits accepted from within its normal market area, or the national rate paid on deposits of comparable size and maturity for deposits accepted outside the bank’s normal market area. Moreover, the FDIC generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be categorized as undercapitalized. Undercapitalized institutions are subject to growth limitations (an undercapitalized institution may not acquire another institution, establish additional branch offices or engage in any new line of business unless determined by  

  18  

 

the appropriate federal banking agency to be consistent with an accepted capital restoration plan, or unless the FDIC determines that the proposed action will further the purpose of prompt corrective action) and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. The agencies may not accept a capital restoration plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution’s capital. In addition, for a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with the capital restoration plan. The aggregate liability of the parent holding company is limited to the lesser of an amount equal to 5.0% of the depository institution’s total assets at the time it became categorized as undercapitalized or the amount that is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all capital standards applicable with respect to such institution as of the time it fails to comply with the plan. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is categorized as significantly undercapitalized.

 

Significantly undercapitalized categorized depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become categorized as adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. The appropriate federal banking agency may take any action authorized for a significantly undercapitalized institution if an undercapitalized institution fails to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails in any material respect to implement a plan accepted by the agency. A critically undercapitalized institution is subject to having a receiver or conservator appointed to manage its affairs and for loss of its charter to conduct banking activities.

 

An insured depository institution may not pay a management fee to a bank holding company controlling that institution or any other person having control of the institution if, after making the payment, the institution would be undercapitalized. In addition, an institution cannot make a capital distribution, such as a dividend or other distribution, that is in substance a distribution of capital to the owners of the institution if following such a distribution the institution would be undercapitalized. Thus, if payment of such a management fee or the making of such would cause a bank to become undercapitalized, it could not pay a management fee or dividend to the bank holding company.

 

As of December 31, 2020, the Bank was deemed to be “well capitalized.”

 

Standards for Safety and Soundness. The FDIA also requires the federal banking regulatory agencies to prescribe, by regulation or guideline, operational and managerial standards for all insured depository institutions relating to: (i) internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems; (ii) loan documentation; (iii) credit underwriting; (iv) interest rate risk exposure; and (v) asset growth. The agencies also must prescribe standards for asset quality, earnings, and stock valuation, as well as standards for compensation, fees and benefits. The federal banking agencies have adopted regulations and Interagency Guidelines Prescribing Standards for Safety and Soundness to implement these required standards. These guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. Under the regulations, if the FDIC determines that the Bank fails to meet any standards prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the Bank to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard, as required by the FDIC. The final regulations establish deadlines for the submission and review of such safety and soundness compliance plans.

 

Insurance of Accounts and Regulation by the FDIC. The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks to $250,000 per account. As insurer, the FDIC imposes deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC insured institutions. It also may prohibit any FDIC insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the insurance fund.

 

As an FDIC-insured bank, the Bank must pay deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC based on its average total assets minus its average tangible equity. The Bank’s assessment rates are currently based on its risk classification (i.e., the level of risk it poses to the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund). Institutions classified as higher risk pay assessments at higher rates than institutions that pose a lower risk. In addition to ordinary assessments described above, the FDIC has the ability to impose special assessments in certain instances.

 

In addition to the ordinary assessments described above, the FDIC has the ability to impose special assessments in certain instances. For example, under the Dodd-Frank Act, the minimum designated reserve ratio for the deposit insurance fund was increased to 1.35% of the estimated total amount of insured deposits. On September 30, 2018, the deposit insurance fund reached 1.36%, exceeding the statutorily required minimum reserve ratio of 1.35%. On reaching the minimum reserve ratio of 1.35%, FDIC regulations provided for two changes to deposit insurance assessments: (i) surcharges on insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of $10 billion or more (large institutions) ceased; and (ii) small banks will receive assessment credits for the portion of their assessments that contributed to the growth in the reserve ratio from between 1.15%

  19  

 

and 1.35%, to be applied when the reserve ratio is at or above 1.38%. These assessment credits started with the June 30, 2019 assessment invoiced in September 2019 and finished with the September 30, 2019 assessment which was invoiced in December 2019. Assessment rates are expected to decrease if the reserve ratio increases such that it exceeds 2%.

In addition, FDIC insured institutions were required to pay a Financing Corporation (“FICO”) assessment to fund the interest on bonds issued to resolve thrift failures in the 1980s, which expired between 2017 and 2019. The final FICO assessment was collected in March 2019.

The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution, including the Bank, if it determines after a hearing that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. It also may suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for the permanent termination of insurance if the institution has no tangible capital. If insurance of accounts is terminated, the accounts at the institution at the time of the termination, less subsequent withdrawals, shall continue to be insured for a period of six months to two years, as determined by the FDIC. Management is not aware of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of the Bank’s deposit insurance.

 

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders. The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and its other subsidiaries. Various legal limitations restrict the Bank from lending or otherwise supplying funds to the Company or its non-bank subsidiaries. The Company and the Bank are subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Regulation W.

 

Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act places limits on the amount of loans or extensions of credit by a bank to any affiliate, including its holding company, and on a bank’s investments in, or certain other transactions with, affiliates and on the amount of advances to third parties collateralized by the securities or obligations of any affiliates of the bank. Section 23A also applies to derivative transactions, repurchase agreements and securities lending and borrowing transactions that cause a bank to have credit exposure to an affiliate. The aggregate of all covered transactions is limited in amount, as to any one affiliate, to 10% of the Bank’s capital and surplus and, as to all affiliates combined, to 20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus. Furthermore, within the foregoing limitations as to amount, each covered transaction must meet specified collateral requirements. The Bank is forbidden to purchase low quality assets from an affiliate.

 

Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, among other things, prohibits an institution from engaging in certain transactions with certain affiliates unless the transactions are on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to such institution or its subsidiaries, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies. If there are no comparable transactions, a bank’s (or one of its subsidiaries’) affiliate transaction must be on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that in good faith would be offered to, or would apply to, nonaffiliated companies. These requirements apply to all transactions subject to Section 23A as well as to certain other transactions.

 

The affiliates of a bank include any holding company of the bank, any other company under common control with the bank (including any company controlled by the same shareholders who control the bank), any subsidiary of the bank that is itself a bank, any company in which the majority of the directors or trustees also constitute a majority of the directors or trustees of the bank or holding company of the bank, any company sponsored and advised on a contractual basis by the bank or an affiliate, and any mutual fund advised by a bank or any of the bank’s affiliates. Regulation W generally excludes all non-bank and non-savings association subsidiaries of banks from treatment as affiliates, except to the extent that the Federal Reserve decides to treat these subsidiaries as affiliates.

 

The Bank is also subject to certain restrictions on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, certain principal shareholders, and their related interests. Extensions of credit include derivative transactions, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and lending transactions to the extent that such transactions cause a bank to have credit exposure to an insider. Any extension of credit to an insider (i) must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral requirements, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated third parties and (ii) must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features.

 

On December 27, 2019, the federal banking agencies issued an interagency statement explaining that such agencies will provide temporary relief from enforcement action against banks or asset managers, which become principal shareholders of banks, with respect to certain extensions of credit by banks that otherwise would violate Regulation O, provided the asset managers and banks satisfy certain conditions designed to ensure that there is a lack of control by the asset manager over the bank. This temporary relief will apply while the Federal Reserve, in consultation with the other federal banking agencies, considers whether to amend Regulation O.

  20  

 

Dividends. A source of the Company’s cash flow, including cash flow to pay dividends to its shareholders, is dividends it receives from the Bank. Statutory and regulatory limitations apply to the Bank’s payment of dividends to the Company. As a South Carolina chartered bank, the Bank is subject to limitations on the amount of dividends that it is permitted to pay. Unless otherwise instructed by the S.C. Board, the Bank is generally permitted under South Carolina state banking regulations to pay cash dividends of up to 100% of net income in any calendar year without obtaining the prior approval of the S.C. Board. The FDIC also has the authority under federal law to enjoin a bank from engaging in what in its opinion constitutes an unsafe or unsound practice in conducting its business, including the payment of a dividend under certain circumstances. The Bank must also maintain the CET1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% to avoid becoming subject to restrictions on capital distributions, including dividends, as described above.

 

Branching. Under current South Carolina law, the Bank may open branch offices throughout South Carolina with the prior approval of the S.C. Board.  In addition, with prior regulatory approval, the Bank is able to acquire existing banking operations in South Carolina.  Furthermore, federal legislation permits interstate branching, including out-of-state acquisitions by bank holding companies, interstate branching by banks, and interstate merging by banks.  The Dodd-Frank Act removes previous state law restrictions on de novo interstate branching in states such as South Carolina. This change permits out-of-state banks to open de novo branches in states where the laws of the state where the de novo branch to be opened would permit a bank chartered by that state to open a de novo branch.

 

Community Reinvestment Act. The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) requires that the FDIC evaluate the record of the Bank in meeting the credit needs of its local community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. These factors are also considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions, and applications to open a branch or facility. Failure to adequately meet these criteria could impose additional requirements and limitations on our Bank. On January 1, 2019, the date of the most recent examination report, the Bank received a satisfactory CRA rating.

 

The Gramm Leach Bliley Act (the “GLBA”) made various changes to the CRA. Among other changes, CRA agreements with private parties must be disclosed and annual CRA reports must be made available to a bank’s primary federal regulator. A bank holding company will not be permitted to become a financial holding company and no new activities authorized under the GLBA may be commenced by a holding company or by a bank financial subsidiary if any of its bank subsidiaries received less than a satisfactory CRA rating in its latest CRA examination.

 

On May 20, 2020, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency adopted changes to its regulations implementing the CRA, which resulted in the current CRA framework for national banks. However, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve are considering but have not yet adopted changes to the CRA framework for state-chartered banks such as the Bank.

Consumer Protection Regulations. Activities of the Bank are subject to a variety of statutes and regulations designed to protect consumers. Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by the Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. The Bank’s loan operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as:

 

· The Dodd-Frank Act that created the CFPB within the Federal Reserve Board, which has broad rulemaking authority over a wide range of consumer laws that apply to all insured depository institutions;
· the Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;
· the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;
· the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;
· the Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies, certain identity theft protections, and certain credit and other disclosures;
· the Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies; and
· the rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

 

  21  

 

The deposit operations of the Bank also are subject to:

 

  · the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, which, among other things, limits the amount of deposit insurance available per account to $250,000 and imposes other limits on deposit-taking;
  · the Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;
  · the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E, which governs automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services;
  · The Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute check,” such as digital images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check; and
  · the Truth in Savings Act and Regulation DD, which requires depository institutions to provide disclosures so that consumers can make meaningful comparisons about depository institutions and accounts.

 

Anti-Money Laundering. Financial institutions must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures, and controls; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function. The Company and the Bank are also prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence and “knowing your customer” in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. Financial institutions must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions, and recent laws provide law enforcement authorities with increased access to financial information maintained by banks. Anti-money laundering obligations have been substantially strengthened as a result of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (which we refer to as the “USA PATRIOT Act”). Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and are required to consider compliance in connection with the regulatory review of applications. The regulatory authorities have been active in imposing “cease and desist” orders and money penalty sanctions against institutions that have not complied with these requirements.

 

USA PATRIOT Act. The USA PATRIOT Act became effective on October 26, 2001, amended, in part, the Bank Secrecy Act and provides, in part, for the facilitation of information sharing among governmental entities and financial institutions for the purpose of combating terrorism and money laundering by enhancing anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws, as well as enhanced information collection tools and enforcement mechanics for the U.S. government, including: (i) requiring standards for verifying customer identification at account opening; (ii) rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators, and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering; (iii) reports by nonfinancial trades and businesses filed with the Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network for transactions exceeding $10,000; and (iv) filing suspicious activities reports by brokers and dealers if they believe a customer may be violating U.S. laws and regulations. The Act also requires enhanced due diligence requirements for financial institutions that administer, maintain, or manage private bank accounts or correspondent accounts for non-U.S. persons. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and are required to consider compliance in connection with the regulatory review of applications.

 

Under the USA PATRIOT Act, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) can send our banking regulatory agencies lists of the names of persons suspected of involvement in terrorist activities. The Bank can be requested to search its records for any relationships or transactions with persons on those lists. If the Bank finds any relationships or transactions, it must file a suspicious activity report and contact FinCEN.

 

The Office of Foreign Assets Control. The Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), which is a division of the U.S. Treasury, is responsible for helping to ensure that U.S. entities do not engage in transactions with “enemies” of the U.S., as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC has sent, and will send, our banking regulatory agencies lists of names of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts. If the Bank finds a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, it must freeze such account, file a suspicious activity report and notify the FBI. The Bank has appointed an OFAC compliance officer to oversee the inspection of its accounts and the filing of any notifications. The Bank actively checks high-risk OFAC areas such as new accounts, wire transfers and customer files. The Bank performs these checks utilizing software, which is updated each time a modification is made to the lists provided by OFAC and other agencies of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons.

 

  22  

 

Privacy, Data Security and Credit Reporting. Financial institutions are required to disclose their policies for collecting and protecting confidential information. Customers generally may prevent financial institutions from sharing nonpublic personal financial information with nonaffiliated third parties except under narrow circumstances, such as the processing of transactions requested by the consumer or if the Bank is jointly sponsoring a product or service with a nonaffiliated third party. Additionally, financial institutions generally may not disclose consumer account numbers to any nonaffiliated third party for use in telemarketing, direct mail marketing or other marketing to consumers. It is the Bank’s policy not to disclose any personal information unless required by law.

 

Recent cyberattacks against banks and other institutions that resulted in unauthorized access to confidential customer information have prompted the Federal banking agencies to issue several warnings and extensive guidance on cyber security. The agencies are likely to devote more resources to this part of their safety and soundness examination than they have in the past.

 

In addition, pursuant to the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 (the “FACT Act”) and the implementing regulations of the federal banking agencies and Federal Trade Commission, the Bank is required to have in place an “identity theft red flags” program to detect, prevent and mitigate identity theft. The Bank has implemented an identity theft red flags program designed to meet the requirements of the FACT Act and the joint final rules. Additionally, the FACT Act amends the Fair Credit Reporting Act to generally prohibit a person from using information received from an affiliate to make a solicitation for marketing purposes to a consumer, unless the consumer is given notice and a reasonable opportunity and a reasonable and simple method to opt out of the making of such solicitations.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, which is one of 12 regional FHLBs that administer home financing credit for depository institutions. Each FHLB serves as a reserve or central bank for its members within its assigned region. It is funded primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB System. It makes loans or advances to members in accordance with policies and procedures established by the Board of Directors of the FHLB, which are subject to the oversight of the Federal Housing Financing Board. All advances from the FHLB, which are subject to the oversight of the Federal Housing Finance Board are required to be fully secured by sufficient collateral as determined by the FHLB.

 

Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies. Our earnings are affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. government and its agencies. The Federal Reserve’s monetary policies have had, and are likely to continue to have, an important impact on the operating results of commercial banks through its power to implement national monetary policy in order, among other things, to curb inflation or combat a recession. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve have major effects upon the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits through its open market operations in U.S. government securities and through its regulation of the discount rate on borrowings of member banks and the reserve requirements against member bank deposits. It is not possible to predict the nature or impact of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies. On March 15, 2020, the Federal Open Market Committee decreased the federal funds target rate to 0-0.25%.

 

Incentive Compensation. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal bank regulators and the SEC to establish joint regulations or guidelines prohibiting incentive-based payment arrangements at specified regulated entities having at least $1 billion in total assets that encourage inappropriate risks by providing an executive officer, employee, director or principal stockholder with excessive compensation, fees, or benefits or that could lead to material financial loss to the entity. In addition, these regulators must establish regulations or guidelines requiring enhanced disclosure to regulators of incentive-based compensation arrangements. The agencies proposed such regulations in April 2011. However, the 2011 proposal was replaced with a new proposal in May 2016, which makes explicit that the involvement of risk management and control personnel includes not only compliance, risk management and internal audit, but also legal, human resources, accounting, financial reporting and finance roles responsible for identifying, measuring, monitoring or controlling risk-taking. A final rule had not been adopted as of the date of this registration statement.

 

In June 2010, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency issued a comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors.

 

  23  

 

The Federal Reserve will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of banking organizations, such as the Company, that are not “large, complex banking organizations.” These reviews will be tailored to each organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization’s activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect the organization’s ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.

 

In addition, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), which was signed into law in December 2017, contains certain provisions affecting performance-based compensation. Specifically, the pre-existing exception to the $1 million deduction limitation applicable to performance-based compensation was repealed. The deduction limitation is now applied to all compensation exceeding $1.0 million, for our covered employees, regardless of how it is classified, which could have an adverse effect on our income tax expense and net income.

 

Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate. Concentration risk exists when FDIC-insured institutions deploy too many assets to any one industry or segment. A concentration in commercial real estate is one example of regulatory concern. The interagency Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices guidance (“CRE Guidance”) provides supervisory criteria, including the following numerical indicators, to assist bank examiners in identifying banks with potentially significant commercial real estate loan concentrations that may warrant greater supervisory scrutiny: (i) commercial real estate loans exceeding 300% of capital and increasing 50% or more in the preceding three years or (ii) construction and land development loans exceeding 100% of capital. The CRE Guidance does not limit banks’ levels of commercial real estate lending activities, but rather guides institutions in developing risk management practices and levels of capital that are commensurate with the level and nature of their commercial real estate concentrations. On December 18, 2015, the federal banking agencies issued a statement to reinforce prudent risk-management practices related to commercial real estate lending, having observed substantial growth in many commercial real estate asset and lending markets, increased competitive pressures, rising commercial real estate concentrations in banks, and an easing of commercial real estate underwriting standards. The federal bank agencies reminded FDIC-insured institutions to maintain underwriting discipline and exercise prudent risk-management practices to identify, measure, monitor and manage the risks arising from commercial real estate lending. In addition, FDIC-insured institutions must maintain capital commensurate with the level and nature of their commercial real estate concentration risk.

 

Based on the Bank’s loan portfolio as of December 31, 2020, it did not exceed the 300% and 100% guidelines for commercial real estate loans. The Bank will continue to monitor its portfolio to manage this increased risk.

  24  

 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

There are risks, many beyond our control, which could cause our results to differ significantly from management’s expectations. Some of these risk factors are described below. Any factor described in this registration statement could, by itself or together with one or more other factors, adversely affect our business, results of operations and/or financial condition. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently consider to not be material also may materially and adversely affect us. In assessing these risks, you should also refer to other information disclosed in our SEC filings, including the financial statements and notes thereto. The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements, and actual results may differ substantially from those discussed or implied in these forward-looking statements.

Risks Related to Economic Conditions, Including as a Result of the COVID-19 Pandemic

The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected our business, financial condition and results of operations, and the ultimate impacts of the pandemic on our business, financial condition and results of operations will depend on future developments and other factors that are highly uncertain.

 

The COVID-19 pandemic, which was declared a national emergency in the United States in March 2020, continues to create extensive disruptions to the global economy and financial markets and to businesses and the lives of individuals throughout the world. Federal and state governments are taking unprecedented actions to contain the spread of the disease, including quarantines, travel bans, shelter-in-place orders, closures of businesses and schools, fiscal stimulus, and legislation designed to deliver monetary aid and other relief to businesses and individuals impacted by the pandemic. Although in various locations certain activity restrictions have been relaxed with some level of success, in many states and localities the number of individuals diagnosed with COVID-19 has increased significantly, which is causing a freezing or, in certain cases, a reversal of previously announced relaxation of activity restrictions and is prompting the need for additional aid and other forms of relief.

The governmental and social response to the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in an unprecedented slow-down in economic activity and a related increase in unemployment. Since the outbreak of COVID-19 in the United States, more than 60 million people nationwide have filed claims for unemployment, and stock markets have declined in value and in particular, bank stocks have significantly declined in value. As of the end of December 2020, the national unemployment rate was 6.7%. Although an improvement from the 14.7% national unemployment rate observed in April 2020, the current rate of unemployment is substantially higher than the 3.6% national unemployment rate observed in January 2020 prior to the outbreak of COVID-19 in the United States. Further, the Federal Pandemic Unemployment Compensation, which under Section 2104 of the CARES Act, allows for additional payments to covered individuals of up to $600 per week, expired as of July 31, 2020 and it is uncertain whether this benefit will be renewed by Congress.

The COVID-19 pandemic, and related efforts to contain it, have caused significant disruptions in the functioning of the financial markets and have increased economic and market uncertainty and volatility. To help address these issues, the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) has reduced the benchmark federal funds rate to a target range of 0% to 0.25%, and the yields on 10 and 30-year treasury notes have declined to historic lows. At its June and July meetings, the FOMC continued its commitment to this approach, indicating that the target federal funds rate would remain at current levels until the economy is in position to achieve the FOMC’s maximum-employment and price-stability goals. In addition, in order to support the flow of credit to households and businesses, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or Federal Reserve Board, indicated that it will continue to increase its holdings of U.S. Treasury securities and agency residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities to sustain proper functioning of the financial markets.

Congress and various state governments and federal agencies have taken actions to require lenders to provide forbearance and other relief to borrowers (e.g., waiving late payment and other fees). The federal banking agencies have encouraged financial institutions to prudently work with affected borrowers and recently passed legislation has provided relief from reporting loan classifications due to modifications related to the COVID-19 pandemic. More specifically, through the CARES Act, Congress provided relief to borrowers with federally backed one-to-four family mortgage loans experiencing a financial hardship due to COVID-19 by allowing such borrowers to request forbearance, regardless of delinquency status, for up to 360 days. Such relief will be available until the earlier of December 31, 2020 and the date of termination of the national emergency declaration. The CARES Act also prohibited servicers of federally backed mortgage loans from initiating foreclosures during the 60-day period beginning March 18, 2020. In addition, under the CARES Act, until the earlier of December 31, 2020 and the date of termination of the national emergency declaration, borrowers with federally backed multifamily mortgage loans whose payments were current as of February 1, 2020, but who have since experienced financial hardship due to COVID-19, may request a forbearance for up to 90 days. Borrowers receiving such forbearance may not evict or charge late fees to tenants for its duration.

  25  

 

Additionally, in many states in which we do business or in which our borrowers and loan collateral are located, temporary bans on evictions and foreclosures have been enacted through a mix of executive orders, regulations, and judicial order, although certain such orders have since expired, including the Order of the Supreme Court of South Carolina that temporarily paused evictions and implemented a moratorium on all foreclosure hearings and sales.

Certain industries have been particularly hard-hit by the COVID-19 pandemic, including the travel and hospitality industry, the restaurant industry, and the retail industry. Although we do not have a material concentration in these industries, we had $8.9 million of loans to the restaurant and food service industry, $5.0 million of loans to the hotel industry, and ancillary  risks to these industries within our non-owner occupied commercial real estate loan portfolio as of December 31, 2020. In addition, the spread of COVID-19 has caused us to modify our business practices. While our lobbies have been reopened, we encourage customers to use other means to conduct their banking. In addition, our team is working in the office at this time; however, we have the ability to shift to working remotely, as needed.

 

Given the ongoing, dynamic and unprecedented nature of the COVID-19 pandemic, it is difficult to predict the full impact the pandemic will have on our business. The extent of such impact will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain, including when the coronavirus can be controlled and abated and when and how the economy may be fully reopened. As the result of the COVID-19 pandemic and the related adverse local and national economic consequences, we may be subject to any of the following risks, any of which could have a material, adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, risk-weighted assets and regulatory capital:

 

· because the incidence of reported COVID-19 cases and related hospitalizations and deaths varies significantly by state and locality, the economic downturn caused by the pandemic may be deeper and more sustained in certain areas, including those in which we do business, relative to other areas of the country;

 

· our ability to market our products and services may be impaired by a variety of external factors, including a prolonged reduction in economic activity and continued economic and financial market volatility, which could cause demand for our products and services to decline, in turn making it difficult for us to grow assets and income;

 

· if the economy is unable to substantially reopen and high levels of unemployment continue for an extended period of time, loan delinquencies, problem assets, and foreclosures may increase, resulting in increased charges and reduced income;

 

· collateral for loans, especially real estate, may decline in value, which may reduce our ability to liquidate such collateral and could cause loan losses to increase and impair our ability over the long run to maintain our targeted loan origination volume;

 

· our allowance for loan losses may have to be increased if borrowers experience financial difficulties beyond forbearance periods, which will adversely affect our net income;

 

· an increase in non-performing loans due to the COVID-19 pandemic would result in a corresponding increase in the risk-weighting of assets and therefore an increase in required regulatory capital;

 

· the net worth and liquidity of loan guarantors may decline, impairing their ability to honor commitments to us;

 

· as the result of the reduction of the Federal Reserve Board’s target federal funds rate to near 0%, the yield on our assets may decline to a greater extent than the decline in our cost of interest-bearing liabilities, reducing our net interest margin and spread and reducing net income;

 

· deposits could decline if customers need to draw on available balances as a result of the economic downturn;

 

· a material decrease in net income or a net loss over several quarters could result in a decrease in the rate of our quarterly cash dividend;

 

· we face heightened cybersecurity risk in connection with our operation of a remote working environment, which risks include, among others, greater phishing, malware, and other cybersecurity attacks, vulnerability to disruptions of our information technology infrastructure and telecommunications systems, increased risk of unauthorized dissemination of confidential information, limited ability to restore our systems in the event of a systems failure or interruption, greater risk of a security breach resulting in destruction or misuse of valuable information, and potential impairment of our ability to perform critical functions—all of which could expose us to risks of data or financial loss, litigation and liability and could seriously disrupt our operations and the operations of any impacted customers;

 

  26  

 

 

· we rely on third party vendors for certain services and the unavailability of a critical service or limitations on the business capacities of our vendors for extended periods of time due to the COVID-19 pandemic could have an adverse effect on our operations; and

 

· as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, there may be unexpected developments in financial markets, legislation, regulations and consumer and customer behavior.

 

There are no comparable recent events that provide guidance as to the effect the spread of COVID-19 as a global pandemic may have, and, as a result, the ultimate impact of the outbreak is highly uncertain and subject to change. We do not yet know the full extent of the impacts on our business, our operations or the global economy as a whole. However, the effects could have a material impact on our results of operations and heighten many of our known risks described in these “Risk Factors.”

 

Our business may be adversely affected by conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions generally.

Our financial performance generally, and in particular the ability of borrowers to pay interest on and repay principal of outstanding loans and the value of collateral securing those loans, as well as demand for loans and other products and services we offer and whose success we rely on to drive our growth, is highly dependent upon the business environment in the primary markets where we operate and in the U.S. as a whole. Unlike larger banks that are more geographically diversified, we are a regional bank that provides banking and financial services to customers primarily in South Carolina. The economic conditions in these local markets may be different from, and in some instances worse than, the economic conditions in the U.S. as a whole. Some elements of the business environment that affect our financial performance include short-term and long-term interest rates, the prevailing yield curve, inflation and price levels, monetary and trade policy, unemployment and the strength of the domestic economy and the local economy in the markets in which we operate. Unfavorable market conditions can result in a deterioration in the credit quality of our borrowers and the demand for our products and services, an increase in the number of loan delinquencies, defaults and charge-offs, additional provisions for loan losses, adverse asset values of the collateral securing our loans and an overall material adverse effect on the quality of our loan portfolio. Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions can be caused by declines in economic growth, business activity or investor or business confidence; limitations on the availability or increases in the cost of credit and capital; increases in inflation or interest rates; high unemployment; natural disasters; epidemics and pandemics (such as COVID-19); or a combination of these or other factors.

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is fluid and continues to evolve and there is pervasive uncertainty surrounding the future economic conditions that will emerge in the months and years following the onset of the pandemic. Even after the COVID-19 pandemic subsides, the U.S. economy will likely require some time to recover from its effects, the length of which is unknown, and during which we may experience a recession. In addition, there are continuing concerns related to, among other things, the level of U.S. government debt and fiscal actions that may be taken to address that debt, depressed oil prices and U.S.-China trade disputes and related tariffs that may have a destabilizing effect on financial markets and economic activity. Economic pressure on consumers and overall economic uncertainty may result in changes in consumer and business spending, borrowing and saving habits. These economic conditions and/or other negative developments in the domestic or international credit markets may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the value of our loans and investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability. Declines in real estate values and sales volumes and high unemployment may also result in higher-than-expected loan delinquencies, increases in our levels of nonperforming and classified assets and a decline in demand for our products and services. These negative events may cause us to incur losses and may adversely affect our capital, liquidity and financial condition.

Changes in U.S. trade policies and other factors beyond our control, including the imposition of tariffs and retaliatory tariffs and the impacts of epidemics or pandemics (particularly COVID-19), may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

There has been and continues to be substantial debate and controversy concerning changes to U.S. trade policies, legislation, treaties and tariffs, including trade policies and tariffs affecting other countries, including China, the European Union, Canada and Mexico and retaliatory tariffs by such countries. Such tariffs, retaliatory tariffs or other trade restrictions on products and materials that our customers import or export could cause the prices of our customers’ products to increase which could reduce demand for such products, or reduce our customer margins, and adversely impact their revenues, financial results and ability to service debt; which, in turn, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, to the extent changes in the political environment have a negative impact on us or on the markets in which we operate our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely impacted in the future. It remains unclear what the U.S. Administration or foreign governments will or will not do with

 

  27  

 

respect to tariffs already imposed, additional tariffs that may be imposed, or international trade agreements and policies. On January 15, 2020, President Trump signed Phase One of a trade deal with China, although key issues in the trade relationship remain and President Trump has stated Phase Two of the trade deal is not currently under consideration. In addition, on January 26, 2020, President Trump signed a new trade deal between the United States, Canada and Mexico to replace the North American Free Trade Agreement. The full impact of these agreements on us, our customers and on the economic conditions in our primary banking markets is currently unknown. In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic has affected, and may increasingly affect, international trade (including supply chains and export levels), travel, employee productivity and other economic activities. A trade war or other governmental action related to tariffs or international trade agreements or policies as well as the COVID-19 pandemic or other potential epidemics or pandemics, have the potential to negatively impact ours and/or our customers’ costs, demand for our customers’ products, and/or the U.S. economy or certain sectors thereof and, thus, adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and events that negatively impact the real estate market could hurt our business.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate. As of December 31, 2020, approximately 68.2% of our loans had real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. Deterioration in the real estate market could cause us to adjust our opinion of the level of credit quality in our loan portfolio. Such a determination may lead to an additional increase in our provisions for loan losses, which could also adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Natural disasters, including hurricanes, tornados, earthquakes, fires and floods, which could be exacerbated by potential climate change, may cause uninsured damage and other loss of value to real estate that secures these loans and may also negatively impact our financial condition.

We have a concentration of credit exposure in floor plan inventory financing to small automobile dealers which could be more significantly impacted by an economic downturn.

As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $83.5 million in floor plan inventory loans outstanding to independent automobile dealers located across more than 20 states through our Carbucks division. These borrowers are typically smaller businesses with less-credit worthy borrowers themselves, each of which have historically been more negatively impacted by an economic downturn than other segments of borrowers. In addition, these loans are often secured by used motor vehicles and are subject to adverse conditions in the automobile market including risks associated with declining values. While we currently limit total exposure to this type of lending to 175% of subsidiary bank Tier 1 capital, a prolonged economic downturn could result in a loss of earnings from these loans, an increase in the related provision for loan losses and an increase in charge-offs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Changes in the financial markets could impair the value of our available-for-sale investment portfolio.

Our available-for-sale (“AFS”) investment securities portfolio is a significant component of our total interest-earning assets. Total AFS investment securities averaged $88.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $49.3 million for 2019. This represents 9.3% and 5.9% of the average interest-earning assets for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. At December 31, 2020, the AFS investment portfolio was 11.5% of total interest-earning assets. Turmoil in the financial markets could impair the market value of our investment portfolio, which could adversely affect our net income and possibly our capital.

As of December 31, 2020, securities which have unrealized losses were not considered to be “other than temporarily impaired,” and we believe it is more likely than not we will be able to hold these until they mature or recover our current book value. We currently maintain substantial liquidity which supports our ability to hold these investments until they mature, or until there is a market price recovery. However, if we were to cease to have the ability and intent to hold these investments until maturity or the market prices do not recover, and we were to sell these securities at a loss, it could adversely affect our net income and possibly our capital.

We are subject to interest rate risk, which could adversely affect our financial condition and profitability.

A significant portion of our banking assets are subject to changes in interest rates. For example, as of December 31, 2020, 32.3% of our loan portfolio consisted of floating or adjustable interest rate loans. Like most financial institutions, our earnings significantly depend on our net interest income, the principal component of our earnings, which is the difference

 

  28  

 

between interest earned by us from our interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and interest paid by us on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We expect that we will periodically experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities, meaning that either our interest-bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-earning assets, or vice versa. In either event, if market interest rates should move contrary to our position, this “gap” will negatively impact our earnings. Many factors beyond our control impact interest rates, including economic conditions, governmental monetary policies, inflation, recession, changes in unemployment, the money supply, and disorder and instability in domestic and foreign financial markets. Changes in monetary policies of the various government agencies could influence not only the interest we receive on loans and securities and the interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, but such changes could also affect our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities, and the average duration of our assets and liabilities.

In a declining interest rate environment, there may be an increase in prepayments on loans as borrowers refinance their loans at lower rates. Interest rate increases often result in larger payment requirements for our floating interest rate borrowers, which increases the potential for default. At the same time, the marketability of the property securing a loan may be adversely affected by any reduced demand resulting from higher interest rates. An increase (or decrease) in interest rates may also require us to increase (or decrease) the interest rates that we pay on our deposits.

Changes in interest rates also can affect the value of loans, securities and other assets. An increase in interest rates that adversely affects the ability of borrowers to pay the principal or interest on loans may lead to increases in nonperforming assets, charge-offs and delinquencies, further increases to the allowance for loan losses, and a reduction of income recognized, among others, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. Further, when we place a loan on non-accrual status, we reverse any accrued but unpaid interest receivable, which decreases interest income. At the same time, we continue to have a cost to fund the loan, which is reflected as interest expense, without any interest income to offset the associated funding expense. Thus, an increase in the amount of nonperforming assets could have a material adverse impact on our net interest income.

Additionally, an increase in interest rates may not increase our net interest income to the same extent we currently anticipate based on our modeling estimates and the assumptions underlying such modeling. Our failure to benefit from an increased interest rate environment to the extent we currently estimate, to the same extent as our competitors or at all could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the FOMC has cut short-term interest rates to a record low range of 0% to 0.25%. If short-term interest rates remain at their current levels for a prolonged period, and assuming longer term interest rates remain low or continue to fall, we could experience net interest margin compression as our rates on our interest earning assets would decline while rates on our interest-bearing liabilities could fail to decline in tandem. Similarly, if short-term interest rates increase and long-term interest rates do not increase, or increase but at a slower rate, we could experience net interest margin compression as our rates on interest earning assets decline measured relative to rates on our interest-bearing liabilities. Any such occurrence could have a material adverse effect on our net interest income and on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Continued uncertainty regarding, and potential deterioration in, the fiscal position of the U.S. federal government and possible downgrades in U.S. Treasury and federal agency securities could adversely affect us and our banking operations.

The long-term outlook for the fiscal position of the U.S. federal government is uncertain, as illustrated by the 2011 downgrade by certain rating agencies of the credit rating of the U.S. government and federal agencies. In addition to causing economic and financial market disruptions, uncertainty regarding the fiscal position of the U.S. federal government (which could lead to, among other things, a future credit ratings downgrade of the U.S. government and federal agencies, failure to raise the U.S. statutory debt limit, or deterioration in the fiscal outlook of the U.S. federal government), could adversely affect the market value of the U.S. and other government and governmental agency securities that we hold, the availability of those securities as collateral for borrowing and our ability to access capital markets on favorable terms. In particular, it could increase interest rates and disrupt payment systems, money markets, and long-term or short-term fixed income markets, adversely affecting the cost and availability of funding, which could negatively affect our profitability. Also, the adverse consequences of this uncertainty could extend to those to whom we extend credit and could adversely affect their ability to repay their loans. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

  29  

 

Risks Related to Lending Activities

Our decisions regarding credit risk and reserves for loan losses may materially and adversely affect our business.

Making loans and other extensions of credit is an essential element of our business. Although we seek to mitigate risks inherent in lending by adhering to specific underwriting practices, our loans and other extensions of credit may not be repaid. The risk of nonpayment is affected by a number of factors, including:

 

· the duration of the credit;
· credit risks of a particular customer;
· changes in economic and industry conditions; and
· in the case of a collateralized loan, risks resulting from uncertainties about the future value of the collateral.

 

We evaluate the collectability of our loan portfolio and we maintain an allowance for loan losses that represents management’s judgment of probable losses and risks inherent in our loan portfolio that we believe to be adequate based on a variety of factors including but not limited to:

 

· an ongoing review of the quality, mix, and size of our overall loan portfolio;
· the risk characteristics of various classifications of loans;
· our historical loan loss experience;
· evaluation of economic conditions;
· regular reviews of loan delinquencies and loan portfolio quality;
· the views of our regulators;
· geographic and industry loan concentrations; and
· the amount and quality of collateral, including guarantees, securing the loans.

 

There is no precise method of predicting credit losses; therefore, we face the risk that charge-offs in future periods will exceed our allowance for loan losses and that additional increases in the allowance for loan losses will be required. Additions to the allowance for loan losses would result in a decrease of our net income, and possibly our capital. We increased our provision for loan losses by $3.1 million in 2020 compared to $2.8 million in 2019, approximately $2.0 million of which was driven by the COVID-19 pandemic and qualitative adjustment factors related to uncertain economic conditions. We expect economic uncertainty to continue which may result in a significant increase to our allowance for loan losses in future periods.

 

In addition, our regulators, as an integral part of their periodic examination, review our methodology for calculating, and the adequacy of, our allowance and provision for loan losses. Although we believe that the methodology used by us to determine the amount of both the allowance for loan losses and provision is effective, the regulators or our auditor may conclude that changes are necessary based on information available to them at the time of their review, which could impact our overall credit portfolio. Such changes could result in, among other things, modifications to our methodology for determining our allowance or provision for loan losses or models, reclassification or downgrades of our loans, increases in our allowance for loan losses or other credit costs, imposition of new or more stringent concentration limits, restrictions in our lending activities and/or recognition of further losses. Further, if actual charge-offs in future periods exceed the amounts allocated to the allowance for loan losses, we may need additional provisions for loan losses to restore the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses.

We may have higher loan losses than we have allowed for in our allowance for loan losses.

Our actual loan losses could exceed our allowance for loan losses. As of December 31, 2020, approximately 11.3% of our loan portfolio is composed of construction and land loans, 42.0% of commercial real estate loans and 27.8% of commercial loans. Repayment of such loans is generally considered more subject to market risk than residential mortgage loans. Industry experience shows that a portion of loans will become delinquent and a portion of loans will require partial or entire charge-off. Regardless of the underwriting criteria utilized, losses may be experienced as a result of various factors beyond our control, including among other things, changes in market conditions affecting the value of loan collateral and problems affecting the credit of our borrowers.

  30  

 

We are exposed to higher credit risk related to our commercial real estate, commercial, financial and agriculture, and real estate construction and land development lending.

Commercial real estate, real estate construction and land development, and commercial lending usually involves higher credit risks than that of single-family residential lending. At December 31, 2020, the following loan types accounted for the stated percentages of our total loan portfolio: commercial real estate (owner and non-owner occupied)—42.0%, real estate construction and land development—11.3%, and commercial—27.8%.

Commercial real estate loans may be affected to a greater extent than residential loans by adverse conditions in real estate markets or the economy because commercial real estate borrowers’ ability to repay their loans depends in some cases on successful development of their properties, as well as the factors affecting residential real estate borrowers. These loans may involve greater risk because they generally are not fully amortizing over the loan period, but have a balloon payment due at maturity. A borrower’s ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on being able to either refinance the loan or sell the underlying property in a timely manner.

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans are typically based on the borrowers’ ability to repay the loans from the cash flow of their businesses, which may be unpredictable, and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Our commercial loans are typically made to small- to medium-sized businesses, which often have shorter operating histories and less sophisticated record keeping systems than larger entities. As a result, these smaller entities may be less able to withstand adverse competitive, economic and financial conditions than larger borrowers. Although such loans are often collateralized by equipment, inventory, accounts receivable, or other business assets, the liquidation of collateral in the event of default is often an insufficient source of repayment because accounts receivable may be uncollectible, and inventories may be obsolete or of limited use. In addition, business assets may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise, and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business. Accordingly, the repayment of commercial business loans depends primarily on the cash flow and credit worthiness of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral value provided by the borrower and liquidity of the guarantor. Further, the performance of agricultural loans is highly dependent on favorable weather, reasonable costs for seed and fertilizer, and the ability to successfully market the product at a profitable margin. The demand for these products is also dependent on macroeconomic conditions that are beyond the control of the borrower.

Risk of loss on construction and land development loans depends largely upon whether our initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction exceeds the cost of the property construction (including interest) and the availability of permanent take-out financing. During the construction phase, a number of factors can result in delays and cost overruns. If estimates of value are inaccurate or if actual construction costs exceed estimates, the value of the property securing the loan may be insufficient to ensure full repayment when completed through a permanent loan or by seizure of collateral. Deterioration in demand could result in significant decreases in the underlying collateral values and make repayment of the outstanding loans more difficult for our customers.

Commercial real estate, commercial, financial and agriculture, and real estate construction and land development loans are more susceptible to a risk of loss during a downturn in the business cycle. Our underwriting, review, and monitoring cannot eliminate all of the risks related to these loans.

If we fail to effectively manage credit risk, our business and financial condition will suffer.

 

We must effectively manage credit risk. There are risks inherent in making any loan, including risks with respect to the period of time over which the loan may be repaid, risks relating to proper loan underwriting and guidelines, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions, risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers and risks resulting from uncertainties as to the future value of collateral. There is no assurance that our credit risk monitoring and loan approval procedures are or will be adequate or will reduce the inherent risks associated with lending.

 

Our risk management practices, such as monitoring the concentration of our loans within specific industries and our credit approval, review and administrative practices, may not adequately reduce credit risk, and our credit administration personnel, policies and procedures may not adequately adapt to changes in economic or any other conditions affecting customers and the quality of our loan portfolio. Many of our loans are made to small and medium-sized businesses that are less able to withstand competitive, economic and financial pressures than larger borrowers. Consequently, we may have significant exposure if any of these borrowers becomes unable to pay their loan obligations as a result of economic or market conditions, or personal circumstances. In addition, we are a middle-market lender, as such, the relative size of individual credits in our commercial portfolio increases the potential impact from singular credit events. A failure to effectively measure and limit the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio may result in loan defaults, foreclosures and

  31  

 

additional charge-offs, and may necessitate that we significantly increase our allowance for loan losses, each of which could adversely affect our net income. As a result, our inability to successfully manage credit risk could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our underwriting decisions may materially and adversely affect our business.

While we generally underwrite the loans in our portfolio in accordance with our own internal underwriting guidelines and regulatory supervisory guidelines, in certain circumstances we have made loans which exceed either our internal underwriting guidelines, supervisory guidelines, or both. As of December 31, 2020, approximately $24.3 million of our loans, or 20.8% of the Bank’s regulatory capital, had loan-to-value ratios that exceeded regulatory supervisory guidelines, of which only 10 loans totaling approximately $3.5 million had loan-to-value ratios of 100% or more. In addition, supervisory limits on commercial loan-to-value exceptions are set at 30% of the Bank’s capital. At December 31, 2020, $16.0 million of our commercial loans, or 13.6% of  the Bank’s regulatory capital, exceeded the supervisory loan-to-value ratio. The number of loans in our portfolio with loan-to-value ratios in excess of supervisory guidelines, our internal guidelines, or both could increase the risk of delinquencies and defaults in our portfolio.

 

Risks Related to Laws and Regulations

 

As a participating lender in the SBA Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”), we are subject to additional risks of litigation from our customers or other parties regarding our processing of loans for the PPP and risks that the SBA may not fund some or all PPP loan guaranties.

 

On March 27, 2020, President Trump signed the CARES Act, which included a $349 billion loan program administered through the SBA referred to as the PPP. Congress later approved additional funding for the PPP of approximately $320 billion on April 24, 2020. Under the PPP, small businesses and other entities and individuals can apply for loans from existing SBA lenders and other approved regulated lenders that enroll in the program, subject to numerous limitations and eligibility criteria. We are participating as a lender in the PPP. The PPP opened on April 3, 2020; however, because of the short timeframe between the passing of the CARES Act and the opening of the PPP, there is some ambiguity in the laws, rules and guidance regarding the operation of the PPP, which exposes us to risks relating to noncompliance with the PPP. During 2020, we have secured funding of approximately 272 loans totaling approximately $37.5 million though the PPP program with remaining balances totaling $22.5 million as of December 31, 2020. Since the opening of the PPP, several other larger banks have been subject to litigation regarding the process and procedures that such banks used in processing applications for the PPP. We may be exposed to the risk of litigation, from both customers and non-customers that approached us regarding PPP loans, regarding our process and procedures used in processing applications for the PPP. If any such litigation is filed against us and is not resolved in a manner favorable to us, it may result in significant financial liability or adversely affect our reputation. In addition, litigation can be costly, regardless of outcome. Any financial liability, litigation costs or reputational damage caused by PPP related litigation could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We also have credit risk on PPP loans if a determination is made by the SBA that there is a deficiency in the manner in which the loan was originated, funded, or serviced by us, such as an issue with the eligibility of a borrower to receive a PPP loan, which may or may not be related to the ambiguity in the laws, rules and guidance regarding the operation of the PPP. In the event of a loss resulting from a default on a PPP loan and a determination by the SBA that there was a deficiency in the manner in which the PPP loan was originated, funded, or serviced by us, the SBA may deny its liability under the guaranty, reduce the amount of the guaranty, or, if it has already paid under the guaranty, seek recovery of any loss related to the deficiency from us.

Uncertainty relating to the London Inter-bank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, calculation process and potential phasing out of LIBOR may adversely affect us.

On July 27, 2017, the Chief Executive of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calibration of LIBOR to the administrator of LIBOR after 2021. The announcement indicates that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot and will not be guaranteed after 2021. It is impossible to predict whether and to what extent banks will continue to provide LIBOR submissions to the administrator of LIBOR or whether any additional reforms to LIBOR may be enacted in the United Kingdom or elsewhere. At this time, no consensus exists as to what rate or rates may become acceptable alternatives to LIBOR and it is impossible to predict the effect of any such alternatives on the value of LIBOR-based securities and variable rate loans, or other securities or financial arrangements, given LIBOR’s role in determining market interest rates globally. The Federal Reserve Board, in conjunction with the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a

 

  32  

 

steering committee comprised of large U.S. financial institutions, is considering replacing the U.S. dollar LIBOR with a new index calculated by short-term repurchase agreements, backed by Treasury securities (“SOFR”). SOFR is observed and backward looking, which stands in contrast with LIBOR under the current methodology, which is an estimated forward-looking rate and relies, to some degree, on the expert judgment of submitting panel members. Given that SOFR is a secured rate backed by government securities, it will be a rate that does not take into account bank credit risk (as is the case with LIBOR). SOFR is therefore likely to be lower than LIBOR and is less likely to correlate with the funding costs of financial institutions. Whether or not SOFR attains traction as a LIBOR replacement tool remains in question, although some transactions using SOFR have been completed in 2019 and 2020, and the future of LIBOR remains uncertain as this time. Uncertainty as to the nature of alternative reference rates and as to potential changes or other reforms to LIBOR may adversely affect LIBOR rates and the value of LIBOR-based loans and securities in our portfolio. If LIBOR rates are no longer available, and we are required to implement substitute indices for the calculation of interest rates under our loan agreements with our borrowers, we may experience significant expenses in effecting the transition, and may be subject to disputes or litigation with customers and creditors over the appropriateness or comparability to LIBOR of the substitute indices, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Imposition of limits by the bank regulators on commercial and multi-family real estate lending activities could curtail our growth and adversely affect our earnings.

In 2006, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency issued joint guidance entitled “Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices” (the “CRE Guidance”). Although the CRE Guidance did not establish specific lending limits, it provides that a bank’s commercial real estate lending exposure could receive increased supervisory scrutiny where (i) total non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loans, including loans secured by apartment buildings, investor commercial real estate, and construction and land loans, represent 300% or more of an institution’s total risk-based capital, and the outstanding balance of the commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more during the preceding 36 months, or (ii) construction and land development loans exceed 100% of the Bank’s total risk-based capital. Our total non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loans represented 167.4% of the Bank’s total risk-based capital at December 31, 2020, and our construction and land development loans represented 58.3% of the Bank’s total risk-based capital at December 31, 2020.

In December 2015, the regulatory agencies released a new statement on prudent risk management for commercial real estate lending (the “2015 Statement”). In the 2015 Statement, the regulatory agencies, among other things, indicated their intent to continue “to pay special attention” to commercial real estate lending activities and concentrations going forward. If the FDIC, our primary federal regulator, were to impose restrictions on the amount of commercial real estate loans we can hold in our portfolio, for reasons noted above or otherwise, our earnings would be adversely affected.

Higher FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments could adversely affect our financial condition.

 

Our deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC and are subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain deposit insurance. As an FDIC-insured institution, we are required to pay quarterly deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC. Although we cannot predict what the insurance assessment rates will be in the future, either deterioration in our risk-based capital ratios or adjustments to the base assessment rates could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

Our use of third-party vendors and our other ongoing third-party business relationships are subject to increasing regulatory requirements and attention.

We regularly use third party vendors as part of our business. We also have substantial ongoing business relationships with other third parties. These types of third-party relationships are subject to increasingly demanding regulatory requirements and attention by our federal bank regulators. Recent regulation requires us to enhance our due diligence, ongoing monitoring and control over our third-party vendors and other ongoing third-party business relationships. We expect that our regulators will hold us responsible for deficiencies in our oversight and control of our third-party relationships and in the performance of the parties with which we have these relationships. As a result, if our regulators conclude that we have not exercised adequate oversight and control over our third party vendors or other ongoing third party business relationships or that such third parties have not performed appropriately, we could be subject to enforcement actions, including civil money penalties or other administrative or judicial penalties or fines as well as requirements for customer remediation, any of which could have a material adverse effect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

  33  

 

We are subject to extensive regulation that could restrict our activities, have an adverse impact on our operations, and impose financial requirements or limitations on the conduct of our business.

We operate in a highly regulated industry and are subject to examination, supervision, and comprehensive regulation by various regulatory agencies. As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to Federal Reserve regulation. In addition, the Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision, and examination by our primary federal regulator, the FDIC, the regulating authority that insures customer deposits. Also, as a member of the FHLB, our Bank must comply with applicable regulations of the Federal Housing Finance Board and the FHLB. Regulation by these agencies is intended primarily for the protection of our depositors and the deposit insurance fund and not for the benefit of our shareholders. Our Bank’s activities are also regulated under consumer protection laws applicable to our lending, deposit, and other activities. A sufficient claim against us under these laws could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

Further, changes in laws, regulations and regulatory practices affecting the financial services industry could subject us to increased capital, liquidity and risk management requirements, create additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could also result in heightened regulatory scrutiny and in sanctions by regulatory agencies (such as a memorandum of understanding, a written supervisory agreement or a cease and desist order), civil money penalties and/or reputation damage. Any of these consequences could restrict our ability to expand our business or could require us to raise additional capital or sell assets on terms that are not advantageous to us or our shareholders and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent any such violations, such violations may occur despite our best efforts.

The financial services industry may be subject to new legislation, regulation and governmental policy.

 

In January 2019, control of the U.S. House of Representatives was assumed by the Democratic Party. As a result, the leadership and roster of the House Financial Service Committee also shifted, resulting in a different focus for that Committee’s legislative and oversight agendas. The prospects for enactment of financial services legislation remain uncertain, particularly given the uncertain outcome of control of the Senate pending the results of run-off elections in Georgia. In addition, since May 2020 both the House and the U.S. Senate have passed legislation to extend and expand various provisions of the CARES Act and provide other COVID-19-related relief. It is too early to know what provisions will be in any legislation that is ultimately negotiated or enacted or when (or if) such legislation will become law. Following the 2020 elections, the Democratic Party also assumed control of the U.S. Senate. Accordingly, we anticipate that Congress would devote substantial attention in 2021 to consumer protection matters, through greater oversight of the CFPB’s and the federal banking agencies’ efforts in this area. We also anticipate that substantial attention will be given to oversight of the banking sector’s role in providing coronavirus-related assistance to impacted businesses.

 

In addition, federal regulatory agencies also frequently adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are interpreted and applied. Certain aspects of current or proposed regulatory or legislative changes to laws applicable to the financial industry, if enacted or adopted, may impact the profitability of our business activities, require more oversight or change certain of our business practices, including the ability to offer products, obtain financing, attract deposits, make loans and achieve satisfactory interest spreads and could expose us to additional costs, including increased compliance costs. These changes also may require us to invest significant management attention and resources to make any necessary changes to operations to comply and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are subject to strict capital requirements, which could be amended to be more stringent, in the future.

 

We are subject to regulatory requirements specifying minimum amounts and types of capital that we must maintain and an additional capital conservation buffer. From time to time, the regulators change these regulatory capital adequacy guidelines. If we fail to meet these capital guidelines and other regulatory requirements, we or our subsidiaries may be restricted in the types of activities we may conduct and we may be prohibited from taking certain capital actions, such as paying dividends, repurchasing or redeeming capital securities, and paying certain bonuses.

  34  

 

In particular, the capital requirements applicable to the Bank under the Basel III rules became fully phased-in on January 1, 2019. The Bank is now required to satisfy additional, more stringent, capital adequacy standards than it had in the past. While we expect to meet the requirements of the Basel III rules, we may fail to do so. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements could result in certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have an adverse material effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, these requirements could have a negative impact on our ability to lend, grow deposit balances, make acquisitions, make capital distributions in the form of dividends or share repurchases, or pay certain bonuses needed to attract and retain key personnel. Higher capital levels could also lower our return on equity.

Federal, state and local consumer lending laws restrict our ability to originate certain mortgage loans and increase our risk of liability with respect to such loans and increase our cost of doing business.

Federal, state and local laws have been adopted that are intended to eliminate certain lending practices considered “predatory.” These laws prohibit practices such as steering borrowers away from more affordable products, selling unnecessary insurance to borrowers, repeatedly refinancing loans and making loans without a reasonable expectation that the borrowers will be able to repay the loans irrespective of the value of the underlying property. Over the course of 2013, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or CFPB, issued several rules on mortgage lending, notably a rule requiring all home mortgage lenders to determine a borrower’s ability to repay the loan. Loans with certain terms and conditions and that otherwise meet the definition of a “qualified mortgage” may be protected from liability to a borrower for failing to make the necessary determinations. In response to these laws and related CFPB rules, we have tightened, and in the future may further tighten, our mortgage loan underwriting standards to determined borrowers’ ability to repay. Although it is our policy not to make predatory loans and to determine borrowers’ ability to repay, these laws and related rules create the potential for increased liability with respect to our lending and loan investment activities. They increase our cost of doing business and, ultimately, may prevent us from making certain loans and cause us to reduce the average percentage rate or the points and fees on loans that we do make.

 

We are subject to federal and state fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to material penalties.

Federal and state fair lending laws and regulations, such as the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act, impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The U.S. Department of Justice, CFPB and other federal and state agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. A successful challenge to our performance under the fair lending laws and regulations could adversely impact our rating under the Community Reinvestment Act and result in a wide variety of sanctions, including the required payment of damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on merger and acquisition activity and restrictions on expansion activity, which could negatively impact our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

New accounting standards may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The measure of our allowance for loan losses is dependent on the adoption and interpretation of accounting standards. The Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, has issued a new credit impairment model, the Current Expected Credit Loss, or CECL model, which will become applicable to us in 2023. Under the CECL model, we will be required to present certain financial assets carried at amortized cost, such as loans held for investment and held-to-maturity debt securities, at the net amount expected to be collected. The measurement of expected credit losses is to be based on information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. This measurement will take place at the time the financial asset is first added to the balance sheet and periodically thereafter. This differs significantly from the “incurred loss” model currently required under GAAP, which delays recognition until it is probable a loss has been incurred. Accordingly, we expect that the adoption of the CECL model will materially affect how we determine our allowance for loan losses and could require us to significantly increase our allowance. Moreover, the CECL model may create more volatility in the level of our allowance for loan losses. If we are required to materially increase our level of allowance for loan losses for any reason, such increase could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The new CECL standard will become effective for us on January 1, 2023 and for interim periods within that year. We are currently evaluating the impact the CECL model will have on our accounting, but we expect to recognize a one-time cumulative-effect adjustment to our allowance for loan losses as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the new standard is effective, consistent with regulatory expectations set forth in interagency guidance issued at the end of

 

  35  

 

2016. We cannot yet determine the magnitude of any such one-time cumulative adjustment or of the overall impact of the new standard on our business, financial condition and results of operations; however, we expect that the new CECL standard may result in an increase in our allowance for loan losses given the change to estimated losses over the contractual life of the loan portfolio and may lead to more volatility in our allowance for loan losses and our earnings. The amount of any change to our allowance for loan losses will depend, in part, upon the composition of our loan portfolio at the adoption date as well as economic conditions and loss forecasts at such date.

The Federal Reserve Board may require us to commit capital resources to support the Bank.

The Federal Reserve Board requires a bank holding company to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to a subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support such subsidiary bank. Under the “source of strength” doctrine, the Federal Reserve Board may require a bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank and may charge the bank holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to such a subsidiary bank. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act directs the federal bank regulators to require that all companies that directly or indirectly control an insured depository institution serve as a source of strength for the institution. Under these requirements, in the future, we could be required to provide financial assistance to our Bank if the Bank experiences financial distress.

 

A capital injection may be required at times when we do not have the resources to provide it, and therefore we may be required to borrow the funds. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee will assume any commitment by the holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank. Moreover, bankruptcy law provides that claims based on any such commitment will be entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of the holding company’s general unsecured creditors, including the holders of its note obligations. Thus, any borrowing that must be done by the holding company in order to make the required capital injection becomes more difficult and expensive and will adversely impact the holding company’s cash flows, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Failure to comply with government regulation and supervision could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties, and damage to our reputation.

Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state, and local governmental authorities. With any disruption in the financial markets, we expect that the government will pass new regulations and laws that will impact us. Compliance with such regulations may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities. Failure to comply with laws, regulations, and policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties, and damage to our reputation. While we have policies and procedures in place that are designed to prevent violations of these laws, regulations, and policies, there can be no assurance that such violations will not occur.

We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.

The federal Bank Secrecy Act, the USA Patriot Act and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain effective anti-money laundering programs and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. The federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, established by the U.S. Treasury Department to administer the Bank Secrecy Act, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and Internal Revenue Service. There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. Federal and state bank regulators also have begun to focus on compliance with Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering regulations. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient or the policies, procedures and systems of the financial institutions that we have already acquired or may acquire in the future are deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including our acquisition plans, which would negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us.

  36  

 

Environmental liability associated with commercial lending could result in losses.

In the course of business, the Bank may acquire, through foreclosure, or deed in lieu of foreclosure, properties securing loans it has originated or purchased which are in default. Particularly in commercial real estate lending, there is a risk that hazardous substances could be discovered on these properties. In this event, the Bank may be required to remove these substances from the affected properties at our sole cost and expense. The cost of this removal could substantially exceed the value of affected properties. We may not have adequate remedies against the prior owner or other responsible parties and could find it difficult or impossible to sell the affected properties. These events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

From time to time we are, or may become, involved in suits, legal proceedings, information-gatherings, investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory agencies that may lead to adverse consequences.

Many aspects of the banking business involve a substantial risk of legal liability. From time to time, we are, or may become, the subject of information-gathering requests, reviews, investigations and proceedings, and other forms of regulatory inquiry, including by bank regulatory agencies, self-regulatory agencies and law enforcement authorities. The results of such proceedings could lead to significant civil or criminal penalties, including monetary penalties, damages, adverse judgements, settlements, fines, injunctions, restrictions on the way we conduct our business or reputational harm.

 

Risks Related to Operations

Liquidity needs could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Dividends from the Bank provide the primary source of funds for the Company. The primary sources of funds for the Bank are client deposits and loan repayments. While scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, they are subject to the ability of borrowers to repay the loans. The ability of borrowers to repay loans can be adversely affected by a number of factors, including changes in economic conditions, adverse trends or events affecting business industry groups, reductions in real estate values or markets, business closings, or lay-offs, inclement weather, natural disasters and international instability.

Additionally, deposit levels may be affected by a number of factors, including rates paid by competitors, general interest rate levels, regulatory capital requirements, returns available to clients on alternative investments and general economic conditions. We may experience stress on our liquidity management as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. As customers manage their own liquidity stress, we could experience an increase in the utilization of existing lines of credit. We may also see deposit levels decrease as a result of distressed economic conditions. Accordingly, we may be required from time to time to rely on secondary sources of liquidity to meet withdrawal demands or otherwise fund operations. Such sources include proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank, or FHLB, advances, sales of investment securities and loans, and federal funds lines of credit from correspondent banks, as well as out-of-market deposits. While we believe that these sources are currently adequate, there can be no assurance they will be sufficient to meet future liquidity demands, particularly if we continue to grow and experience increasing loan demand. We may be required to slow or discontinue loan growth, capital expenditures or other investments or liquidate assets should such sources not be adequate.

The Company is a stand-alone entity with its own liquidity needs to service its debt or other obligations. Other than dividends from the Bank, the Company does not have additional means of generating liquidity without obtaining additional debt or equity funding. If we are unable to receive dividends from the Bank or obtain additional funding, we may be unable to pay our debt or other obligations.

New or acquired banking office facilities and other facilities may not be profitable.

Although we have been able to expand to several new locations in recent years, we may not be able to identify profitable locations for new banking offices. The costs to start up new banking offices or to acquire existing branches, and the additional costs to operate these facilities, may increase our noninterest expense and decrease our earnings in the short term. If branches of other banks become available for sale, we may acquire those offices. It may be difficult to adequately and profitably manage our growth through the establishment or purchase of additional banking offices and we can provide no assurance that any such banking offices will successfully attract enough deposits to offset the expenses of their operation. In addition, any new or acquired banking offices will be subject to regulatory approval, and there can be no assurance that we will succeed in securing such approval.

  37  

 

We are dependent on key individuals, and the loss of one or more of these key individuals could curtail our growth and adversely affect our prospects.

Mason Y. Garrett, the Company’s chairman and chief executive officer, JB Schwiers, the Company’s president and the Bank’s chief executive officer, and John B. Garrett, our chief financial officer, have extensive and long-standing ties within our primary market area and substantial experience with our operations, and they have contributed significantly to our business. If we lose the services of Mr. M. Garrett, Mr. Schwiers, and/or Mr. J. Garrett, they would be difficult to replace, and our business and development could be materially and adversely affected.

Our success also depends, in part, on our continued ability to attract and retain experienced loan originators, as well as other management personnel. Competition for personnel is intense, and we may not be successful in attracting or retaining qualified personnel. Our failure to compete for these personnel, or the loss of the services of several of such key personnel, could adversely affect our business strategy and seriously harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

Our historical operating results may not be indicative of our future operating results.

We may not be able to sustain our historical rate of growth, and, consequently, our historical results of operations will not necessarily be indicative of our future operations. Various factors, such as economic conditions, regulatory and legislative considerations, and competition, may also impede our ability to expand our market presence. If we experience a significant decrease in our historical rate of growth, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected because a high percentage of our operating costs are fixed expenses.

New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risk.

From time to time, we may implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services, we may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved, and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business and/or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business and/or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to losses due to errors, omissions or fraudulent behavior by our employees, clients, counterparties or other third parties.

We are exposed to many types of operational risk, including the risk of fraud by employees and third parties, clerical recordkeeping errors and transactional errors. Our business is dependent on our employees as well as third-party service providers to process a large number of increasingly complex transactions. We could be materially and adversely affected if employees, clients, counterparties or other third parties caused an operational breakdown or failure, either as a result of human error, fraudulent manipulation or purposeful damage to any of our operations or systems.

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information, which we do not independently verify. We also may rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. For example, in deciding whether to extend credit to clients, we may assume that a customer’s audited financial statements conform with GAAP and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the customer. Our earnings are significantly affected by our ability to properly originate, underwrite and service loans. Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted to the extent we incorrectly assess the creditworthiness of our borrowers, fail to detect or respond to deterioration in asset quality in a timely manner, or rely on financial statements that do not comply with GAAP or are materially misleading.

  38  

 

A failure in or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of our third-party vendors and other service providers or other third parties, including as a result of cyber-attacks, could disrupt our businesses, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, damage our reputation, increase our costs, and cause losses.

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Information security risks for financial institutions such as ours have generally increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, and terrorists, activists, and other external parties. As customer, public, and regulatory expectations regarding operational and information security have increased, our operating systems and infrastructure must continue to be safeguarded and monitored for potential failures, disruptions, and breakdowns. Our business, financial, accounting, and data processing systems, or other operating systems and facilities may stop operating properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors, including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. For example, there could be electrical or telecommunication outages; natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes, and hurricanes; disease pandemics (such as COVID-19); events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts; and as described below, cyber-attacks.

 

As noted above, our business relies on our digital technologies, computer and email systems, software and networks to conduct its operations. Although we have information security procedures and controls in place, our technologies, systems, networks, and our customers’ devices may become the target of cyber-attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss, or destruction of our or our customers’ or other third parties’ confidential information. Third parties with whom we do business or that facilitate our business activities, including financial intermediaries, or vendors that provide service or security solutions for our operations, and other unaffiliated third parties, including the South Carolina Department of Revenue, which had customer records exposed in a 2012 cyber-attack, could also be sources of operational and information security risk to us, including from breakdowns or failures of their own systems or capacity constraints.

While we have disaster recovery and other policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. Our risk and exposure to these matters remains heightened because of the evolving nature of these threats. As a result, cyber security and the continued development and enhancement of our controls, processes, and practices designed to protect our systems, computers, software, data, and networks from attack, damage or unauthorized access remain a focus for us. As threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate information security vulnerabilities. Disruptions or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that support our businesses and clients, or cyber-attacks or security breaches of the networks, systems or devices that our clients use to access our products and services could result in client attrition, regulatory fines, penalties or intervention, reputation damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs, any of which could have a material effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Industry

We could experience a loss due to competition with other financial institutions or nonbank companies.

We face substantial competition in all areas of our operations from a variety of different competitors, both within and beyond our principal markets, many of which are larger and may have more financial resources. Such competitors primarily include national, regional, community and internet banks within the various markets in which we operate. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including, without limitation, savings and loans, credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, and other financial intermediaries. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative and regulatory changes and continued consolidation. In addition, as customer preferences and expectations continue to evolve, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for banks to offer products and services in more areas in which they do not have a physical location and for nonbanks, such as FinTech companies, to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Banks, securities firms, and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting), and merchant banking. Many of our competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than we can.

  39  

 

Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:

 

· our ability to develop, maintain, and build upon long-term customer relationships based on top quality service, high ethical standards, and safe, sound assets;
· our ability to expand our market position;
· the scope, relevance, and pricing of the products and services we offer to meet our customers’ needs and demands;
· the rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to our competitors;
· customer satisfaction with our level of service; and
· industry and general economic trends.

Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by the Bank cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to the Bank. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, downgrades in the credit or financial strength ratings assigned to the counterparties with whom we transact could create the perception that our financial condition will be adversely impacted as a result of potential future defaults by such counterparties. Additionally, we could be adversely affected by a general, negative perception of financial institutions caused by the downgrade of other financial institutions. Accordingly, ratings downgrades for other financial institutions could affect the market price of our stock and could limit our access to or increase our cost of capital.

Failure to keep pace with technological change could adversely affect our business.

The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. In addition, we depend on internal and outsourced technology to support all aspects of our business operations. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Consumers may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions.

Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions through alternative methods that historically have involved banks. For example, consumers can now maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts, mutual funds or general-purpose reloadable prepaid cards. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. The loss of these revenue streams and the lower cost of deposits as a source of funds could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

  40  

 

We are at risk of increased losses from fraud.

Criminals committing fraud increasingly are using more sophisticated techniques and in some cases are part of larger criminal rings, which allow them to be more effective.

The fraudulent activity has taken many forms, ranging from check fraud, mechanical devices attached to ATM machines, social engineering and phishing attacks to obtain personal information or impersonation of our clients through the use of falsified or stolen credentials. Additionally, an individual or business entity may properly identify themselves, particularly when banking online, yet seek to establish a business relationship for the purpose of perpetrating fraud. Further, in addition to fraud committed against us, we may suffer losses as a result of fraudulent activity committed against third parties. Increased deployment of technologies, such as chip card technology, defray and reduce aspects of fraud; however, criminals are turning to other sources to steal personally identifiable information, such as unaffiliated healthcare providers and government entities, in order to impersonate the consumer to commit fraud. Many of these data compromises are widely reported in the media. As a result of the increased sophistication of fraud activity, we have increased our spending on systems and controls to detect and prevent fraud. This will result in continued ongoing investments in the future.

 

Negative public opinion surrounding our Bank and the financial institutions industry generally could damage our reputation and adversely impact our earnings.

Reputation risk, or the risk to our business, earnings and capital from negative public opinion surrounding our Bank and the financial institutions industry generally, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion can result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance, mergers and acquisitions, cybersecurity incidents, and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can adversely affect our ability to keep and attract clients and employees, could impair the confidence of our investors, counterparties and business partners and can affect our ability to effect transactions and can expose us to litigation and regulatory action. Although we take steps to minimize reputation risk in dealing with our clients and communities, this risk will always be present given the nature of our business.

Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock

Our ability to pay cash dividends is limited, and we may be unable to pay future dividends even if we desire to do so.

The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In general, the Federal Reserve’s policies provide that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve’s policies also require that a bank holding company serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks by standing ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to those banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and by maintaining the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks where necessary. In addition, under the prompt corrective action regulations, the ability of a bank holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. These regulatory policies could affect our ability to pay dividends or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

Our ability to pay cash dividends may be limited by regulatory restrictions, by our Bank’s ability to pay cash dividends to the Company and by our need to maintain sufficient capital to support our operations. As a South Carolina-chartered bank, the Bank is subject to limitations on the number of dividends that it is permitted to pay. Unless otherwise instructed by the S.C. Board, the Bank is generally permitted under South Carolina state banking regulations to pay cash dividends of up to 100% of net income in any calendar year without obtaining the prior approval of the S.C. Board. If our Bank is not permitted to pay cash dividends to us, it is unlikely that we would be able to pay cash dividends on our common stock. Moreover, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends only when, and if declared by our board of directors. Although we have historically paid cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so, and our board of directors could reduce or eliminate our common stock dividend in the future.

Our stock price may be volatile, which could result in losses to our investors and litigation against us.

Our stock price has been volatile in the past and several factors could cause the price to fluctuate substantially in the future. These factors include but are not limited to: actual or anticipated variations in earnings, changes in analysts’ recommendations or projections, our announcement of developments related to our businesses, operations and stock performance of other companies deemed to be peers, new technology used or services offered by traditional and non-traditional competitors, news reports of trends, irrational exuberance on the part of investors, new federal banking

  41  

 

regulations, and other issues related to the financial services industry. Our stock price may fluctuate significantly in the future, and these fluctuations may be unrelated to our performance. General market declines or market volatility in the future, especially in the financial institutions sector, could adversely affect the price of our common stock, and the current market price may not be indicative of future market prices. Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for you to resell your common stock when you want and at prices you find attractive. Moreover, in the past, securities class action lawsuits have been instituted against some companies following periods of volatility in the market price of its securities. We could in the future be the target of similar litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our normal business.

Our principal shareholders and management own a significant percentage of our voting shares and are able to exercise significant influence over our business and have the power to block transactions that could benefit our other shareholders.

As of December 31, 2020, Mason Y. Garrett and his two sons, Harold E. Garrett and John B. Garrett (collectively, the “Garretts”), own a total of approximately 24.1% of our outstanding shares of voting stock and together constitute our largest shareholder. As a result, the Garretts have the ability to significantly influence the outcome of matters requiring approval of our shareholders. Consequently, the Garretts have significant influence over our operations and outcome of shareholder votes on the approval of mergers and acquisitions or changes in corporate control which, among other things, could discourage potential acquirers from attempting to acquire the Company, thereby impeding or preventing the consummation of acquisition or change of control transactions in which our shareholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares.

 

Securities analysts may not initiate coverage or continue to cover our common stock.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities analysts publish about us and our business. We do not have any control over these securities analysts, and they may not cover our common stock. If securities analysts do not cover our common stock, the lack of research coverage may adversely affect our market price. If we are covered by securities analysts, and our common stock is the subject of an unfavorable report, the price of our common stock may decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover us or fail to publish regular reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the price or trading volume of our common stock to decline.

Future sales of our stock by our shareholders or the perception that those sales could occur may cause our stock price to decline.

Although our common stock is quoted on the OTC Market, the trading volume in our common stock is lower than that of other larger financial services companies. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of our common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which we have no control. Given the relatively low trading volume of our common stock, significant sales of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline or to be lower than it otherwise might be in the absence of those sales or perceptions.

Economic and other circumstances may require us to raise capital at times or in amounts that are unfavorable to us. If we have to issue shares of common stock, they will dilute the percentage ownership interest of existing shareholders and may dilute the book value per share of our common stock and adversely affect the terms on which we may obtain additional capital.

We may need to incur additional debt or equity financing in the future to make strategic acquisitions or investments or to strengthen our capital position. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on, among other things, conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control and our financial performance. We cannot provide assurance that such financing will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all, or if we do raise additional capital that it will not be dilutive to existing shareholders.

If we determine, for any reason, that we need to raise capital, our board generally has the authority, without action by or vote of the shareholders, to issue all or part of any authorized but unissued shares of stock for any corporate purpose, including issuance of equity-based incentives under or outside of our equity compensation plans. Additionally, we are not restricted from issuing additional common stock or preferred stock, including any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock or preferred stock or any substantially similar

  42  

 

securities. The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales by us of a large number of shares of common stock or preferred stock or similar securities in the market or from the perception that such sales could occur. If we issue preferred stock that has a preference over the common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, or if we issue preferred stock with voting rights that dilute the voting power of the common stock, the rights of holders of the common stock or the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected. Any issuance of additional shares of stock will dilute the percentage ownership interest of our shareholders and may dilute the book value per share of our common stock. Shares we issue in connection with any such offering will increase the total number of shares and may dilute the economic and voting ownership interest of our existing shareholders.

The obligations associated with being a public company will require significant resources and management attention, which will increase our costs of operation and may divert focus from our business operations.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, and the related securities rules and regulations of the FDIC. In particular, we will be required to file with the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. Compliance with these requirements will place significant demands on our legal, accounting and finance staff and may divert management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from implementing our strategic initiatives and improving our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Any changes made to comply with these requirements may not be sufficient to allow us to satisfy our obligations as a public company on a timely basis, or at all.

 

As a public company, we will incur increases in our legal, accounting and insurance costs, as well as our compensation expense as we may hire additional staff to help with complying with the requirements of a public reporting company. In addition, we have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur in order to comply with these requirements. We anticipate that these increased costs will increase our general and administrative expenses.

These reporting requirements, rules and regulations, coupled with the increase in potential litigation exposure associated with being a public company, could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or to serve as executive officers, or to obtain certain types of insurance, including directors’ and officers’ insurance, on acceptable terms.

Failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Effective internal control is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, we could be subject to regulatory action or other litigation, and our operating results could be adversely affected.

We are not currently required to comply with SEC rules implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding attestation reports on internal control over financial reporting and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. However, beginning with our annual report for the year ending December 31, 2022, our management may be required to conduct an annual assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley and rules promulgated under the Exchange Act if our assets are over $1 billion as of January 1, 2022. We are in the process of reviewing our formal policies, processes and practices related to financial reporting and to the identification of key financial reporting risks, assessment of their potential impact and linkage of those risks to specific areas and controls within our organization. If we fail to adequately comply with the requirements of Section 404, we may be subject to adverse regulatory consequences, and there could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements.

In each annual report, we will be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. The process to document and evaluates our internal control over financial reporting is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we must dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and continue to refine our reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that we will not be able to conclude, within the prescribed time frame or at all, that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley. If we identify one or

  43  

 

more material weaknesses, it could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

Any and all of these factors could have a material adverse effect on us and lead to a decline in the price of our common stock.

Provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, South Carolina law, and state and federal banking regulations, could delay or prevent a takeover by a third party.

 

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws could delay, defer, or prevent a third-party takeover, despite possible benefit to the shareholders, or otherwise adversely affect the price of our common stock. Our governing documents:

 

  · authorize 20,000,000 shares of common stock and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock (the terms, including voting rights, of which may be established by the board of directors) that may be issued by the board of directors without shareholder approval;
  · require advance notice of proposed nominations for election to the board of directors and business to be conducted at a shareholder meeting;
  · require the board of directors, when considering whether a proposed plan of merger, consolidation, exchange, or sale of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company, to consider the interests of the Company’s employees and the communities in which the Company and its subsidiaries do business in addition to the interests of the Company’s shareholders;
  · provide that the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors then in office, but may not consist of fewer than five nor more than 25 members; and
  · provide that no individual who is or becomes a “business competitor” or who is or becomes affiliated with, employed by, or a representative of any individual, corporation, or other entity which the board of directors, after having such matter formally brought to its attention, determines to be in competition with us or any of our subsidiaries (any such individual, corporation, or other entity being a “business competitor”) shall be eligible to serve as a director if the board of directors determines that it would not be in our best interests for such individual to serve as a director (any financial institution having branches or affiliates within the counties in which we operate is presumed to be a business competitor unless the board of directors determines otherwise).

 

In addition, the South Carolina business combinations statute provides that a 10% or greater shareholder of a resident domestic corporation cannot engage in a “business combination” (as defined in the statute) with such corporation for a period of two years following the date on which the 10% shareholder became such, unless the business combination or the acquisition of shares is approved by a majority of the disinterested members of such corporation’s board of directors before the 10% shareholder’s share acquisition date. This statute further provides that at no time (even after the two-year period subsequent to such share acquisition date) may the 10% shareholder engage in a business combination with the relevant corporation unless certain approvals of the board of directors or disinterested shareholders are obtained or unless the consideration given in the combination meets certain minimum standards set forth in the statute. The law is very broad in its scope and is designed to inhibit unfriendly acquisitions, but it does not apply to corporations whose articles of incorporation contain a provision electing not to be covered by the law. Our articles of incorporation do not contain such a provision. An amendment of our articles of incorporation to that effect would, however, permit a business combination with an interested shareholder even though such status was obtained prior to the amendment.

 

Finally, the Change in Bank Control Act and the Bank Holding Company Act generally require filings and approvals prior to certain transactions that would result in a party acquiring control of the Company or the Bank.

 

An investment in our common stock is not an insured deposit.

Our common stock is not a bank deposit and, therefore, is not insured against loss by the FDIC, any other deposit insurance fund or by any other public or private entity. An investment in our common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this registration statement and is subject to the same market forces that affect the price of common stock in any company. As a result, if you acquire our common stock, you may lose some or all of your investment.

  44  

 

General Risk Factors

We may be exposed to a need for additional capital resources in the future and these capital resources may not be available when needed or at all.

We may need to incur additional debt or equity financing in the future to make strategic acquisitions or investments or to strengthen our capital position. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on, among other things, conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control and our financial performance. Accordingly, we cannot provide assurance that such financing will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further expand our operations through internal growth and acquisitions could be materially impaired. In addition, if we decide to raise additional equity capital, our current shareholders’ interests could be diluted.

 

We are party to various claims and lawsuits incidental to our business. Litigation is subject to many uncertainties such that the expenses and ultimate exposure with respect to many of these matters cannot be ascertained.

From time to time, we, our directors and our management are or may be the subject of various claims and legal actions by customers, employees, shareholders and others. Whether such claims and legal actions are legitimate or unfounded, if such claims and legal actions are not resolved in our favor, they may result in significant financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of us and our products and services as well as impact customer demand for those products and services. In light of the potential cost, reputational damage and uncertainty involved in litigation, we have in the past and may in the future settle matters even when we believe we have a meritorious defense. Certain claims may seek injunctive relief, which could disrupt the ordinary conduct of our business and operations or increase our cost of doing business. Our insurance or indemnities may not cover all claims that may be asserted against us. Any judgments or settlements in any pending litigation or future claims, litigation or investigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations.

  45  

 

Item 2.  Financial Information

 

Selected Financial Data

 

The following table sets forth summary historical consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods shown (in thousands, except per share data). The summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the summary income statement data for the years then ended have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 13 of this registration statement. The summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 and the summary income statement data for the years then ended have been derived from our previously audited consolidated financial statements.

 

You should read the following financial data in conjunction with the other information contained in this registration statement, including under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in the financial statements and related notes thereto included in Item 13 of this registration statement.

 

    As of and for the year ended December 31,  
    2020     2019     2018     2017     2016  
Income Statement Data:                                        
Net interest income   $ 41,714     $ 39,566     $ 36,117     $ 32,218     $ 27,421  
Provision for loan losses     3,073       2,768       2,632       6,089       3,269  
Noninterest income     2,552       1,786       1,195       883       1,008  
Noninterest expense     30,046       27,958       26,473       24,223       20,101  
Income before taxes     11,147       10,626       8,207       2,789       5,059  
Provision for income taxes     2,502       2,562       1,910       1,999       1,875  
Net income   $ 8,645     $ 8,064     $ 6,297     $ 790     $ 3,184  
                                         
Per Common Share Data:                                        
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, basic     5,215,182       5,041,420       4,522,127       4,498,555       4,434,979  
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, diluted     5,273,350       5,111,577       4,905,397       4,881,559       4,820,757  
Total shares of common stock outstanding     5,271,971       5,201,951       4,553,490       4,502,190       4,483,990  
Basic income per common share   $ 1.57     $ 1.51     $ 1.31     $ 0.16     $ 0.67  
Diluted income per common share   $ 1.55     $ 1.49     $ 1.28     $ 0.16     $ 0.66  
Dividends declared per common share   $ 0.32     $ 0.08     $     $ 0.30     $ 0.40  
Dividend payout ratio     20.6 %     5.4 %     0.0 %     187.5 %     60.6 %
Book value (at end of period)   $ 16.17     $ 14.49     $ 12.33     $ 10.96     $ 11.01  
                                         
Balance Sheet Data:                                        
Total loans   $ 878,545     $ 756,389     $ 663,279     $ 551,394     $ 418,791  
Allowance for loan losses   $ (12,572 )   $ (10,287 )   $ (9,188 )   $ (7,414 )   $ (5,158 )
Total assets   $ 1,089,779     $ 911,645     $ 776,206     $ 653,733     $ 515,514  
Total Deposits   $ 946,480     $ 812,501     $ 678,795     $ 569,998     $ 430,327  
Total shareholders’ equity   $ 86,525     $ 76,650     $ 57,442     $ 50,633     $ 50,689  
Common shareholders’ equity   $ 85,227     $ 75,352     $ 56,144     $ 49,335     $ 49,391  
                                         
Performance Ratios:                                        
Return on average assets     0.88 %     0.94 %     0.88 %     0.14 %     0.69 %
Return on average equity     10.59 %     11.45 %     11.67 %     1.54 %     6.22 %
Net interest rate spread (1)     4.13 %     4.39 %     5.39 %     4.72 %     5.58 %
Net interest margin (2)     4.42 %     4.78 %     5.41 %     5.97 %     6.38 %
Efficiency ratio (3)     68.51 %     67.71 %     70.95 %     73.18 %     70.70 %
                                         
Asset Quality Data (at Period End):                                        
Net charge-offs to average loans     0.10 %     0.24 %     0.14 %     0.82 %     0.65 %
Nonperforming assets to total loans     0.28 %     0.50 %     0.61 %     1.22 %     1.89 %
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans     2,358.72 %     542.56 %     1,863.69 %     424.63 %     162.71 %
Allowance for loan losses to total loans     1.43 %     1.36 %     1.39 %     1.34 %     1.23 %
                                         
Balance Sheet and Capital Ratios(4):                                        
Total loans to total deposits     92.82 %     93.09 %     97.71 %     96.74 %     97.32 %
Tangible common equity to tangible assets     7.88 %     8.33 %     7.31 %     7.64 %     9.70 %
Leverage ratio     8.72 %     9.34 %     9.90 %     9.10 %     11.70 %
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio     10.17 %     10.62 %     11.40 %     10.50 %     13.90 %
Total risk-based capital ratio     14.46 %     13.11 %     12.60 %     11.70 %     15.10 %

  46  

 

 

(1) The interest rate spread represents the difference between the fully taxable equivalent weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted-average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the period.
(2) The net interest margin represents fully taxable equivalent net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets for the period.
(3) The efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense as a percentage of the sum of net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis and noninterest income.
(4) Capital ratios are for GrandSouth Bancorporation, Inc. on a consolidated basis

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The following discussion and analysis is presented on a consolidated basis and focuses on the major components of our operations and significant changes in our results of operations for the periods presented. We encourage you to read this discussion and analysis in conjunction with the financial statements and the related notes and the other statistical information included in this registration statement. Historical results of operations and the percentage relationships among any amounts included, and any trends that may appear, may not indicate trends in our operations or results of operations for any future periods.

We have made, and will continue to make, various forward-looking statements with respect to financial and business matters.  Comments regarding our business that are not historical facts are considered forward-looking statements that involve inherent risks and uncertainties.  Actual results may differ materially from those contained in these forward-looking statements.  For additional information regarding our cautionary disclosures, see the “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this registration statement.

 

Overview

 

The Company was incorporated in 2000 under the laws of South Carolina and is a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. The Company’s primary purpose is to serve as the holding company for the Bank. On October 2, 2000, pursuant to a Plan of Exchange approved by the shareholders of the Bank, all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Bank were exchanged for shares of the Company, and the Company became the owner of all of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank. The Company presently engages in no business other than that of owning the Bank and has no employees.

 

The Company has one non-bank subsidiary, the GrandSouth Trust, a Delaware statutory trust, formed to facilitate the issuance of trust preferred securities. The GrandSouth Trust is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements.

We provide a full range of financial services through offices located throughout South Carolina. We provide full-service retail and commercial banking products.

Recent Events—COVID-19

As noted above, the COVID-19 pandemic, which was declared a national emergency in the United States in March 2020, continues to create extensive disruptions to the global economy and financial markets and to businesses and the lives of individuals throughout the world. Our business, financial condition and results of operations generally rely upon the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans, the value of collateral underlying our secured loans, and demand for loans and other products and services we offer, which are highly dependent on the business environment in our primary markets where we operate and in the United States as a whole.

 

Temporary Operational Changes

 

We have taken a number of steps to protect our employees, customers and communities. In March 2020, as part of our efforts to exercise social distancing, we closed all of our banking lobbies (other than by appointment) and conducted most of our business through drive-thru tellers and through electronic and online means. At this time, our lobbies have been reopened, but we encourage customers to use other means to conduct their banking. In addition, our team is working in the office at this time; however, we have the ability to shift to working remotely, as needed.

 

Lending Operations and Accommodations to Customers

 

We are focused on serving the needs of our commercial and consumer customers and have offered flexible loan payment arrangements, including short-term loan modifications or forbearance payments, and reduced or waived certain fees on deposit accounts. During 2020, we granted short-term deferrals related to the COVID-19 crisis for $93.0 million of loans. As of December 31, 2020, all had resumed payments or paid off. Under federal bank regulatory guidance, short-term loan

 

  47  

 

modifications made on a good faith basis in response to COVID-19 to borrowers who were current before any such relief are not considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDR”). We also paused new foreclosure and repossession actions through December 31, 2020 and will continue to re-evaluate these activities based on the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. These programs may negatively impact our revenue and other results of operations in the near term and, if not effective in mitigating the effect of COVID-19 on our customers, may adversely affect our business and results of operations more substantially over a longer period of time. Future governmental actions may require these and other types of customer-related responses.
 

We also participated in the Small Business Administration’s Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”). During 2020, we secured funding of 272 loans through the PPP totaling approximately $37.4 million, net of deferred lending fees. PPP loans totaled $22.5 million as of December 31, 2020.

 

Impact on Results of Operations and Financial Condition

 

We are monitoring the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our results of operation and financial condition. While the pandemic has not yet had a significant impact to our financial condition as of December 31, 2020, in the form of incurred losses or communications from our borrowers that significant losses were imminent, we nevertheless determined it prudent to increase our allowance for loan losses by $2.0 million in 2020, related to changes in qualitative factors, primarily as a result of the abrupt slowdown in commercial economic activity related to COVID-19, as well as the dramatic rise in the unemployment rate in our market area. Our allowance for periods ending after December 31, 2020 may be materially impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic.

We are also monitoring the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the operations and value of our investments. We mark to market our AFS investments and review our investment portfolio for impairment at each period end. Because of changing economic and market conditions affecting issuers, we may be required to recognize impairments on the securities we hold as well as reductions in other comprehensive income. We cannot currently determine the ultimate impact of the pandemic on the long-term value of our investment portfolio.

 

As of December 31, 2020, we had $0.7 million of goodwill. At each quarter end in 2020, we have considered whether a quantitative assessment of our goodwill was required because of the significant economic disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. At December 31, 2020, we determined no goodwill impairment was required. However, further delayed recovery or further deterioration in market conditions related to the general economy, financial markets, and the associated impacts on our customers, employees and vendors, among other factors, could significantly impact the impairment analysis and may result in future goodwill impairment charges that, if incurred, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Capital and Liquidity

 

As of December 31, 2020, all of our capital ratios were in excess of all regulatory requirements. While we believe that we have sufficient capital to withstand an extended economic recession brought about by the COVID-19 pandemic, our reported and regulatory capital ratios could be adversely impacted by loan losses.

 

We continue to monitor unfunded commitments through the pandemic, including home equity lines of credit, for evidence of increased credit exposure as borrowers utilize these lines for liquidity purposes. We believe there could be potential stresses on liquidity management as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. For instance, as clients manage their own liquidity stress, we could experience an increase in the utilization of existing lines of credit.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our accounting and reporting policies conform to GAAP and conform to general practices within the industry in which we operate. To prepare financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management makes estimates, assumptions and judgments based on available information. These estimates, assumptions and judgments affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements and, as this information changes, actual results could differ from the estimates, assumptions and judgments reflected in the financial statements, which could have a material impact on our future financial condition and results of operations.

 

  48  

 

Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. We have identified the determination of the allowance for loan losses to be an accounting area that requires the most subjective or complex judgments and, as such, could be most subject to revision as new or additional information becomes available or circumstances change, including overall changes in the economic climate. Therefore, we consider this policy, discussed below, to be a critical accounting policy and estimate and discuss it directly with the Audit Committee of our board of directors.

 

Additional information about our critical and significant accounting policies can be found in Note 1 of our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2020, included in Item 13 of this registration statement.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses (“ALL”) – The ALL reflects our estimates of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. Our management evaluates the ALL on a regular basis. It is based on the collectability of our loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available and such revisions can materially affect our financial results.

The methodology for determining the ALL has two main components: the evaluation of individual loans for impairment and the evaluation of certain groups of homogeneous loans with similar risk characteristics.

A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all principal and interest payments due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. We individually evaluate all loans classified as nonaccrual or TDR, regardless of amount, and performing substandard loans greater than $200,000 for impairment. If the impaired loan is considered collateral dependent, a charge-off is taken based upon the appraised value of the property (less an estimate of selling costs if foreclosure is anticipated) compared to the loan’s carrying value, if necessary. If the impaired loan is not collateral dependent, a specific reserve is established based upon an estimate of the future discounted cash flows after consideration of modifications and the likelihood of future default and prepayment.

The allowance for non-impaired loans consists of a base historical loss reserve and a qualitative reserve. The loss rates for the base loss reserve, segmented into 8 loan categories, contain average net loss/(recovery) rates ranging from approximately (0.5)% to 1.14%

The qualitative reserve adjusts the average loss rates utilized in the base loss reserve for trends in the following internal and external factors:

 

· Changes in lending and loan review policies;
· Experience, ability, and depth of lending management;
· Volume and severity of past due, nonaccrual, and classified loans;
· Collateral values;
· Loan concentrations and loan growth; and
· Economic conditions – including unemployment rates, housing prices and sales, and regional economic outlooks.

 

Qualitative reserve adjustment factors are decreased for favorable trends and increased for unfavorable trends. These factors are subject to further adjustment as economic and other conditions change.

 

Discussion of Financial Condition

 

General

 

Total assets increased $178.1 million, or 19.54%, to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2020 from $911.6 million at December 31, 2019. This increase in assets was primarily due to increases in investments available for sale of $36.8 million, or 49.8%, from $73.9 million at December 31, 2019 to $110.7 million at December 31, 2020, and loans, which increased $122.1 million, or 16.1%, from $756.4 million at December 31, 2019 to $878.5 million at December 31, 2020. Noninterest-bearing deposits increased $65.2 million, or 47.2%, to $203.5 million at December 31, 2020 from $138.3 million at December 31, 2019.

 

  49  

 

Total liabilities increased $168.3 million, or 20.1%, to $1.0 billion at December 31, 2020 from $835.0 million at December 31, 2019, due primarily to the $134.0 million increase in total deposits, $16.0 million increase in FHLB advances, and $17.7 million increase in junior subordinated notes.

 

Total shareholders’ equity increased $9.8 million to $86.5 million at December 31, 2020 compared to $76.7 million at December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily attributable to $8.6 million of net income and $2.0 million of after-tax increase in market value of investment securities available for sale, partially offset by dividends declared of $1.8 million. Tangible book value per common share, a non-GAAP measure, increased $1.69 to $16.03 at December 31, 2020 from $14.34 at December 31, 2019.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Total cash and cash equivalents increased $20.2 million to $63.0 million at December 31, 2020 from $42.8 million at December 31, 2019, primarily due to the issuance of $18.0 million of junior subordinated notes in 2020. We continue to hold adequate levels of liquid and short-term assets.

Investment Securities

Our investment securities portfolio is classified as AFS. AFS securities are carried at fair value. The following table shows the amortized cost and fair value for our AFS investment portfolio at the dates indicated (in thousands).

 

    December 31, 2020     December 31, 2019  
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
 
U.S.  government agencies   $     $     $ 4,000     $ 3,972  
State and municipal obligations     16,684       17,820       6,364       6,507  
Mortgage-backed securities - agency     31,056       31,487       32,318       32,437  
Collateralized mortgage obligations - agency     49,441       50,560       23,550       23,654  
Asset-backed securities     6,268       6,235       6,914       6,815  
Corporate bonds     4,500       4,605       500       500  
    $ 107,949     $ 110,707     $ 73,646     $ 73,885  

 

AFS investment securities increased $36.8 million, or 49.8%, to $110.7 million at December 31, 2020 from $73.9 million at December 31, 2019. Corporate bonds, which increased $4.1 million, or 821.0%, to $4.6 million at December 31, 2020 from $0.5 million at December 31, 2019, include subordinated debt issued by community banks that are within and outside of our footprint. We continue to look for opportunities to re-deploy funds from investment securities to higher yielding loans.

 

We believe the number of securities in an unrealized loss position is due entirely to interest rate fluctuation from the time that many of these securities were originally purchased. We regularly review our investment portfolio for impairment that is other than temporary (“OTTI”) and concluded that no OTTI existed during the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. In addition, we do not currently intend to sell the securities, nor do we believe it is more likely than not that we would be required to sell these securities before their anticipated recovery of amortized cost. The number and dollar amount of securities in an unrealized loss position decreased between December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, as indicated in the table below (in thousands).

 

    12 Months or Less     More Than 12 Months     Total  
    Number of
Securities
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Number of
Securities
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Number of
Securities
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Losses
 
As of December 31, 2020     10     $ 28,374     $ 129       2     $ 2,808     $ 38       12     $ 31,182     $ 167  
As of December 31, 2019     15     $ 42,584     $ 217       2     $ 2,996     $ 98       17     $ 45,580     $ 315  

 

We closely monitor the financial condition of the issuers of our municipal securities. As of December 31, 2020, the fair value of our municipal securities portfolio balance consists of approximately 28.7% of general obligation bonds and 71.3% of revenue bonds. As of December 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, all of our municipal securities were performing and rated AA or better by either Moody’s or Standard and Poor’s.

 

  50  

 

The composition and maturities of the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2020 are summarized in the following table (in thousands). Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur. The composition and maturity distribution of the securities portfolio is subject to change depending on rate sensitivity, capital, and liquidity needs.

 

    Less than one year     More than one year through five years     More than five years through ten years     More than ten years     Total securities  
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted Average Yield     Amortized Cost     Weighted Average Yield     Amortized Cost     Weighted Average Yield     Amortized Cost     Weighted Average Yield     Amortized Cost     Weighted Average Yield  
State and municipal obligations   $ 500       1.89 %   $           $           $ 16,184       2.89 %   $ 16,684       2.86 %
Mortgage-backed securities - agency                 291       3.74 %     12,959       0.35 %     17,806       0.78 %     31,056       0.63 %
Collateralized mortgage obligations - agency                             7,750       2.32 %     41,691       1.19 %     49,441       1.37 %
Asset-backed securities                             895       0.40 %     5,373       4.01 %     6,268       3.49 %
Corporate bonds                             4,000       5.55 %     500       5.25 %     4,500       5.52 %
Total securities available-for-sale   $ 500       1.89 %   $ 291       3.74 %   $ 25,604       1.76 %   $ 81,554       1.65 %   $ 107,949       1.68 %

 

(1)    Tax exempt municipal obligations are shown on a tax equivalent basis using a 21% federal tax rate

 

Other Investments

 

As of December 31, 2020, we held $6.3 million in other investments accounted for at cost which was a decrease of $2.9 million, or 32.0%, compared to $9.2 million at December 31, 2019. The following table summarizes other investments as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

    December 31,  
    2020     2019  
FHLB stock   $ 1,501     $ 698  
CRA qualified preferred stock     500       500  
Certificates of deposit with other banks     4,004       7,751  
Investment in trust preferred securities     247       247  
Total other investments   $ 6,252     $ 9,196  

 

The amount of FHLB stock required to be owned by the Bank is determined by the amount of FHLB advances outstanding. The increase in our FHLB stock of $0.8 million to $1.5 million at December 31, 2020, compared to $0.7 million at December 31, 2019 was the result of increased FHLB borrowings. FHLB advances totaled $16.0 million as of December 31, 2020. There were no FHLB advances outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

 

Loans

The following table presents our loan portfolio composition and the corresponding percentage of total loans as of the dates indicated (in thousands). Other construction and land loans include residential acquisition and development loans and loans on commercial undeveloped land and one-to-four family improved and unimproved lots. Commercial real estate loans include loans on non-residential owner-occupied and non-owner-occupied real estate, multi-family, and owner-occupied investment property. Commercial loans include unsecured commercial loans and commercial loans secured by business assets.

  51  

 

 

    December 31,  
    2020     2019     2018     2017     2016  
    Balance     Percent     Balance     Percent     Balance     Percent     Balance     Percent     Balance     Percent  
Real estate mortgage loans:                                                                                
One-to four-family residential   $ 114,119       12.98     $ 101,071       13.37     $ 96,956       14.61     $ 80,313       14.57     $ 56,808       13.59  
Commercial real estate     369,706       42.03       306,802       40.55       249,927       37.67       194,536       35.28       147,110       35.16  
Home equity loans and lines of credit     17,174       1.95       17,811       2.35       12,916       1.95       14,034       2.55       10,354       2.47  
Residential construction     30,989       3.52       8,375       1.11       8,992       1.36       10,681       1.94       6,838       1.63  
Other construction and land     68,611       7.80       55,505       7.34       48,214       7.27       43,899       7.96       31,533       7.54  
Commercial     243,617       27.70       225,629       29.82       200,044       30.15       157,099       28.49       130,687       31.24  
Consumer     35,362       4.02       41,335       5.46       46,350       6.99       50,784       9.21       35,028       8.37  
Loans receivable, gross     879,578       100.00       756,528       100.00       663,399       100.00       551,346       100.00       418,358       100.00  
                                                                                 
Net deferred loan costs (fees)     (956 )             (73 )             (19 )             146               391          
Unamortized discount     (274 )             (304 )             (357 )             (547 )             (479 )        
Unamortized premium     197               238               256               449               521          
                                                                                 
Loans receivable, net of deferred fees   $ 878,545             $ 756,389             $ 663,279             $ 551,394             $ 418,791          

 

Net loans increased $122.1 million, or 16.1%, to $878.5 million at December 31, 2020, compared to $756.4 million at December 31, 2019. Most of our loan growth is concentrated in commercial real estate, residential construction, and commercial with increases of $62.9 million, or 20.5%, $22.6 million, or 270.0%, and $18.0 million, or 8.0%, respectively, as compared to relative balances at December 31, 2019.

In 2020, 272 loans were processed under the PPP for a total of $39.0 million in loans funded and $1.6 million of lender fees collected. As of December 31, 2020, 80 loans totaling $15.9 million had been forgiven and lender fee income totaling $1.0 million had been recognized and is included in Interest and fees on loans in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Commercial loans includes PPP loans with a recorded investment of $22.5 million as of December 31, 2020.

 

Maturities and Sensitivity of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates

Renewal of loans is subject to the same credit approval and underwriting standards as new loans, the terms of which may be modified upon renewal. The information in the following table is based on the contractual maturities of individual loans, including loans which may be subject to renewal at their contractual maturity (in thousands).

 

    December 31, 2020  
    One year or
less
    Over one year
to five years
    Over five
years
    Total  
Real estate loans:                                
One-to-four family residential   $ 9,801     $ 52,646     $ 51,492     $ 113,939  
Commercial     32,281       113,599       223,256       369,136  
Home equity loans and lines of credit     1,753       14,390       1,070       17,213  
Residential construction     12,776       5,051       13,011       30,838  
Other construction and land     11,799       7,064       49,423       68,286  
Commercial     54,910       17,371       171,440       243,721  
Consumer     28,973       713       5,726       35,412  
Loans receivable, net of deferred fees   $ 152,293     $ 210,834     $ 515,418     $ 878,545  

 

Actual repayments of loans may differ from the maturities reflected below because borrowers have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

 

Longer term one-to-four family residential, construction, commercial real estate, and home equity loans and lines of credit typically carry interest rates which adjust to certain LIBOR indexes or The Wall Street Journal Prime Rate. Longer term one-to-four family residential construction loans represent construction-to-permanent loans which, upon completion of the construction phase, become one-to-four family residential real estate loans.

 

  52  

 

The following table sets forth the recorded investment of all loans maturing after December 31, 2021 that have either fixed interest rates or floating or adjustable interest rates (in thousands).

 

    December 31, 2020  
    Fixed     Floating or
adjustable
    Total  
Real estate loans:                        
One-to-four family residential   $ 56,177     $ 47,961     $ 104,138  
Commercial     236,878       99,977       336,855  
Home equity loans and lines of credit     44       15,416       15,460  
Residential construction     2,715       15,347       18,062  
Other construction and land     22,746       33,741       56,487  
Commercial     183,597       5,214       188,811  
Consumer     6,439             6,439  
Total   $ 508,596     $ 217,656     $ 726,252  

 

Delinquent Loans

 

When a loan becomes 15 days past due, we contact the borrower to inquire as to the status of the loan payment. When a loan becomes 30 days or more past due, we increase collection efforts to include all available forms of communication. Once a loan becomes 45 days past due, we generally issue a demand letter and further explore the reasons for non-repayment, discuss repayment options, and inspect the collateral. In the event the loan officer or collections staff has reason to believe restructuring will be mutually beneficial to the borrower and the Bank, the borrower is referred to the Bank’s Credit Administration staff to explore restructuring alternatives to foreclosure. Once the demand period has expired and it has been determined that restructuring is not a viable option, the Bank’s counsel is instructed to pursue foreclosure.

 

The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time a loan becomes 90 days delinquent or when it becomes impaired, whichever occurs first, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual is reversed. Interest payments received on nonaccrual loans are generally applied as a direct reduction to the principal outstanding until the loan is returned to accrual status. Interest payments received on nonaccrual loans may be recognized as income on a cash basis if recovery of the remaining principal is reasonably assured. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured. Interest payments applied to principal while the loan was on nonaccrual may be recognized in income over the remaining life of the loan after the loan is returned to accrual status.

 

If a loan is modified in a TDR, the loan is generally placed on non-accrual until there is a period of satisfactory payment performance by the borrower (either immediately before or after the restructuring), generally six consecutive months, and the ultimate collectability of all amounts contractually due is not in doubt. For a discussion of TDRs, see the section entitled “Troubled Debt Restructurings” below.

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our loan portfolio carrying balances of delinquencies at the dates indicated. We had no loans 90 days or more past due that are still accruing interest as of December 31, 2020 or December 31, 2019 that are not 98% guaranteed by the issuing agency.

  53  

 

 

    Delinquent loans  
(In thousands)   30-59 Days     60-89 Days     90 Days and over     Total  
December, 2020                                
Real estate loans:                                
One-to-four family residential   $     $     $ 15     $ 15  
Commercial                        
Home equity loans and lines of credit                        
Residential construction                        
Other construction and land                        
Commercial     6             2       8  
Consumer     1,840       727       2,549       5,116  
Total delinquent loans   $ 1,846     $ 727     $ 2,566     $ 5,139  
% of total loans, net     0.21 %     0.08 %     0.29 %     0.58 %
                                 
December 31, 2019                                
Real estate loans:                                
One-to-four family residential   $ 107     $ 15     $     $ 122  
Commercial     570                   570  
Home equity loans and lines of credit                        
Residential construction                 296       296  
Other construction and land           172             172  
Commercial     242             2       244  
Consumer     1,999       642       3,122       5,763  
Total delinquent loans   $ 2,918     $ 829     $ 3,420     $ 7,167  
% of total loans, net     0.39 %     0.11 %     0.45 %     0.95 %
                                 
December 31, 2018                                
Real estate loans:                                
One-to-four family residential   $ 324     $ 1,265     $     $ 1,589  
Commercial     554                   554  
Home equity loans and lines of credit                        
Residential construction                        
Other construction and land     972                   972  
Commercial     208             1       209  
Consumer     2,029       1,121       4,281       7,431  
Total delinquent loans   $ 4,087     $ 2,386     $ 4,282     $ 10,755  
% of total loans, net     0.62 %     0.36 %     0.65 %     1.62 %
                                 
December 31, 2017                                
Real estate loans:                                
One-to-four family residential   $ 145     $ 66     $ 552     $ 763  
Commercial                 510       510  
Home equity loans and lines of credit                        
Residential construction                        
Other construction and land     122                   122  
Commercial     55       58       157       270  
Consumer     1,360       1,597       3,418       6,375  
Total delinquent loans   $ 1,682     $ 1,721     $ 4,637     $ 8,040  
% of total loans, net     0.31 %     0.31 %     0.84 %     1.46 %
                                 
December 31, 2016                                
Real estate loans:                                
One-to-four family residential   $ 667     $ 50     $ 828     $ 1,545  
Commercial     182       1,090       590       1,862  
Home equity loans and lines of credit     298                   298  
Residential construction                        
Other construction and land     1,199             78       1,277  
Commercial     114                   114  
Consumer     2,078       939       4,627       7,644  
Total delinquent loans   $ 4,538     $ 2,079     $ 6,123     $ 12,740  
% of total loans, net     1.08 %     0.50 %     1.46 %     3.04 %

 

  54  

 

Total delinquencies as a percentage of loans have decreased from 0.95% at December 31, 2019 to 0.58% at December 31, 2020, representing a decrease of 38.9% over the period. Delinquent loans decreased $2.0 million, or 28.3%, to $5.1 million at December 31, 2020 from $7.2 million at December 31, 2019. The decrease in 30-59 days delinquencies of $1.1 million, or 36.7%, from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020 is concentrated primarily in one-to-four family residential loans, commercial real estate loans and commercial loans. We continue to focus on collection efforts and favorable resolutions.

 

Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming loans include all loans past due 90 days and over that are not 98% guaranteed by the issuing agency, certain impaired loans, and TDR loans that have not yet established a satisfactory period of payment performance (some of which may be contractually current). Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and real estate owned (“REO”). The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of our nonperforming assets at the dates indicated (in thousands).

 

    December 31,  
    2020     2019     2018     2017     2016  
Nonaccrual loans:                                        
Real estate loans:                                        
One-to-four family residential   $ 39     $ 29     $     $ 756     $ 1,369  
Commercial     31       573             510       605  
Home equity loans and lines of credit                              
Residential construction           296                    
Other construction and land     126       313                   78  
Commercial     324       667       492       479       1,118  
Consumer     13       18       1       1        
Total nonperforming loans     533       1,896       493       1,746       3,170  
                                         
REO:                                        
One-to-four family residential                 776              
Commercial real estate     513             450       150       473  
Other construction and land     1,419       1,855       2,338       4,773       4,429  
Total foreclosed real estate     1,932       1,855       3,564       4,923       4,902  
Total nonperforming assets   $ 2,465     $ 3,751     $ 4,057     $ 6,669     $ 8,072  
                                         
TDRs still accruing   $ 1,254     $ 1,459     $ 1,124     $ 2,002     $ 1,735  
                                         
Ratios:                                        
Nonperforming loans to total loans     0.06 %     0.25 %     0.07 %     0.32 %     0.76 %
Nonperforming assets to total assets     0.23 %     0.41 %     0.52 %     1.02 %     1.57 %

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans decreased from 0.25% at December 31, 2019, to 0.06% at December 31, 2020, representing a decrease of 76.0% over the period. Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets also decreased from 0.41% at December 31, 2019, to 0.23% at December 31, 2020, or a decrease of 43.9% over the period. The gross interest income that would have been recorded under the original terms of the nonaccrual loans was $0.2 million as of December 31, 2020 and eighty-two thousand dollars as of December 31, 2019. The decrease in nonperforming loans and nonperforming assets is the result of the successful resolution and disposal of nonperforming loans and nonperforming assets by means of restructure, foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure and short sales for less than the indebtedness, in which cases the deficiency is charged-off.

 

REO was $1.9 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, but has declined $3.0 million, or 60.6% since December 31, 2016.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

In situations where, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, we grant a concession that we would not otherwise consider, for other than an insignificant period of time, the related loan is classified as a TDR. We strive to identify borrowers in financial difficulty early so that we may work with them to modify their loans before they reach nonaccrual status. Modified terms generally include extensions of maturity dates at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk characteristics, reductions in contractual interest rates, periods of

 

  55  

 

interest-only payments, and principal deferments. A restructuring that results in only a delay in payments that is insignificant is not considered an economic concession. While unusual, there may be instances of forgiveness of loan principal. We individually evaluate all substandard loans that experience a modification of terms to determine if a TDR has occurred. In accordance with the CARES Act and interagency guidance, the Company implemented loan modification programs in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and elected the accounting policy allowed in the CARES Act and interagency guidance to not apply TDR accounting to these modifications.

 

The table below presents the carrying amounts of loans as of December 31, 2020, for which there was a short-term deferral related to the COVID-19 pandemic. These loans were not considered TDRs as described above. As of December 31, 2020, all loans with short-term deferral related to the COVID-19 pandemic had resumed making payments or paid off.

 

(In thousands)   # of Loans     COVID-19
Deferrals
 
One-to-four family residential     37     $ 6,303  
Commercial real estate     103       61,236  
Home equity and lines of credit     1       36  
Residential construction     2       1,789  
Other construction and land     6       1,839  
Commercial     78       15,678  
Consumer     13       230  
Total COVID-19 deferrals     240     $ 87,111  

 

All TDRs are considered to be impaired loans and are reported as such for the remaining life of the loan, unless the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to or greater than the rate that would be accepted at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk and the ultimate collectability of all amounts contractually due is not in doubt. We may also remove a loan from TDR and impaired status if the loan is subsequently restructured and at the time of the subsequent restructuring the borrower is not experiencing financial difficulties and, under the terms of the subsequent restructuring agreement, no concession has been granted to the borrower.

 

The following table presents our TDRs by accrual status as of the dates indicated (in thousands).

 

    December 31,  
    2020     2019  
TDRs still accruing interest   $ 1,254     $ 1,459  
TDRs not accruing interest     308       865  
Total TDRs   $ 1,562     $ 2,324  

 

As noted in the above table, the majority of our borrowers with restructured loans have been able to comply with the revised payment terms for at least six consecutive months, resulting in their respective loans being restored to accrual status.

 

The following table presents details of TDRs made in each of the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

      Modification Type     Number of
TDR Loans
    Pre-Modification
Recorded
Investment
    Post-Modification
Recorded
Investment
 
Year ended December 31, 2020                          
          Extended payment terms       3     $ 173     $ 61  
                                     
  Year ended December 31, 2019                                  
          Extended payment terms       9     $ 2,251     $ 2,191  
          Interest rate concessions       2       161       161  
          Total       11     $ 2,412     $ 2,352  

 

During 2020, we have continued to be proactive in working with borrowers to identify potential issues and restructure certain loans to prevent future losses.

 

  56  

 

Classification of Loans

The following table sets forth amounts of classified and criticized loans at the dates indicated. As indicated in the table, loans classified as “doubtful” or “loss” are charged off immediately (in thousands).

 

    December 31,  
    2020     2019     2018     2017     2016  
Classified loans:                                        
Substandard   $ 3,701     $ 10,295     $ 11,984     $ 11,898     $ 12,014  
Doubtful                              
Loss                              
Total classified loans:     3,701       10,295       11,984       11,898       12,014  
Special mention     7,777       3,153       4,783       6,915       11,521  
Total criticized loans   $ 11,478     $ 13,448     $ 16,767     $ 18,813     $ 23,535  
                                         
Total classified loans as a % of total loans, net     0.42 %     1.36 %     1.81 %     2.16 %     2.87 %
Total criticized loans as a % of total loans, net     1.31 %     1.78 %     2.53 %     3.41 %     5.62 %

 

Total classified loans to total loans declined to 0.42% at December 31, 2020, from 1.36% at December 31, 2019. Total criticized loans to total loans decreased to 1.31% at December 31, 2020, from 1.78% at December 31, 2019. Management continues to dedicate resources to monitoring and resolving classified and criticized loans.

 

Certain industries have been particularly hard-hit by the COVID-19 pandemic, including the travel and hospitality industry, the restaurant industry, and the retail industry. Although we do not have any known credit problems that are not included in the table above, we had $8.9 million of loans to the restaurant and food service industry, $5.0 million of loans to the hotel industry, as of December 31, 2020.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses reflects our estimates of probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of our loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of our loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect our borrowers’ abilities to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses has two main components: the evaluation of individual loans for impairment and the evaluation of certain groups of homogeneous loans with similar risk characteristics.

 

A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all principal and interest payments due according to the original contractual terms of the loan. We individually evaluate all loans classified as nonaccrual or TDR, regardless of amount, and performing substandard loans greater than $200,000 for impairment. If the impaired loan is considered collateral dependent, a charge-off is taken based upon the appraised value of the property less an estimate of selling costs if foreclosure or sale of the property is anticipated. If the impaired loan is not collateral dependent, a specific reserve is established based upon an estimate of the future discounted cash flows after consideration of modifications and the likelihood of future default and prepayment.

The allowance for homogenous loans consists of a base loss reserve and a qualitative reserve. The loss rates for the base loss reserve, segmented into 8 loan categories, contain average net loss/(recovery) rates ranging from approximately (0.5)% to 1.14%.

 

The qualitative reserve adjusts the weighted average loss rates utilized in the base loss reserve for trends in the following internal and external factors:

 

· Changes in lending and loan review policies;
· Experience, ability, and depth of lending management;
· Volume and severity of past due, nonaccrual, and classified loans;
· Collateral values;
· Loan concentrations and loan growth; and
· Economic conditions – including unemployment rates, housing prices and sales, and regional economic outlooks.

 

  57  

 

Qualitative reserve adjustment factors are decreased for favorable trends and increased for unfavorable trends.

Our evaluation of changes in international, national, regional, and local economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectability of our loans, including the condition of various market segments, considered the abrupt slowdown in commercial economic activity resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, management considered the dramatic rise in the unemployment rate in the United State and in our market areas. These events resulted in an increase in reserve related to the economic conditions qualitative factor. These factors are subject to further adjustment as economic and other conditions change.

The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses at the dates and for the periods indicated (in thousands).

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2020     2019     2018     2017     2016  
Balance at beginning of period   $ 10,287     $ 9,188     $ 7,414     $ 5,158     $ 4,315  
Charge-offs:                                        
Real Estate:                                        
One-to-four family residential           3       118             772  
Commercial           43       61             84  
Home equity loans and lines of credit                              
Residential construction                              
Other construction and land           17       13       438       10  
Commercial     1,748       2,015       2,082       3,716       1,954  
Consumer     26       43       23       141       1  
Total charge-offs     1,774       2,121       2,297       4,295       2,821  
                                         
Recoveries:                                        
Real Estate:                                        
One-to-four family residential     6       14       488       109       71  
Commercial                 154              
Home equity loans and lines of credit           2       3       3       3  
Residential construction                              
Other construction and land     1       33       319       57       13  
Commercial     956       397       474       226       308  
Consumer     23       6       1       67        
Total recoveries     986       452       1,439       462       395  
Net charge-offs     788       1,669       858       3,833       2,426  
Provision for loan losses     3,073       2,768       2,632       6,089       3,269  
Balance at end of period   $ 12,572     $ 10,287     $ 9,188     $ 7,414     $ 5,158  
                                         
Ratios:                                        
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding     0.10 %     0.24 %     0.14 %     0.82 %     0.65 %
Allowance to nonperforming loans at period end     2,358.72 %     542.58 %     1,863.69 %     424.63 %     162.71 %
Allowance to total loans at period end     1.43 %     1.36 %     1.39 %     1.34 %     1.23 %

 

Our allowance as a percentage of total loans increased to 1.43% at December 31, 2020 from 1.36% at December 31, 2019 primarily as the result of loan growth and economic uncertainty related to the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

We have continued to experience limited charge-off amounts and stable collections of amounts previously charged-off. The overall historical loss rate used in our allowance for loan losses calculation continues to decline as previous quarters with larger loss rates are eliminated from the calculation as time passes. However, in light of the COVID-19 pandemic, there is a risk that loss rates could increase. Our coverage ratio of nonperforming loans increased significantly to 2,358.72% at December 31, 2020 from 542.58% at December 31, 2019 primarily as the result of the reduced balance of nonperforming loans during the period.

 

  58  

 

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The table below summarizes the allowance for loan losses balance and percent of total loans by loan category (in thousands).

 

    2020     2019     2018     2017     2016  
    Allowance     %*     Allowance     %*     Allowance     %*     Allowance     %*     Allowance     %*  
Real estate mortgage loans:                                                                                
One-to-four family residential   $ 1,297       12.97     $ 1,098       13.33     $ 1,135       14.57     $ 887       14.52     $ 450       13.55  
Commercial real estate     4,559       42.02       3,122       40.49       2,478       37.61       1,421       35.22       988       35.08  
Home equity loans and lines of credit     231       1.96       188       2.36       139       1.95       105       2.55       27       2.48  
Residential construction     389       3.51       84       1.10       104       1.36       117       1.94       92       1.63  
Other construction and land     843       7.77       584       7.31       554       7.25       476       7.93       378       7.50  
Commercial     5,118       27.74       5,024       29.93       4,626       30.26       4,279       28.62       3,108       31.36  
Consumer     135       4.03       187       5.48       152       7.00       129       9.22       115       8.40  
Total allowance for loan losses   $ 12,572       100.00     $ 10,287       100.00     $ 9,188       100.00     $ 7,414       100.00     $ 5,158       100.00  
                                                                                 

* Loan balance in each category, expressed as a percentage of total loans, net of deferred fees.

 

As discussed above, we compute our allowance for loan losses either through a specific allowance to individually impaired loans or through a general allowance applied to homogeneous loans by loan type. The above allocation represents the allocation of the allowance by loan type regardless of specific or general allocations. The largest allocation has been made to one-to-four family, commercial real estate, and commercial due to the elevated risk in those categories of loans.

 

The table below summarizes balances, charge-offs, and specific allowances related to impaired loans as of the dates indicated (in thousands).

 

    Recorded
Balance
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Partial
Charge-
Offs
    Specific
Allowance
    % of Specific
Allowance & Partial
Charge-off to Unpaid
Principal Balance
 
As of December 31, 2020                                        
Loans without a valuation allowance   $ 1,768     $ 2,000     $ 232     $       11.6 %
Loans with a valuation allowance     12       12             1       8.3 %
Total   $ 1,780     $ 2,012     $ 232     $ 1       11.6 %
                                         
As of December 31, 2019                                        
Loans without a valuation allowance   $ 1,633     $ 1,646     $ 13     $       0.8 %
Loans with a valuation allowance     6,368       6,368             239       3.8 %
Total   $ 8,001     $ 8,014     $ 13     $ 239       3.1 %

 

As indicated in the above table, during the periods presented, we have consistently maintained more than 3% of impaired loans in a reserve, either through a direct charge-off or in a specific reserve included as part of the allowance for loan losses. The total dollar amount of impaired loans decreased $6.2 million, or 77.7%, to $1.8 million at December 31, 2020 compared to $8.0 million at December 31, 2019. The decrease in impaired loans is attributable to loan payoffs, transfers to REO, charge-offs, and the return of loans to non-impaired status upon changes to borrowers’ status that ultimately make collectability of all amounts contractually due not in doubt.

 

REO

 

The tables below summarize the balances and activity in REO as of the dates and for the periods indicated (in thousands).

 

    As of December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Commercial real estate   $ 513     $  
Other construction and land     1,419       1,855  
Total   $ 1,932     $ 1,855  
                 

  59  

 

 

    As of December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Balance, beginning of year   $ 1,855     $ 3,564  
Additions     513        
Disposals     (160 )     (1,709 )
Write-downs     (276 )      
Balance, end of year   $ 1,932     $ 1,855  

 

As indicated in the above table, the balance in REO has totaled $1.9 million at both December 31, 2020 and 2019. We continue to write-down REO as needed and maintain focus on disposing of our remaining properties.

 

As of December 31, 2020, our REO property with the largest balance of $0.8 million consisted of approximately 8 acres of commercial land with frontage on U.S. Highway 153 in Anderson, South Carolina. The property was acquired in October 2013.

 

Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”)

 

BOLI policies are recorded at book value based on cash surrender values provided by a third-party administrator. The assets of the separate BOLI account are invested in the Lincoln National Life Insurance Co. Investment Allocation account rated A+ which is composed primarily of U.S. Government agency sponsored funds and mortgage-backed securities fund. The assets in the general account are invested in four insurance carriers with ratings ranging from AA- to AA+. The assets of the hybrid account are invested in two different insurance carriers with ratings ranging from A+ to A++.

 

The following table summarizes the composition of BOLI as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

    December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Separate account   $ 747     $ 717  
General account     10,899       10,570  
Hybrid     3,215       3,160  
Total   $ 14,861     $ 14,447  

 

Net Deferred Tax Assets

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the asset and liability method and are reported on a net basis in our consolidated balance sheets. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities and recognizes enacted changes in tax rates and laws. When deferred tax assets are recognized, they are subject to a valuation allowance based on management’s judgment as to whether realization is more likely than not. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, we consider the following sources of taxable income:

 

· future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;
· future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards;
· taxable income in prior carryback years; and
· tax planning strategies that would, if necessary, be implemented.

 

We determined a tax valuation allowance totaling $0.3 million was required as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 related to state net operating losses of the Company.

 

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the cost in excess of the fair value of net assets acquired (including identifiable intangibles) in transactions accounted for as business combinations. Goodwill has an indefinite useful life and is evaluated for impairment annually, or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value.

  60  

 

As a result of market concerns about the potential impact of COVID-19, our stock price has declined such that it has traded below book value since the onset of the pandemic. As a result of this triggering event, management has qualitatively assessed and concluded that there is not a greater than 50% likelihood that the reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount as of December 31, 2020, given the anticipated short duration of the change in macroeconomics conditions and, therefore, no impairment of goodwill was recorded. However, further delayed recovery or further deterioration in market conditions related to the general economy, financial markets, and the associated impacts on our customers, employees and vendors, among other factors, could significantly impact the impairment analysis and may result in future goodwill impairment charges that, if incurred, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

The Company had $0.7 million of goodwill as of December 31, 2020, and 2019.

Deposits

The following table presents average deposits by category, percentage of total average deposits and average rates for the periods indicated (in thousands).

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2020     2019  
    Average
Balance
    Percent of
Total
Average
Balance
    Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Percent of
Total
Average
Balance
    Weighted
Average
Rate
 
Deposit type:                                                
Savings accounts   $ 8,179       1.0       0.10 %   $ 5,536       0.7       0.13 %
Time deposits     332,453       38.8       1.63 %     369,194       48.5       2.23 %
Money market accounts     306,694       35.8       0.62 %     243,999       32.0       1.46 %
Interest-bearing demand accounts     33,644       3.9       0.22 %     20,918       2.7       0.12 %
Noninterest-bearing demand accounts     175,871       20.5       0.00 %     122,879       16.1       0.00 %
Total deposits   $ 856,841       100.0       1.09 %   $ 762,526       100.0       1.85 %

 

As indicated in the above table, average deposit balances increased approximately $94.3 million, or 12.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared December 31, 2019. The increase in total average deposits was mainly attributable to the $62.7 million, or 25.7%, increase in money market accounts and $53.0 million, or 43.1%, in noninterest-bearing demand accounts, offset by a $36.7 million, or 10.0%, decline in time deposits.

 

The following table presents details of the applicable interest rates on our certificates of deposit at the dates indicated (in thousands).

 

    December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Interest Rate:                
Less than 1.00%   $ 203,890     $ 17,343  
1.00% to 2.00%     79,384       78,061  
2.00% to 3.00%     668       281,725  
Total   $ 283,942     $ 377,129  

 

The following table presents contractual maturities for certificates of deposit in amounts equal to or greater than $100,000 and $250,000 (in thousands):

 

    December 31, 2020  
    Equal to or
greater than
$100
    Equal to or
greater than
$250
 
Three months or less   $ 705     $  
Over three months through six months     1,889       989  
Over six months through one year     3,432       12,324  
Over one year     108,929       58,085  
Total   $ 114,955     $ 71,398  

 

  61  

 

Borrowings

 

The Company had fixed rate FHLB advances totaling $16.0 million as of December 31, 2020. There were no FHLB borrowings as of December 31, 2019. FHLB advances are secured by qualifying one-to-four family permanent and commercial loans and by a blanket collateral agreement with the FHLB. At December 31, 2020, the Company had unused borrowing capacity with the FHLB of $18.4 million based on collateral pledged at that date. The Company had total additional credit availability with the FHLB of $287.4 million as of December 31, 2020, if additional collateral was available and pledged.

 

The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our FHLB advances as of or for the period indicated (in thousands).

 

    As of or for the
Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 
Balance at end of period   $ 16,000  
Average balance during period   $ 16,691  
Maximum outstanding at any month end   $ 21,000  
Weighted average interest rate at end of period     0.87 %
Weighted average interest rate during period     0.96 %

 

Junior Subordinated Notes

The Company had $35.7 million in three issuances of junior subordinated notes outstanding at December 31, 2020 and $18.1 million in two issuances of junior subordinated notes outstanding as of December 31, 2019. Notes totaling $8.2 million, payable to an unconsolidated subsidiary, accrue interest at 1.85% above the 90-day LIBOR, adjusted quarterly. Notes totaling $10.0 million accrue interest at a fixed rate of 6.50% until November 30, 2023, at which time the interest will accrue at 3.43% above the 90-day LIBOR, adjusted quarterly. Notes totaling $18.0 million issued in 2020 accrue interest at a fixed rate of 4.375% until November 15, 2025, at which time the interest will accrue at 4.16% above the 90-day Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR), adjusted quarterly. The effective interest rate on the notes was 2.90% at December 31, 2020 and 5.84% at December 31, 2019.

 

Equity

 

Total shareholders’ equity increased $9.8 million to $86.5 million at December 31, 2020 compared to $76.7 million at December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily attributable to $8.6 million of net income and $2.0 million of after-tax increase in the market value of investment securities available for sale partially offset by dividends declared totaling $1.8 million.

 

Discussion of Results of Operation

Like most financial institutions, net interest income is our primary source of revenue. Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and interest incurred on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Net interest income depends upon the relative mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the ratio of interest-earning assets to total assets and of interest-bearing liabilities to total funding sources, and movements in market interest rates. Our net interest income can be significantly influenced by a variety of factors, including overall loan demand, economic conditions, credit risk, the amount of nonearning assets, the amounts of and rates at which assets and liabilities reprice, variances in prepayment of loans and securities, early withdrawal of deposits, exercise of call options on borrowings or securities, a general rise or decline in interest rates, changes in the slope of the yield-curve, and balance sheet growth or contraction. Our asset and liability management committee (“ALCO”) seeks to manage interest rate risk under a variety of rate environments by structuring our balance sheet and off-balance sheet positions.

Average Balances and Net Interest Income Analysis

 

The following table sets forth the average balances of assets and liabilities, the total dollar amounts of interest income and dividends from average interest-earning assets on a tax-equivalent basis, the total dollar amounts of interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, and the resulting average tax-equivalent yields and cost for the periods indicated. All average balances are daily average balances. Nonaccrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense.

  62  

 

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2020     2019     2018  
(In thousands, fully taxable equivalent)   Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate
 
                                                       
Interest-earning assets:                                                                        
Loans   $ 809,925     $ 48,579       6.00 %   $ 697,417     $ 49,720       7.13 %   $ 606,317     $ 42,296       6.98 %
Investments - taxable     79,589       1,223       1.54 %     45,186       1,058       2.34 %     26,767       589       2.20 %
Investment tax exempt(1)     8,702       252       2.90 %     4,081       144       3.54 %     3,755       128       3.41 %
Federal funds sold and other interest earning deposits     38,781       113       0.29 %     68,412       1,376       2.01 %     42,036       630       1.50 %
Other investments, at cost     8,465       216       2.55 %     12,698       303       2.39 %     16,030       353       2.20 %
                                                                         
Total interest-earning assets     945,462       50,383       5.33 %     827,794       52,601       6.35 %     694,905       43,996       6.33 %
                                                                         
Noninterest-earning assets     34,982                       32,140                       24,053                  
                                                                         
Total assets   $ 980,444                     $ 859,934                     $ 718,958                  
                                                                         
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                                        
Savings accounts   $ 8,179     $ 8       0.10 %   $ 5,536     $ 7       0.13 %   $ 4,512     $ 6       0.14 %
Time deposits     332,453       5,416       1.63 %     369,194       8,247       2.23 %     288,670       4,988       1.73 %
Money market accounts     306,694       1,915       0.62 %     243,999       3,568       1.46 %     236,582       3,045       1.29 %
Interest bearing transaction accounts     33,644       75       0.22 %     20,918       25       1.20 %     11,580       10       0.09 %
Total interest bearing deposits     680,970       7,414       1.09 %     639,647       11,847       1.85 %     541,344       8,049       1.49 %
                                                                         
FHLB advances     16,691       161       0.96 %     4,123       102       2.48 %     10,151       228       2.25 %
Junior subordinated debentures     20,466       1,035       5.06 %     18,067       1,056       5.84 %     9,295       408       4.39 %
Other borrowings     454       7       1.64 %                 0 %     600       30       5.00 %
                                                                         
Total interest-bearing liabilities     718,581       8,617       1.20 %     661,837       13,005       1.96 %     561,390       8,715       1.55 %
                                                                         
Noninterest-bearing deposits     175,871                       122,879                       100,085                  
                                                                         
Other non interest bearing liabilities     4,393                       4,799                       3,548                  
                                                                         
Total liabilities     898,845                       789,515                       665,023                  
Total equity     81,599                       70,419                       53,935                  
                                                                         
Total liabilities and equity   $ 980,444                     $ 859,934                     $ 718,958                  
                                                                         
Tax-equivalent net interest income           $ 41,766                     $ 39,596                     $ 35,281          
                                                                         
Net interest-earning assets(2)   $ 226,881                     $ 165,957                     $ 133,515                  
                                                                         
Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities     131.57 %                     125.08 %                     123.78 %                
                                                                         
Tax-equivalent net interest rate spread(3)                     4.13 %                     4.39 %                     4.78 %
Tax-equivalent net interest margin(4)                     4.42 %                     4.78 %                     5.08 %

 

(1) Tax exempt loans and investments are calculated giving effect to a 21% federal tax rate, or $52,000, $30,000, and $10,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
(2) Net interest-earning assets represents total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(3) Tax-equivalent net interest rate spread represents the difference between the tax equivalent yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Tax-equivalent net interest margin represents tax equivalent net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

 

  63  

 

The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the periods indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to change in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The total column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately, based on the absolute values of changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

    For the Year Ended December 31, 2020     For the Year Ended December 31, 2019  
    Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2019     Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2018  
    Increase (decrease) due to:     Increase (decrease) due to:  
(In thousands)   Volume     Rate     Total     Volume     Rate     Total  
Interest-earning assets:                                                
Loans (1)   $ 7,379     $ (8,520 )   $ (1,141 )   $ 6,477     $ 947     $ 7,424  
Investment - taxable     615       (450 )     165       430       39       469  
Investments - tax exempt (2)     139       (31 )     108       11       5       16  
Interest-earning deposits     (425 )     (838 )     (1,263 )     483       263       746  
Other investments, at cost     (106 )     19       (87 )     (78 )     28       (50 )
Total interest-earning assets     7,602       (9,820 )     (2,218 )     7,323       1,282       8,605  
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                
Savings accounts     3       (2 )     1       1             1  
Time deposits     (760 )     (2,071 )     (2,831 )     1,590       1,669       3,259  
Money market accounts     754       (2,407 )     (1,653 )     97       426       523  
Interest bearing transaction accounts     21       29       50       11       4       15  
FHLB advances     153       (94 )     59       (147 )     21       (126 )
Junior subordinated debentures     130       (151 )     (21 )     479       169       648  
Other borrowings     7             7       (30 )           (30 )
Total interest-bearing liabilities     308       (4,696 )     (4,388 )     2,001       2,289       4,290  
Change in tax-equivalent net interest income   $ 7,294     $ (5,124 )   $ 2,170     $ 5,322     $ (1,007 )   $ 4,315  

 

(1) Nonaccrual loans are included in the above analysis.
(2) Interest income on tax exempt loans and investments are adjusted for based on a 21% federal tax rate.

 

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

General. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $8.6 million, compared to $8.1 million for 2019. The increase in net income was primarily the result of increases in net interest income and noninterest income of $2.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively, partially offset by increases in the provision for loan losses and noninterest expense totaling $0.3 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

 

Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased $2.1 million, or 5.4%, to $41.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $39.6 million for 2019. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to a $112.5 million increase in average loans, a $39.0 million increase in average investments, both taxable and tax exempt and decreases in costs on our average time deposits and money market accounts, partially offset by the decline in yields on our loans and investments during the period and a $56.7 million increase in our average interest-bearing liabilities.

Our tax-equivalent net interest margin was 4.42% for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to 4.78% for 2019, a decrease of 36 basis points. The decrease in net interest margin was primarily attributable to interest rate reductions which impacted loans, investments, and interest-earning deposits in the year ended December 31, 2020, partially offset by the impact of these interest rate reductions on our cost of funds. In addition, average PPP loans for the year ended December 31, 2020 totaled $24.8 million, which resulted in a reduction to our tax-equivalent net interest margin of 9 basis points as these loans were issued at a 1.0% interest rate, plus origination fees, net of costs.

  64  

 

Provision for Loan Losses. We recorded a provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2020 of $3.1 million due to organic loan growth and certain qualitative adjustments in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, compared to a $2.8 million provision for loan losses for 2019. We are experiencing continued stabilization in asset quality, low charge-off amounts, and a continued decline in the historical loss rates used in our allowance for loan losses model. However, in light of the COVID-19 pandemic, there is a risk that loss rates could increase.

 

Noninterest Income

 

The following table summarizes the components of noninterest income and the corresponding changes between the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):

 

    Years Ended December 31,        
    2020     2019     Change  
Service charges on deposit accounts   $ 983     $ 910     $ 73  
Gain on sale of investment securities available for sale     392       13       379  
BOLI     414       144       270  
Net gain on sale of premises and equipment     14       49       (35 )
Other     749       670       79  
Total noninterest income   $ 2,552     $ 1,786     $ 766  

 

Our noninterest income increased $0.8 million to $2.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to 2019. This increase was driven by a $0.4 million increase in gains on the sale of investment securities available for sale, primarily due to decreased interest rates that provided favorable market conditions for sales, and a $0.3 million increase in BOLI, resulting from the purchase of $8.0 million in policies in the fourth quarter of 2019.

 

Noninterest Expense

 

The following table summarizes the components of noninterest expense and the corresponding change between the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):

 

    Years Ended December 31,        
    2020     2019     Change  
Compensation and employee benefits   $ 20,371     $ 18,033     $ 2,338  
Net occupancy     2,186       2,211       (25 )
Federal deposit insurance     522       276       246  
Professional and advisory     1,328       2,222       (894 )
Data processing     1,880       1,654       226  
Marketing and advertising     163       285       (122 )
Net cost of operation of REO     371       (112 )     483  
Other     3,225       3,389       (164 )
Total noninterest expenses   $ 30,046     $ 27,958     $ 2,088  

 

Our noninterest expense increased $2.1 million to $30.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, compared 2019. Compensation and employee benefits increased $2.3 million, or 13.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to 2019. The increase is primarily related to increased full-time equivalent employees, annual raises and increases in employee benefits, incentives and commissions.

 

Federal deposit insurance premiums increased $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to 2019, primarily due to higher deposit balances and assessment credits received in 2019 related to the FDIC deposit insurance reserve excess.

 

Professional and advisory expenses decreased $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to 2019, primarily as a result of the settlement of litigation in 2019.

 

Data processing expenses increased $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to 2019, primarily due to an increased number of accounts and transactions.

 

Marketing and advertising decreased $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to 2019, primarily due to rate promotions offered in 2019 that were not repeated in 2020.

 

  65  

 

Net cost of operation of REO increased $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to 2019, primarily due to valuation adjustments for updated appraisals or sales contract amounts.

 

Other noninterest expense decreased $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to 2019, primarily as the result of reduced loan-related expenses.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income tax expense totaled $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $2.6 million for 2019. Income tax expense for the years ending December 31, 2020 and 2019 benefited from tax-exempt income related to municipal bond investments and BOLI income resulting in effective tax rates of 22.4% and 24.1%, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate is primarily attributable to higher BOLI tax-exempt income due to $10.0 million of additional policies purchased in the fourth quarter of 2019.

 

We continue to have unutilized net operating losses for state income tax purposes and do not have a material current tax receivable or liability.

 

Liquidity, Market Risk, and Capital Resources

 

Liquidity. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments, advances from the FHLB, and the sale of available-for-sale securities. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. Our ALCO, under the direction of our Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and monitoring our liquidity targets and strategies in order to ensure that sufficient liquidity exists for meeting the borrowing needs and deposit withdrawals of our customers as well as unanticipated contingencies. We have not experienced any unusual pressure on our deposit balances or our liquidity position as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. We believe that we have enough sources of liquidity to satisfy our short- and long-term liquidity needs as of December 31, 2020.

 

We regularly monitor and adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of expected loan demand, expected deposit flows and borrowing maturities, yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities, and the objectives of our asset/liability management program. Excess liquid assets are invested generally in FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (“FRB”) interest-earning deposits and investment securities and are also used to pay off short-term borrowings. At December 31, 2020, cash and cash equivalents totaled $63.0 million. Included in this total was $27.8 million held at the FRB, $0.5 million held at the FHLB, and $28.5 million held at correspondent banks in interest-earning accounts.

 

Our cash flows are derived from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities as reported in our consolidated statements of cash flows included in our consolidated financial statements included in Item 13 of this registration statement. The following summarizes the most significant sources and uses of liquidity during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Investing activities:                
Purchases of investments   $ (67,337 )   $ (58,606 )
Maturities and principal repayments of investments     13,684       15,237  
Sales of investments     18,787       10,263  
Net increase in loans     (112,622 )     (94,779 )
Purchase of BOLI policies           (8,000 )
Purchase of fixed assets     (4,253 )     (2,196 )
                 
Financing activities:                
Net increase in deposits   $ 133,979     $ 131,654  
Proceeds from issuance of common stock           9,970  
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debt     17,602        
Proceeds from FHLB advances     27,000       7,000  
Repayment of FHLB advances     (11,000 )     (21,000 )
Dividends paid on common stock     (1,668 )     (417 )

 

  66  

 

In addition, because the Company is a separate entity from the Bank, it must provide for its own liquidity. The Company is responsible for payment of dividends declared on its common and preferred stock and interest and principal on any outstanding debt or trust preferred securities. The Company currently has internal capital resources to meet these obligations. While the Company has access to capital, the ultimate sources of its liquidity are dividends from the Bank and tax allocation agreements, which are limited by applicable law and regulations. The Bank paid no dividends to the Company in 2020 and $0.8 million in 2019.

 

At December 31, 2020, we had $251.4 million in outstanding commitments to extend credit through unused lines of credit and stand-by letters of credit.

 

Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on our deposits or other borrowings than we currently pay on certificates of deposit. Based on historical experience and current market interest rates, we anticipate that following their maturity we will retain a large portion of our retail certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less as December 31, 2020.

 

In addition to loans, we invest in securities that provide a source of liquidity, both through repayments and as collateral for borrowings. Our securities portfolio includes both callable securities (which allow the issuer to exercise call options) and mortgage-backed securities (which allow borrowers to prepay loans). Accordingly, a decline in interest rates would likely prompt issuers to exercise call options and borrowers to prepay higher-rate loans, producing higher than otherwise scheduled cash flows.

 

Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of management. If we require more funds than we are able to generate locally, we have a borrowing agreement with the FHLB. The following summarizes our borrowing capacity as of December 31, 2020 (in thousands):

 

    Total     Used     Unused  
    Capacity     Capacity     Capacity  
FHLB                        
Loan collateral capacity   $ 303,412                  
Pledgeable marketable securities     110,707                  
FHLB totals     414,119     $ 16,000     $ 398,119  
Fed funds lines     51,000             51,000  
    $ 465,119     $ 16,000     $ 449,119  

 

Market Risk. One of the most significant forms of market risk is interest rate risk because, as a financial institution, the majority of our assets and liabilities are sensitive to changes in interest rates. Interest rate fluctuations affect earnings by changing net interest income and other interest-sensitive income and expense levels. Accepting this risk is a normal part of banking and can be an important source of profitability and shareholder value. However, excessive risk can threaten our earnings, capital, liquidity and solvency. Therefore, a principal part of our operations is to manage interest rate risk and limit the exposure of our net interest income to changes in market interest rates. The board of directors of the Bank has established an ALCO, which is responsible for evaluating the interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities, for determining the level of risk that is appropriate, given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the guidelines approved by the board of directors. Our ALCO monitors and seeks to manage market risk through rate shock analyses, economic value of equity analyses and simulations in order to avoid unacceptable earnings and market value fluctuations due to changes in interest rates.

 

From a funding perspective, we expect to satisfy the majority of our future requirements with retail deposit growth, including checking and savings accounts, money market accounts and certificates of deposit generated within our primary markets. If our funding needs exceed our deposits, we will utilize our excess funding capacity with the FHLB.

 

We have taken the following steps to reduce our interest rate risk:

 

· increased our personal and business checking accounts and our money market accounts, which are less rate-sensitive than certificates of deposit and which provide us with a stable, low-cost source of funds;
· limited the fixed rate period on loans within our portfolio;
· utilized our securities portfolio for positioning based on projected interest rate environments;
· priced certificates of deposit to encourage customers to extend to longer terms; and
· utilized FHLB advances for positioning.

 

  67  

 

Net Interest Income. We analyze the impact of changing rates on our net interest income. Using our balance sheet as of a given date, we analyze the repricing components of individual assets, and, adjusting for changes in interest rates at 100 basis point increments, we analyze the impact on our net interest income. Changes to our net interest income are shown in the following table based on immediate changes to interest rates in 100 basis point increments.

 

The table below reflects the impact of an immediate increase in interest rates in 100 basis point increments on Pretax Net Interest Income (“NII”).

 

    December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Change in Interest Rates (basis points)   % Change in
Pretax Net
Interest Income
    % Change in
Pretax Net
Interest Income
 
+400     7.1       (3.8)  
+300     7.5       (2.8)  
+200     5.4       (1.8)  
+100     3.2       (0.9)  
-            
-100     0.5       0.4  

 

The results from the rate shock analysis on NII are consistent with having an asset sensitive balance sheet. Having an asset sensitive balance sheet means assets will reprice at a faster pace than liabilities during the short-term horizon. The implications of an asset sensitive balance sheet will differ depending upon the change in market rates. For example, with an asset sensitive balance sheet in a declining interest rate environment, the interest rate on assets will decrease at a faster pace than liabilities. This situation generally results in a decrease in NII and operating income. Conversely, with an asset sensitive balance sheet in a rising interest rate environment, the interest rate on assets will increase at a faster pace than liabilities. This situation generally results in an increase in NII and operating income. As indicated in the table above, a 200 basis point increase in rates would result in a 5.4% increase in NII as of December 31, 2020 as compared to a 1.8% decrease in NII as of December 31, 2019, suggesting that there is a benefit for the Company to net interest income in rising interest rates The Company generally seeks to remain neutral to the impact of changes in interest rates by maximizing current earnings while balancing the risk of changes in interest rates.

 

Capital Resources. In July 2013, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the FDIC issued final rules to revise their risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Basel III rules became effective on January 1, 2015 and were fully phased in as of January 1, 2019.

 

The Basel III rules apply to all national and state banks and savings associations regardless of size and bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies other than “small bank holding companies,” generally holding companies with consolidated assets of less than $3 billion (such as the Company). In order to avoid restrictions on capital distributions or discretionary bonus payments to executives, a covered banking organization must maintain a “capital conservation buffer” on top of our minimum risk-based capital requirements. This buffer must consist solely of common equity Tier 1, but the buffer applies to all three measurements (common equity Tier 1, Tier 1 capital and total capital). The capital conservation buffer consists of an additional amount of common equity Tier 1 equal to 2.5% of risk-weighted assets.

 

The Bank is also subject to various regulatory capital requirements, including a risk-based capital measure. The risk-based guidelines and framework under prompt corrective action provisions include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories.

 

  68  

 

The tables below summarize the capital amounts and ratios of the Bank and the minimum regulatory requirements in accordance with Basel III and the prompt corrective action provisions at December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands).

 

    Actual     For Capital Adequacy
Purposes(1)
    To Be Well-
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
As of December 31, 2020:                                                
Tier 1 Leverage Capital   $ 105,820       10.05 %   $ 36,100       >4 %   $ 45,125       >5 %
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital   $ 105,820       11.73 %   $ 63,174       >7.0 %   $ 58,662       >6.5 %
Tier 1 Risk-based Capital   $ 105,820       11.73 %   $ 76,712       >8.5 %   $ 72,199       >8 %
Total Risk-based Capital   $ 117,117       12.98 %   $ 94,761       >10.5 %   $ 90,249       >10 %
                                                 
As of December 31, 2019:                                                
Tier 1 Leverage Capital   $ 90,318       10.00 %   $ 35,963       >4 %   $ 44,954       >5 %
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital   $ 90,318       11.40 %   $ 55,467       >7.0 %   $ 52,837       >6.5 %
Tier 1 Risk-based Capital   $ 90,318       11.40 %   $ 67,352       >8.5 %   $ 65,030       >8 %
Total Risk-based Capital   $ 100,227       12.60 %   $ 83,200       >10.5 %   $ 81,287       >10 %



(1) Includes capital conservation buffer of 2.50%.

 

Under the Federal Reserve’s Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement, the Company is not subject to the minimum capital adequacy and capital conservation buffer capital requirements at the holding company level, unless otherwise advised by the Federal Reserve (such capital requirements are applicable only at the Bank level). Although the minimum regulatory capital requirements are not applicable to the Company, we calculate these ratios for our own planning and monitoring purposes. The Company is not subject to the prompt corrective action provisions applicable to the Bank. The tables below summarize the capital amounts and ratios of the Company and the minimum regulatory requirements in accordance with Basel III at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 (in thousands).

 

    Actual     For Capital Adequacy
Purposes(1)
 
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
As of December 31, 2020:                                
Tier I Leverage Capital   $ 91,876       8.72 %   $ 42,189       >4 %
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital   $ 83,629       9.26 %   $ 63,248       >7.0 %
Tier I Risk-based Capital   $ 91,876       10.17 %   $ 76,801       >8.5 %
Total Risk Based Capital   $ 130,683       14.46 %   $ 94,871       >10.5 %
                                 
As of December 31, 2019:                                
Tier I Leverage Capital   $ 83,977       9.34 %   $ 35,974       >4 %
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital   $ 75,729       9.58 %   $ 55,356       >7.0 %
Tier I Risk-based Capital   $ 83,977       10.62 %   $ 67,219       >8.5 %
Total Risk Based Capital   $ 103,707       13.11 %   $ 83,035       >10.5 %

 

(1) Includes capital conservation buffer of 2.50%.

 

  69  

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

To accommodate the financial needs of our customers, we make commitments under various terms to lend funds. These commitments include revolving credit agreements, term loan commitments and short-term borrowing agreements. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since we expect many of these commitments to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness and the amount of collateral we obtain, if we deem it to be necessary upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held includes first and second mortgages on one-to-four family residential real estate, accounts receivable, inventory, and commercial real estate. Certain lines of credit are unsecured.

 

The following summarizes our approximate commitments to extend credit (in thousands):

 

    December 31, 2020  
Lines of credit   $ 247,869  
Standby letters of credit     3,499  
    $ 251,368  

 

  70  

 

Item 3.  Properties

 

Our main office is located at 381 Halton Road, Greenville, South Carolina 29607.  In addition, the Bank operates seven full-service branches located throughout South Carolina. We believe these premises will be adequate for present and anticipated needs and that we have adequate insurance to cover our owned and leased premises. For each property that we lease, we believe that upon expiration of the lease we will be able to extend the lease on satisfactory terms or relocate to another acceptable location. Management believes the terms of the various leases are consistent with market standards and were arrived at through arm’s length bargaining.

 

The following table sets forth information with respect to our full-service banking offices and main office as of December 31, 2020.

             
Banking Center   Address   City, State, Zip   Owned/Leased
Main Office   381 Halton Road   Greenville, South Carolina 29606   Owned
Fountain Inn Branch   325 South Main Street   Fountain Inn, South Carolina 29644   Owned(1)
Anderson Branch   1601 North Fant Street   Anderson, South Carolina 29621   Owned
Greer Branch   501 West Wade Hampton Boulevard   Greer, South Carolina 29650   Owned
Columbia Branch   1901 Assembly Street   Columbia, South Carolina 29201   Leased
Orangeburg Branch   1085 S. Matthews Road   Orangeburg, South Carolina 29115   Owned
Charleston Branch   291 East Bay Street   Charleston, South Carolina 29401   Leased
Greenville Branch   2204 Augusta Street   Greenville, South Carolina 29605   Owned

 

(1) - The Company leases the land from a related party.

 

  71  

 

Item 4.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

Beneficial Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

 

Other than as shown in the table below, no persons are known by the Company to be the beneficial owners, as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, of more than 5% of our common stock.

 

    Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership        
Name and Address   Shares Owned     Stock Options
Exercisable within 60
days of
March 15, 2021
    Total Beneficial
Ownership
    Percentage of
Class(1)
 
JCSD Capital LLC
1676 N. California Blvd., Suite 630
Walnut Creek, CA 94596
    263,768 (2)           263,768       5.1 %
                                 
Ithan Creek Master Investors (Cayman) L.P.
280 Congress Street
Boston, MA 00210
    409,302 (3)           409,302       8.0 %
                                 

Mason Y. Garrett

381 Halton Road

Greenville, SC 29607

    962,413 (4)           962,413       18.7 %

 

(1) The calculations are based on 5,146,741 of common stock outstanding as of March 15, 2021.
(2) JCSD Capital LLC has sole investment discretion and voting authority over these shares. This information was derived from a Form 13F filed by JCSD Capital, LLC, and has not been independently verified.

 

(3) Ithan Creek Master Investors (Cayman) L.P., has sole investment discretion and voting authority over these shares. This information was derived from a Form 13F filed by Ithan Creek Master Investors (Cayman) L.P., and has not been independently verified.
(4) Includes 169,513 shares owned by Mr. Garrett’s wife, as to which Mr. Garrett disclaims beneficial ownership; 2,223 shares held by Mr. Garrett as custodian for his step-daughter; 61,492 shares held by Mr. Garrett as custodian for his brother; 61,492 shares owned by a partnership in which Mr. Garrett has a 20% interest and shares voting and investment power over the shares with the other four partners; 23,338 shares held by Mr. Garrett as custodian for his grandchildren; and 300,000 shares held in a grantor trust of which Mr. Garrett is beneficiary. Of the total shares beneficially owned by Mr. Garrett, 92,238 are pledged as collateral.

 

  72  

 

Beneficial Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers

The following table shows the number of shares beneficially owned as of March 15, 2021 by (a) each director and named executive officer and (b) all executive officers and directors, as a group. The percentages shown below are based on 5,146,741 shares of our common stock outstanding on March 15, 2021. Under SEC Rule 13d-3, shares of common stock that a person has the right to acquire by exercising stock options held by that person that are exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2021 are deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of the person, but those shares are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The mailing address for each beneficial owner in the table below is care of GrandSouth Bancorporation, 381 Halton Road, Greenville, South Carolina, 29607.

 

Beneficial Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers
                         
    Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership        
Name   Shares Owned     Stock Options
Exercisable Within 60
days of March 15, 2021
    Total Beneficial
Ownership
    Percentage of
Class
 
Harold E. Garrett     176,166 (1)     2,000       178,166       3.46 %
Mason Y. Garrett     962,413 (2)     0       962,413       18.70 %
John B. Garrett     180,565 (3)     5,000       185,565       3.60 %
Michael L. Gault     69,931 (4)     2,000       71,931       1.40 %
Baety O. Gross, Jr.     30,745 (5)     2,000       32,745       *  
S. Hunter Howard, Jr.     38,437       2,000       40,437       *  
Anthony P. Morgan     48,833       2,000       50,833       *  
J. Randolph Potter     2,583 (6)           2,583       *  
J. Calhoun Pruitt, Jr.     9,667 (7)     2,000       11,667       *  
Edward M. Rast, Jr.     1,000       2,000       3,000       *  
James B. Schwiers     49,373       73,000       122,373       2.34 %
John W. Shealy, Jr.     3,500       2,000       5,500       *  
LeeAnn Weber     22,768       0       22,768       *  
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (13 total)     1,595,981       94,000       1,689,981       32.84 %

 

 

* Less than one percent.

 

(1) Includes 4,296 shares held by Mr. Garrett’s wife as to which Mr. Garrett disclaims beneficial ownership; and 14,298 shares held by Mr. Garrett as custodian for his children. Of the total shares beneficially owned by Mr. Garrett, 126,888 are pledged as collateral.
(2) Includes 176,413 shares owned by Mr. Garrett’s wife, as to which Mr. Garrett disclaims beneficial ownership; 2,223 shares held by Mr. Garrett as custodian for his step-daughter; 61,492 shares held by Mr. Garrett as custodian for his brother; 61,492 shares owned by a partnership in which Mr. Garrett has a 20% interest and shares voting and investment power over the shares with the other four partners; 23,338 shares held by Mr. Garrett as custodian for his grandchildren; and 300,000 shares held in a grantor trust of which Mr. Garrett is beneficiary. Of the total shares beneficially owned by Mr. Garrett, 92,238 are pledged as collateral.
(3) Includes 2,019 shares owned by Mr. Garrett’s wife, as to which Mr. Garrett disclaims beneficial ownership; and 33,434 shares held by Mr. Garrett as custodian for his sons. Does not include 300,000 shares held in a grantor trust of which Mr. Garrett is trustee. Of the total shares beneficially owned by Mr. Garrett, 10,260 are pledged as collateral.

 

(4) Includes 60,875 shares held by Mr. Gault’s wife, as to which Mr. Gault disclaims beneficial ownership.
(5) Includes 19,061 shares held by Mr. Gross wife and children, as to which Mr. Gross disclaims beneficial ownership.
(6) Includes 2,083 shares held by Mr. Potter’s wife as to which Mr. Potter disclaims beneficial ownership.
(7) Includes 4,167 shares held in a trust of which Mr. Pruitt is a trustee.

 

  73  

 

Item 5.  Directors and Executive Officers

 

Our executive officers and directors and their ages, positions and terms of office with us as of March 15, 2021 are provided below. Each of our director’s terms expire at each annual meeting of the Company’s shareholders, and the executive officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of the board of directors.

 

The business experience for the past five years and background of each of our directors and executive officers is provided below. Our directors and named executive officers are also directors and executive officers of the Bank.

 

Name Age Position Officer or Director Since
Executive Officers      
Mason Y. Garrett 78 Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director 2000
JB Schwiers 62 President, Chief Operating Officer and Director 2015
John B. Garrett 50 Chief Financial Officer and Director 2000
       
Non-Executive Directors      
Harold E. Garrett 52 Director 2000
Michael L. Gault 65 Director 2000
Baety O. Gross Jr. 73 Director 2000
S. Hunter Howard Jr. 67 Director 2000
Anthony P. Morgan 52 Director 2018
J. Randolph Potter 74 Director 2019
J. Calhoun Pruitt Jr. 71 Director 2006
Edward M. Rast, Jr. 66 Director 2018
John W. Shealy Jr. 70 Director 2017
LeeAnn Weber 63 Director 2021

 

Executive Officers

 

Mason Y. Garrett has served as the Chairman of the Board of the Bank and the Company and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since 2000. He has over 50 years of banking experience including roles as President and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of several Upstate South Carolina banks. He co-founded a bank in 1985 and served as its Chief Executive Officer before co-founding our Company in 1998. Mr. Garrett’s extensive banking experience makes him well suited to serve on our Board of Directors.

 

JB Schwiers has served as the President and Chief Executive of the Bank and President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company since 2016. He served as the Chief Operating Officer of the Bank from June 2015 until October 2016. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Schwiers served as Agricultural Business manager for South Carolina and Georgia, First Citizens Bank and Trust, from 2012 to 2015, and Executive Vice President, First Citizens Bank and Trust, from 2005 to 2011. He served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Summit National Bank from 1990 to 2005. He is a graduate of the Citadel and has over 10 years of banking experience. His extensive banking experience makes him well suited to serve on our Board of Directors.

 

John B. Garrett has served as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank since 2000, Executive Vice President of the Company and the Bank since 2015 and our Senior Vice President of the Company and the Bank from 2000 to 2015. He is a graduate of University of South Carolina with a Master of Accountancy degree and is a certified public accountant in South Carolina. Mr. Garrett’s expertise in accounting and financial-related banking matters make him well suited to serve on our Board of Directors.

 

Non-Executive Directors

 

Harold E. Garrett is the owner of Garrett’s Discount Golf Carts in Fountain Inn, South Carolina since 1992. His small business ownership provides valuable perspective and insight and makes him well suited to serve on our Board of Directors.

 

Michael L. Gault was the owner of Gault’s Service Center in Fountain Inn, South Carolina for 43 years prior to his retirement in 2018. His previous small business ownership provides valuable perspective and insight and makes him well suited to serve on our Board of Directors.

 

  74  

 

Baety O. Gross, Jr. is a practicing attorney who founded his law firm, Baety O. Gross, Jr., Attorney at Law, in 1998, of which he is the sole shareholder. He is a graduate of Wofford College where he received a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of the University of South Carolina’s School of Law. His expertise in legal matters makes him well suited to serve on our Board of Directors.

 

S. Hunter Howard, Jr. has been the owner of the Springs at Simpsonville Retirement Community since 2001. He is a certified public accountant and was a Corporate Advisory Partner at Scott & Company, LLP Certified Public Accountants, from 2008 to 2015. He was President of the South Carolina Chamber of Commerce from 1992 to 2008 and head of the South Carolina Department of Revenue from 1982 to 1992. Mr. Howard’s expertise in accounting and financial-related matters provide a valuable perspective and make him well suited to serve on our Board of Directors.

 

Anthony P. Morgan is President and Chief Executive Officer of APMI, LLC, an investment holding company, in Easley, South Carolina since 2006. Mr. Morgan is also a Partner in Ten Point Capital Partners, LLC a private equity and finance company located in Greenville, South Carolina since 2021. He served as President and Chief Executive Officer of ACL Airshop, the global leader in cargo leasing from 2007 until his retirement in 2018. He serves as a director on the boards of ACL Airshop and PalNet GmbH Air Cargo Products in Wiesbaum, Germany. He graduated with a Business Management and Marketing degree from Cornell University. Mr. Morgan’s unique combination of business acumen and extensive board experience provides a valuable perspective that makes him well suited to serve on our Board of Directors.

 

J. Randolph Potter is a certified public accountant and an independent bank consultant with over 50 years of experience in the financial services industry. From 2014 to May, 2019 he served as a director of First Community Corporation, and from June of 2016 to June of 2018 was a consultant to that banking company. He co-founded and was Chief Executive Officer and a director of Savannah River Banking Company, in Augusta, Georgia from 2007 to 2014. He also co-founded and was Chief Executive Officer and a director of Summit Financial Corporation in Greenville, South Carolina from 1990 to 2005. He is a graduate of the University of South Carolina and the Stonier Graduate School of Banking at Rutgers University. Mr. Potter’s extensive banking and prior bank board experience make him well suited to serve on our Board of Directors.

 

J. Calhoun Pruitt, Jr. has been an attorney with Pruitt and Pruitt in Anderson, South Carolina since 1974. He is a graduate of the University of South Carolina where he received a bachelor’s degree and a graduate of the University of South Carolina’s School of Law. Mr. Pruitt’s expertise in legal matters makes him well suited to serve on our Board of Directors.

 

Edward M. Rast, Jr. has been the owner of Rast Farms since 1983, President of Cameron Ag Products since 2016, and Managing Partner and owner of Carolina Peanuts since 2002. He is a graduate of The Citadel. Mr. Rast’s small business ownership provides valuable perspective and insight and makes him well suited to serve on our Board of Directors.

 

John W. Shealy, Jr. is the President of Capital Concrete in Columbia, South Carolina since 2006 and has over 35 years of experience in business management and small business ownership. He is a graduate of the University of South Carolina and is licensed as a certified public accountant, emeritus. in South Carolina and North Carolina. He is active in state and national industry associations and has served as a director on the boards of National Ready Mixed Concrete Association and the Carolinas Ready Mixed Concrete Association. He currently serves on the Board of Directors of the South Carolina Trucking Association and previously served as a board member of Uwharrie Bank in North Carolina. Mr. Shealy’s small business ownership and accounting expertise provides valuable perspective and insight and makes him well suited to serve on our Board of Directors.

 

LeeAnn Weber is co-owner and Corporate Secretary and Treasurer of Strange Bros. Grading Company since 1984. She is a graduate of Lees-McRae College. Her small business ownership provides valuable perspective and insight and makes her well suited to serve on our Board of Directors.

 

Election of Officers

 

Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors.

 

Family Relationships

 

Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mason Y. Garrett, is the father of our Chief Financial Officer, John B. Garrett, and our director, Harold E. Garrett, who are brothers.

 

  75  

 

Item 6.  Executive Compensation  

Our “named executive officers” are the individuals who served as our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers at the end of 2020. The following table sets forth information concerning all of the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our named executive officers for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position   Year     Salary ($)     Bonus ($)     Option
Awards ($)(1)
    Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)(2)
    Total ($)  
Mason Y. Garrett     2020       200,000                         14,991       214,991  
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer     2019       184,209       150                   13,447       197,806  
                                                         
James B. Schwiers     2020       405,234       100,000                   40,329       545,563  
President and Chief Operating Officer     2019       385,938       100,150       222,100             36,044       744,232  
                                                         
John B. Garrett     2020       177,292       40,000                   28,808       246,100  
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer     2019       170,208       35,150       111,050             25,028       341,436  

 

(1) The amounts included in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock option awards determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The grant date fair value of the stock options was estimated using the Black Scholes option-pricing model. There were a total of 650,500 stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2020.
(2) All other compensation includes contributions to the Bank’s 401(k) Plan; premiums for medical insurance, disability insurance and life insurance; country club and eating club dues and expenses; and the aggregate incremental cost of providing automobiles as follows:

 

Name   Year     401(k)     Medical and
Disability
Insurance
    Life
Insurance
    Automobiles and
Club Dues
    Non-cash
Compensation
 
M. Garrett     2020     $ 8,000     $ 412     $ 2,523     $ 4,056     $  
      2019     $ 7,374     $ 412     $ 2,408     $ 3,253     $  
                                                 
J.B. Schwiers     2020     $ 11,400     $ 14,298     $ 2,322     $ 12,309     $  
      2019     $ 11,200     $ 10,873     $ 2,225     $ 11,746     $  
                                                 
J.B. Garrett     2020     $ 7,092     $ 17,217     $ 592     $ 3,907     $  
      2019     $ 8,214     $ 13,071     $ 567     $ 3,176     $  

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

The following table provides information, on an award-by-award basis, about options to purchase shares of our common stock our executive officers held at December 31, 2020. We have not granted any other equity based awards to our executive officers:

 

    Option Awards  
    Number of Securities Underlying
Unexercised Options
             
Name   Exercisable (#)     Unexercisable #     Option
Exercise
Price
($/share)
    Option
Expiration
Date
 
J. B. Schwiers     10,000             11.01       6/26/2025  
      15,000             13.05       10/21/2025  
      48,000       12,000 (1)     14.00       6/22/2026  
      10,000       40,000 (2)     16.55       6/21/2029  
                                 
J. B. Garrett     5,000       20,000 (2)     16.55       6/21/2029  

 

(1) These options vest on June 22, 2021.
(2) These options vest in equal increments on each June 21, 2021, 2022, 2023, and 2024.

  76  

 

Executive Compensation Arrangements

 

Noncompetition, Severance and Employment Agreements

The Company and the Bank have entered into a Noncompetition, Severance and Employment Agreement, dated June 19, 2019, with Mr. J. B. Schwiers, pursuant to which he serves as the President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank. The agreement renews daily for an additional day, so that the remaining term of the agreement is at all times three years. Under the agreement, Mr. Schwiers is entitled to receive a minimum annual salary (currently $413,437, as adjusted by the board of directors since inception of the agreement), which may be increased annually. He is also eligible for additional performance-based compensation as determined by the board of directors and is entitled to participate in any of our benefit plans generally provided by the Bank to its similarly situated employees.

Mr. Schwiers’ agreement also provides that during the term of employment and for a period of two years following termination, Mr. Schwiers may not (a) compete with us by serving as an officer, director, shareholder, owner, part owner or in a managerial or advisory capacity, whether as an employee, independent contractor, consultant or advisor, of any insured depository institution or other person (a “Competitive Business”) that markets and sells commercial and retail loans and extensions of credit (“Competitive Services”) in the Greenville-Anderson metropolitan statistical area (the “Territory”), (b) interfere or attempt to interfere with any person which is, at that time, or which has been within two years prior to that time, in a business relationship with the Bank and/or is a customer of the Bank, for the purpose of soliciting or selling Competitive Services on behalf of a Competitive Business within the Territory, or (c) solicit our employees. If Mr. Schwiers is terminated other than for cause, death, or disability, as defined in the employment agreement, or if following a change in control of the Bank he terminates his employment for good reason, as defined in the employment agreement, he will be entitled to the compensation and benefits that would have otherwise been payable to him over the three years subsequent to such termination, and all outstanding options and incentives will vest immediately. In addition, following a change in control, whether or not Mr. Schwiers employment is terminated, all outstanding options and incentives will vest immediately.

The Company and the Bank have also entered into a Severance and Employment Agreement, dated March 21, 2012, with Mr. John B. Garrett, pursuant to which he serves as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank. The agreement renews daily for an additional day, so that the remaining term of the agreement is at all times three years. Under the agreement, Mr. Garrett is entitled to receive a minimum annual salary (currently $177,000, as adjusted by the board of directors since inception of the agreement), which may be increased annually. He is also eligible for additional performance-based compensation as determined by the board of directors and is entitled to participate in any of our benefit plans generally provided by the Bank to its similarly situated employees.

Mr. Garrett’s agreement also provides that during the term of employment and for a period of two years following termination, Mr. Garrett may not (a) interfere or attempt to interfere with any person which is, at that time, or which has been within two years prior to that time, in a business relationship with the Bank and/or is a customer of the Bank, for the purpose of soliciting or selling services or products on behalf of a Competitive Business within the ten mile radius surrounding any office of the Company in South Carolina, or (b) solicit our employees. If Mr. Garrett is terminated other than for cause, death, or disability, as defined in the employment agreement, is terminated within 24 months following a change in control, or, if following a change in control, he terminates his employment for good reason, as defined in the employment agreement, he will be entitled to the compensation and benefits that would have otherwise been payable to him over the remaining term of the agreement, and all outstanding options and incentives will vest immediately. In addition, following a change in control, whether or not Mr. Garrett’s employment is terminated, all outstanding options and incentives will vest immediately.

 

Other Benefits

We provide our executive officers with insurance benefits provided to all other employees and make contributions to our 401(k) plan on their behalf on the same basis as we make contributions for all other employees. For Mr. M. Garrett and Mr. J.B. Garrett, we also provide additional life insurance coverage in an amount equal to one and one-half times annual salary at death. For Mr. Schwiers and Mr. J.B. Garrett, we also provide each with $350,000 of additional life insurance coverage for which the death benefit payable to the executive’s beneficiaries expires when the executive’s employment terminates.

We pay country club and eating club dues for Mr. Schwiers and provide each of Messrs. J.B. Garrett, M. Garrett and Schwiers with an automobile for business and personal use. In addition, we encourage, and pay for our executives and their spouses, to attend banking conventions and seminars. The Board has determined that these benefits play an important role in our executive officers’ business development activities on behalf of our Company.

  77  

 

The Board has also determined that providing the foregoing benefits helps to retain key executives and is an important factor in keeping our executive compensation packages competitive in our market area.

Stock Option Plans

 

The Company has two stock option plans, the 2019 Stock Option Plan (the “2019 Plan”) and the 2009 Stock Option Plan (the “2009 Plan” and, together with the 2019 Plan, the “Plans”), pursuant to which the Company has previously or may issue incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options to its directors, officers, or employees or any other person providing services to the Company or any subsidiary of the Company at the time of grant. The Plans are administered by the board of directors, which has the authority to interpret the Plans, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plans, to determine the form and content of stock options to be issued under the Plans and to make other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plans. As such, the board of directors may at the time of any grant of stock options impose additional conditions upon the right of an option holder to exercise any stock option.

 

All stock options granted under the Plans must have an exercise price not less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant, as determined by the board of directors. No stock options may be exercised after ten years from the date of grant, nor may a stock option be transferred except by will or the laws of descent or distribution.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Plans, all outstanding stock options become immediately exercisable in the event of a change in control or imminent change in control of the Company, as such terms are defined in the Plans. In addition, in the event of such a change in control or imminent change in control, the option holder shall, at the discretion of the board of directors, be entitled to receive cash in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the common stock subject to such option holder’s stock options over the exercise price for such stock options, in exchange for the surrender of such stock options by the option holder on that date.

 

All stock options granted under the Plans are granted pursuant to a separate stock option agreement between the Company and the option holder. The terms of the stock option agreement under each of the Plans are substantially identical and include the following, among other things:

 

  · If the option holder’s employment is terminated because of retirement, disability, or for any other reason except death or termination due to the commission of a crime of moral turpitude (in which case any right to exercise any stock option is forfeited), the option holder has the right at any time within three months thereafter (but in any event no later than the date of the expiration of the option period) to exercise the stock options with respect to the number of shares which were immediately purchasable by the option holder at the time of termination of employment. 
     
  · In the event of the death of the option holder, any stock option or unexercised portion thereof granted to the option holder is exercisable at any time within one year after the date of such death (but in any event no later than the date of the expiration of the option period), but only by the estate of the option holder or by the person or persons to whom the option holder’s rights under pass by the option holder’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and then only if and to the extent that the option holder was entitled to exercise the stock options at the date of his death.

 

  · In the event of stock dividends, stocks splits, recapitalization, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, reorganization, or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of common stock effected without the receipt of consideration by the Company (other than shares held by dissenting shareholders), the number of shares subject to the applicable option plan, and the number of shares, the option price, and the exercise date thereof subject to each stock option, shall be appropriately adjusted by the board of directors.
     
  · The shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of any stock options shall be acquired for the option holder’s own account for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution or public offering thereof.

 

There are 1,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2019 Plan; 434,000 are subject to outstanding stock options, 78,399 are exercisable, and 561,000 of additional stock options may be granted under the 2019 Plan as of December 31, 2020.

 

The 2009 Plan terminated according to its terms in June 2019. No further stock options may be granted under the 2009 Plan, though 216,500 options are outstanding, of which 178,399 are exercisable as of December 31, 2020.

 

  78  

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

Our board of directors has adopted a formal compensation committee charter and appointed a compensation committee consisting of Messrs. Gault, Gross, Howard, Morgan, Potter, Pruitt, Rast and Shealy. None of them has been an officer or employee of the Company within the last three years, and none has any relationship with the Company of the type that is required to be disclosed under Item 404 of Regulation S-K. During 2020, none of our executive officers served as a member of the board of directors, Compensation Committee or other board committee performing equivalent functions of another entity that had one or more executive officers serving as a member of the board of directors or Compensation Committee of the Company.

 

Director Compensation

 

Prior to our filing of this registration statement, there was no formal policy in place to provide our directors with equity compensation for their services as members of our board of directors or any committee of our board of directors.

 

The following table presents the compensation paid to each person who served as a member of our board of directors during 2020.

 

Name   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
    Option
Awards
($)
    Nonqualified Deferred
Compensation Earnings
($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 
Harold E. Garrett     21,300       0       0       0       21,300  
Michael L. Gault     21,300       0       0       0       21,300  
Baety O. Gross, Jr.     23,100       0       0       0       23,100  
S. Hunter Howard, Jr.     22,700       0       0       0       22,700  
Anthony P. Morgan     22,100       0       0       0       22,100  
J. Randolph Potter     21,500       0       0       0       21,500  
J. Calhoun Pruitt, Jr.     22,700       0       0       0       22,700  
Edward M. Rast, Jr.     21,500       0       0       0       21,500  
John W. Shealy, Jr.     21,300       0       0       0       21,300  

 

  79  

 

Item 7.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

Transactions with Related Persons

We have a written related person transaction policy that governs the identification, approval, ratification, and monitoring of any transaction that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. Under this policy, our board of directors must approve all related policy transactions. No member of the board of directors may participate in any review or approval of a transaction with respect to which such member or any of his family members is a related person.

 

We have had, and expect to continue to have, loans and other banking transactions in the ordinary course of business with directors (including our independent directors) and executive officers of the Company and its subsidiaries, including members of their families or corporations, partnerships or other organizations in which such officers or directors have a controlling interest. All loans or extensions of credit made by the Bank to such individuals or related parties were made on substantially the same terms (including interest rates and collateral) as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties and did not involve more than the normal risks of repayment nor present other unfavorable features. As of December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019, the Bank had extensions of credit outstanding to executive officers and directors and their controlled entities aggregating approximately $16.0 million and $17.0 million, respectively. Deposits of the Bank’s executive officers and directors and their controlled entities totaled approximately $12.0 million and $12.9 million as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

 

From time to time, we may also enter into other types of business transactions or arrangements for services with our directors, officers, principal shareholders, or their associates and members of their immediate families. These types of transactions or services might include, among others, leases of real property and legal services. We only enter into such arrangements if we determine that the prices or rates offered are comparable to those available to us from unaffiliated third parties.

We lease a lot at the corner of South Main Street and East Knight Street in Fountain Inn, South Carolina. The lot was leased in 1998 for 20 years from Blake P. Garrett, Jr., Trustee for the partnership which owns the property. The lease was renewed in 2018 for a term of five years at $1,200 per month, subject to increase to reflect increases in the Consumer Price Index. Lease expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 totaled $14,400. Blake P. Garrett, Jr., is the brother of Mason Y. Garrett, Chairman of our Board of Directors, the uncle of Harold E. Garrett, one of our directors, and John B. Garrett, our Chief Financial Officer and also one of our directors. Mason Y. Garrett owns a minority interest in the partnership which owns the property.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Gault, Gross, Howard, Morgan, Potter, Pruitt, Rast and Shealy are “independent” directors, based upon the independence criteria set forth in the corporate governance listing standards of The NASDAQ Global Market, the exchange that we selected to determine whether our directors and committee members meet the independence criteria of a national securities exchange, as required by Item 407(a) of Regulation S-K.

Messrs. M. Garrett, J. Garrett and Schwiers are considered inside directors because of their employment as executive officers of the Company. Mr. H. Garrett is not considered independent due to his family relationship to Messrs. M. Garrett and J. Garrett.

All of the members of the Company’s audit, nominating and governance, and compensation committees are independent according to the above standard.

 

  80  

 

Item 8.  Legal Proceedings

 

We are not a party to any material pending legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incident to our business. We do not believe that there is any pending or threatened proceeding against us, which, if determined adversely, would have a material effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition.

 

  81  

 

Item 9.  Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

 

As of March 15, 2021, we had 5,146,741 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, which were held by approximately 300 shareholders of record. In addition, there were outstanding options to purchase 640,500 shares of common stock.

 

No established public trading market exists for our common stock, and there can be no assurance that a public trading market for our common stock will develop. Our common stock is quoted on the OTC Markets Group’s QTCQX Best Market tier under the symbol “GRRB.” Although we are quoted on the OTCQX, the trading markets on the OTCQX lack the depth, liquidity, and orderliness necessary to maintain a liquid market. The OTCQX prices are quotations, which reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commissions and may not represent actual transactions. Our preferred stock is not listed or quote on any exchange or market.

 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low bid prices of our common stock as quoted on the OTCQX Best Market.

 

    High     Low  
2020            
First Quarter   $ 22.00     $ 13.00  
Second Quarter     15.47       13.77  
Third Quarter     14.85       13.35  
Fourth Quarter     15.61       13.33  
                 
2019                
First Quarter   $ 16.50     $ 15.65  
Second Quarter     17.20       15.29  
Third Quarter     17.00       15.50  
Fourth Quarter     17.95       17.00  

 

As of March 15, 2021, the last reported trade of the Company’s common stock on the OTC Markets Group’s QTCQX Best Market was quoted at $20.99 per share.

 

Dividends

 

Our board of directors has the sole discretion to declare dividends on our common stock based upon then-existing circumstances, including our rate of growth, profitability, financial condition, existing and anticipated capital requirements, the amount of funds legally available for the payment of cash dividends, regulatory constraints and such other factors as the board of directors determines relevant. See “Item 1—Supervision and Regulation—GrandSouth Bancorporation—Dividends.” The following table sets forth the dividends declared on our common stock for the periods indicated (in thousands, except per share data).

 

    Amount per
share
    Total Dividend
Declared
 
2020                
First Quarter   $ 0.08     $ 416  
Second Quarter     0.08       417  
Third Quarter     0.08       417  
Fourth Quarter     0.08       418  
                 
2019                
First Quarter   $     $  
Second Quarter            
Third Quarter            
Fourth Quarter     0.08       417  

 

Based on our financial condition at December 31, 2020, management expects to continue to pay quarterly cash dividends on our common shares. However, there can be no assurance as to future dividends because they are dependent on our future earnings, capital requirements and financial condition, and may require regulatory approval.

 

  82  

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2020, with respect to shares of our common stock that may be issued under existing equity compensation plans.

 

    Number of Shares to be Issued
Upon Exercise of Outstanding
Options, Warrants and Rights
    Weighted Average Exercise Price
of Outstanding Options, Warrants
and Rights
    Number of Shares Remaining
Available for Future Issuance
under Equity Compensation Plans
(excluding shares reflected in
column (a))
 
Plan Category   (a)     (b)     ( c )  
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Shareholders                        
Stock Options     650,500     $ 15.27       566,000  
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Shareholders                  
Total     650,500     $ 15.27       566,000  

 

  83  

 

Item 10.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

On November 20, 2018, the Company issued $10.0 million of subordinated debentures to certain institutional buyers and accredited investors to enhance the capital structure of the Bank. These debentures were issued pursuant to the exemption from registration set forth in section 4(a)(2) of the securities Act. The debentures, which qualify for Tier 2 capital, mature on November 30, 2028 and bear a fixed interest rate of 6.50% until November 30, 2023, at which time the interest rate will become variable, adjustable quarterly to a benchmark rate (which is expected to be the 3-month Secured Overnight Financing Rate plus 343 basis points). The Company may, at its option, at any time on an interest payment date on or after November 30, 2023, redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at par plus accrued interest to the date of redemption.

 

On November 13, 2020, the Company issued $18.0 million of fixed-to-floating subordinated debt to certain institutional buyers and accredited investors to enhance the capital structure of the Bank. These debentures, which quality for Tier 2 capital, were issued pursuant to the exemption from registration set forth in section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. The subordinated debt bears a fixed rate of 4.375% through November 15, 2025, after which it will convert to floating rate, adjusted quarterly, equal to the 3-month SOFR plus 416 basis points, through the November 13, 2030 maturity date. Payments will be made semi-annually in arrears beginning May 15, 2021 through November 15, 2025 and will adjust to quarterly payments through the maturity date. The subordinated debt is redeemable at the option of the Company on or after the fifth anniversary of the issue date.

 

As of December 31, 2020, we have granted certain of our employees and directors options to purchase an aggregate of 650,500 shares of our common stock under our 2019 Stock Option Plan and 2009 Stock Option Plan. These grants were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated thereunder inasmuch as they were offered and sold under written compensatory benefit plans and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Rule 701. The weighted average exercise price of the employee and director options outstanding as of December 31, 2020 was $15.27 per share. The options generally fully vest after a period of three to five years from the date of grant and expire after ten years with expiration dates ranging from 2021 to 2030.

 

  84  

 

Item 11.  Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered

 

References in this Item 11 to “we,” “us,” or “our” and the “Company” refer to GrandSouth Bancorporation, a South Carolina corporation.

 

This summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our articles of incorporation, as amended (“Articles of Incorporation”), and our amended and restated bylaws (“Bylaws”), each of which is an exhibit to this registration statement and incorporated herein by reference. We encourage you to read our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, and the applicable provisions of the South Carolina Business Corporation Act (the “SCBCA”).

 

General

 

Our Articles of Incorporation authorize the issuance of capital stock consisting of 20,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value per share, and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value per share. This registration statement only applies to our common stock; however, our common stock is subject to certain preferential rights of our preferred stock as described in the Articles of Incorporation.

 

As of December 31, 2020, we had 5,271,971 shares of common stock outstanding and had reserved for issuance 650,500 shares underlying options that are or may become exercisable at an average price of $15.27 per share. In addition, as of December 31, 2020, we had the ability to issue 561,000 shares of common stock pursuant to options that may be granted in the future under our 2019 Stock Option Plan. As of December 31, 2020, we had 287,895 shares of preferred stock outstanding.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of the SCBCA, any outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company reacquired by it would be considered authorized but unissued shares. The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and preferred stock are available for general purposes, including, but not limited to, the possible issuance as stock dividends, use in connection with mergers or acquisitions, cash dividend reinvestments, stock purchase plans, public or private offerings, or our equity compensation plans. Except as may be required to approve a merger or other transaction in which additional authorized shares of common stock would be issued, no shareholder approval will be required for the issuance of these shares.

 

Common Stock

 

General

 

Each share of our common stock has the same relative rights as, and is identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock. All outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and nonassessable. Our common stock is quoted on OTC Markets Group’s QTCQX Best Market tier under the symbol “GRRB.”

 

Voting Rights

 

Each outstanding share of our common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of common shareholders, including the election of directors. The holders of our common stock possess exclusive voting power, except as otherwise provided by law or by articles of amendment establishing any additional series of our preferred stock.

 

There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors. The holders of a majority of the votes cast by our common shareholders can elect all of the directors then standing for election by the common shareholders. When a quorum is present at any meeting, questions brought before the meeting will be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares present and voting on such matter, whether in person or by proxy, except when the meeting concerns matters requiring the vote of a greater number of affirmative votes under applicable South Carolina law or our Articles of Incorporation. Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws provide certain provisions that may limit shareholders’ ability to effect a change in control as described below under the section entitled “Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws Provisions.”

 

Dividends, Liquidation and Other Rights

 

We can pay dividends if, as and when declared by our board of directors, subject to compliance with limitations imposed by law. Holders of shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends only when, as and if approved by our board of directors from funds legally available for the payment of dividends. The holders of our preferred stock have priority over the holders of common stock with respect to dividends as described in our Articles of Incorporation in that the preferred

  85  

 

shareholders are entitled to receive dividends in a per share amount equal to 105% of that declared on the shares of common stock.

 

Our shareholders are entitled to share ratably in our assets legally available for distribution to our shareholders in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, voluntarily or involuntarily, after payment of, or adequate provision for, all of our known debts and liabilities. These rights are subject to the preferential rights of any series of our preferred stock that may then be outstanding.

 

Holders of our shares of common stock have no preference, conversion, exchange, sinking fund or redemption rights and have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any of our securities. Our board of directors may issue additional shares of our common stock without the approval of our shareholders.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare, located at 462 South 4th Street, Louisville, KY 40202.

 

Anti-Takeover Effect of Certain Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws Provisions

 

Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, in addition to the SCBCA, contain certain provisions that make it more difficult to acquire control of us by means of a tender offer, open market purchase, a proxy fight or otherwise. Several of these provisions are designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that, as a general rule, the interests of our shareholders would be best served if any change in control results from negotiations with our board of directors.

 

The following description of certain provisions of our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws that may have anti-takeover effects is a summary only and is subject to, and is qualified by reference to, applicable provisions of our Articles of Incorporation and our Bylaws as well as applicable provisions of the SCBCA.

 

Factors to be Considered in Certain Transactions

 

Our Articles of Incorporation require our board of directors, when considering whether a proposed plan of merger, consolidation, exchange, or sale of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company, to consider the interests of the Company’s employees and the communities in which the Company and its subsidiaries do business in addition to the interests of the Company’s shareholders.

 

Authorized but Unissued Preferred Stock

 

The authorization of the preferred stock could have the effect of making it more difficult or time-consuming for a third party to acquire a majority of our outstanding voting stock or otherwise effect a change of control. Shares of the preferred stock may also be sold to third parties that indicate that they would support the board of directors in opposing a hostile takeover bid. The availability of the preferred stock could have the effect of delaying a change of control and of increasing the consideration ultimately paid to our shareholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock for capital-raising activities, acquisitions, joint ventures or other corporate purposes that have the effect of making an acquisition of us more difficult or costly, as could also be the case if the board of directors were to issue additional common stock for such purposes.

 

Supermajority Shareholder Approval Required for Certain Transactions

 

Our Articles of Incorporation provide that any plan of merger, consolidation or exchange or any plan for the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company that has not been adopted by at least two-thirds of the full board of directors must be approved by the affirmative vote of holders of 80% of the outstanding shares of the Company.

 

Business Combinations with Interested Shareholders

 

The South Carolina business combination statute provides that a 10% or greater shareholder of a South Carolina corporation cannot engage in a “business combination” (as defined in the statute) with such corporation for a period of two years following the date on which the 10% shareholder became such, unless the business combination or the acquisition of shares is approved by a majority of the disinterested members of such corporation’s board of directors before the 10% shareholder’s share acquisition date. This statute further provides that at no time (even after the two-year period subsequent

  86  

 

to such share acquisition date) may the 10% shareholder engage in a business combination with the relevant corporation unless certain approvals of the board of directors or disinterested shareholders are obtained or unless the consideration given in the combination meets certain minimum standards set forth in the statute. This law is very broad in its scope and is designed to inhibit unfriendly acquisitions, but it does not apply to corporations whose articles contain a provision electing not to be covered by the law. Our Articles of Incorporation do not contain such a provision and, in fact, expressly provide that the business combination statute applies to the Company, but our Articles of Incorporation could be amended to include such an opt-out provision.

 

Advance Notice Requirement for Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominations

 

Our Bylaws establish advance notice procedures with regard to shareholder proposals, generally providing that, in connection with an annual meeting of shareholders, a shareholder must submit notice of such shareholder’s proposal not less than 30 or more than 60 days in advance of the annual meeting. In connection with any such notice, a shareholder must provide certain information, including: (i) a description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting (including the specific proposal(s) to be presented) and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and record address of the shareholder proposing such business; (iii) the class and number of shares of the Company that are owned of record, and the class and number of shares of the Company that are held beneficially, but not held of record, by the shareholder as of the record date for the meeting, if such date has been made publicly available, or as of a date within ten days of the effective date of the notice by the shareholder if the record date has not been made publicly available; and (iv) any interest of the shareholder in such business. We may reject a shareholder proposal that is not made in accordance with the procedures set forth in our Bylaws. These provisions could reduce the likelihood that a third party would propose business to be brought before an annual meeting.

 

Our Bylaws also establish advance notice procedures with regard to shareholder director nominations, providing that such nominations must be made in writing to the secretary of the Company no later than 90 days in advance of the annual meeting. Each such notice must set forth: (i) the name and address of the shareholder who intends to make the nomination and of the person or persons to be nominated; (ii) a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of stock of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the shareholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the shareholder; (iv) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such shareholder as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the SEC, had the nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the board of directors; and (v) the consent of each nominee to serve as a director of the Company if so elected. We may reject a shareholder director nomination that is not made in accordance with the procedures set forth in our Bylaws. These provisions could reduce the likelihood that a third party would nominate and elect individuals to serve on our board of directors.

 

Exclusive Forum Provision

 

Our Bylaws contain an exclusive forum provision. Under such provision, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or its shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer or other employee of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the South Carolina Business Corporation Act or our Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time), or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer or other employee of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the United States District Court for the District of South Carolina, Greenville Division (or, if such court shall not have jurisdiction a state court located within the State of South Carolina). This exclusive forum bylaw is intended to assist us in avoiding costly and unnecessary sometimes lawyer-driven litigation, where multiple lawsuits are being filed in multiple jurisdictions regarding the same matter. By limiting the ability of third parties and our shareholders to file lawsuits relating to intra-corporate disputes in the forum of their choosing, this exclusive forum bylaw could increase the costs to a plaintiff of bringing such a lawsuit and could have the effect of deterring such lawsuits, which could include potential takeover-related lawsuits. This exclusive forum bylaw does not apply to actions arising under the Securities Act or Exchange Act and we will provide investors written disclosure confirming that this provision does not apply to such actions in future periodic filings with the SEC.

 

  87  

 

Item 12.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Under our Bylaws, each of our directors has the right to be indemnified by us to the maximum extent permitted by law against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and other similar costs actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or other proceeding by reason of the fact that such director is or was a director of the Company or is or was serving at the Company’s request as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise. This right to indemnification includes the right to the advancement of reasonable expenses by us, to the maximum extent permitted by law. Under our Bylaws, each of our officers, employees and agents who are not directors is entitled to the same indemnification rights, including the right to the advancement of reasonable expenses, which are provided to our directors.

 

Pursuant to the SCBCA, a South Carolina corporation has the power to indemnify its directors and officers provided that they act in good faith and reasonably believe that their conduct was lawful and in the corporate interest (or not opposed thereto), as set forth in the SCBCA. Under the SCBCA, unless limited by its articles of incorporation, a corporation must indemnify a director or officer who is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she was a party because he or she is or was a director or officer, against reasonable expense incurred by the director or officer in connection with the proceeding. Our articles of incorporation do not contain any such limitations. The SCBCA permits a corporation to pay for or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of an action, suit or proceeding only upon (i) the director’s certification that he or she acted in good faith and in the corporate interest (or not opposed thereto), (ii) the director furnishing a written undertaking to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that he or she did not meet this standard of conduct, and (iii) a determination is made that the facts then known to those making the determination would not preclude indemnification under the SCBCA.

 

Under our Articles of Incorporation, no director is liable for monetary damages for breach of his or her fiduciary duty as a director, to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

The SCBCA also empowers a corporation to provide insurance for directors and officers against liability arising out of their positions, even though the insurance coverage may be broader than the corporation’s power to indemnify. We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for the benefit of our directors and officers.

 

  88  

 

Item 13.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

GrandSouth Bancorporation Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 90
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 92
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 93
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 94
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 95
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 96
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 97

 

  89  

 

(LOGO)

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
GrandSouth Bancorporation

Greenville, South Carolina

  

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of GrandSouth Bancorporation and Subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements and schedules (collectively, the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Critical Audit Matter

 

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

As described in Note 4 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements, the Company has a gross loan portfolio of $878.5 million and related allowance for loan losses of $12.5 million as of December 31, 2020. As described by the Company in Note 1, the evaluation of the allowance for loan losses is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis and is based upon the Company’s review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions.

 

  90  

 

We identified the Company’s estimate of the allowance for loan losses as a critical audit matter. The principal considerations for our determination of the allowance for loan losses as a critical audit matter related to the high degree of subjectivity in the Company’s judgments in determining the qualitative factors. Auditing these complex judgments and assumptions by the Company involves especially challenging auditor judgment due to the nature and extent of audit evidence and effort required to address these matters, including the extent of specialized skill or knowledge needed.

 

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included:

 

  · We evaluated the relevance and the reasonableness of assumptions related to evaluation of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions, and other risk factors used in development of the qualitative factors for collectively evaluated loans.
  · We evaluated the reasonableness of assumptions and data used by the Company in developing the qualitative factors by comparing these data points to internally developed and third-party sources, and other audit evidence gathered.
  · Analytical procedures were performed to evaluate the changes that occurred in the allowance for loan losses for loans collectively evaluated for impairment.

 

/s/ Elliott Davis, LLC

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1998.

 

Greenville, South Carolina

March 30, 2021

 

  91  

 

GRANDSOUTH BANCORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

    December 31,  
(in thousands, except share data)   2020     2019  
Assets                
                 
Cash and due from banks   $ 6,216     $ 4,335  
Interest-earning deposits     51,137       32,169  
Federal funds sold     5,672       6,275  
Cash and cash equivalents     63,025       42,779  
                 
Investments - available for sale     110,707       73,885  
Other investments, at cost     6,252       9,196  
Loans receivable, net     878,545       756,389  
Allowance for loan losses     (12,572 )     (10,287 )
Premises and equipment, net     16,680       13,345  
Real estate owned     1,932       1,855  
Accrued interest receivable     5,704       5,743  
Bank owned life insurance     14,861       14,447  
Net deferred tax asset     2,501       2,161  
Goodwill     737       737  
Other assets     1,407       1,395  
                 
Total assets   $ 1,089,779     $ 911,645  
                 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity                
                 
Liabilities:                
Deposits:                
Noninterest-bearing   $ 203,502     $ 138,276  
Interest-bearing     742,978       674,225  
Total deposits     946,480       812,501  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     16,000        
Junior subordinated notes     35,744       18,088  
Accrued interest payable     336       506  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities     4,694       3,900  
Total liabilities     1,003,254       834,995  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 13 and 23)                
                 
Shareholders’ Equity:                
Preferred stock - Series A - no par value; 287,895 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively            
Common stock -  no par value; 20,000,000 shares  authorized; 5,271,971 and 5,201,951 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively            
Additional paid in capital     46,645       45,625  
Retained earnings     37,721       30,841  
Accumulated other comprehensive income     2,159       184  
Total shareholders’ equity     86,525       76,650  
                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 1,089,779     $ 911,645  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

  92  

 

GRANDSOUTH BANCORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
(in thousands, except per share data)   2020     2019  
Interest income:                
Interest and fees on loans   $ 48,579     $ 49,720  
Taxable securities     1,223       1,058  
Tax-exempt securities     200       114  
Interest-earning deposits     113       1,376  
Other     216       303  
Total interest income     50,331       52,571  
                 
Interest expense:                
Deposits     7,414       11,847  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     161       102  
Junior subordinated notes     1,035       1,056  
Other borrowings     7        
Total interest expense     8,617       13,005  
Net interest income     41,714       39,566  
Provision for loan losses     3,073       2,768  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     38,641       36,798  
                 
Noninterest income:                
Service charges on deposit accounts     983       910  
Gain on sale of investment securities available for sale     392       13  
Bank owned life insurance     414       144  
Net gain on sale of premises and equipment     14       49  
Other     749       670  
Total noninterest income     2,552       1,786  
                 
Noninterest expenses:                
Compensation and employee benefits     20,371       18,033  
Net occupancy     2,186       2,211  
Federal deposit insurance     522       276  
Professional and advisory     1,328       2,222  
Data processing     1,880       1,654  
Marketing and advertising     163       285  
Net cost of operation of real estate owned     371       (112 )
Other     3,225       3,389  
Total noninterest expenses     30,046       27,958  
Income before taxes     11,147       10,626  
Income tax expense     2,502       2,562  
                 
Net income     8,645       8,064  
Preferred stock dividends     (97 )     (24 )
Net income applicable to common shareholders   $ 8,548     $ 8,040  
                 
Earnings per common share:                
Basic   $ 1.57     $ 1.51  
Diluted   $ 1.55     $ 1.49  
                 
Weighted average common shares outstanding:                
Basic     5,215,182       5,041,420  
Diluted     5,273,350       5,111,577  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

  93  

 

GRANDSOUTH BANCORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)   2020     2019  
Net income   $ 8,645     $ 8,064  
Other comprehensive income:                
Change in unrealized holding gains on securities available for sale     2,911       832  
Reclassification adjustment for securities gains realized in net income     (392 )     (13 )
Other comprehensive income, before tax     2,519       819  
Income tax effect related to items of other comprehensive income     (544 )     (187 )
Total other comprehensive income, after tax     1,975       632  
Comprehensive income   $ 10,620     $ 8,696  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

  94  

 

GRANDSOUTH BANCORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

                                        Accumulated        
                            Additional           Other        
    Common Stock     Preferred Stock     Paid in     Retained     Comprehensive        
(in thousands, except share and per share data)   Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Earnings     Income (Loss)     Total  
Balances at December 31, 2019     5,201,951     $       287,895     $     $ 45,625     $ 30,841     $ 184     $ 76,650  
Net income                                   8,645             8,645  
Other comprehensive income, net of tax                                         1,975       1,975  
Stock-based compensation expense                             711                   711  
Stock options exercised     70,020                         309                   309  
Common stock dividend ($0.32 per share)                                   (1,668 )           (1,668 )
Preferred stock dividend ($0.336 per share)                                   (97 )           (97 )
Balances at December 31, 2020     5,271,971     $       287,895     $     $ 46,645     $ 37,721     $ 2,159     $ 86,525  
                                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2018     4,553,490     $       287,895     $     $ 34,672     $ 23,218     $ (448 )   $ 57,442  
Net income                                   8,064             8,064  
Other comprehensive income, net of tax                                         632       632  
Issuance of common stock     606,061                         9,970                   9,970  
Stock-based compensation expense                             618                   618  
Stock options exercised     42,400                         365                   365  
Common stock dividend ($0.08 per share)                                   (417 )           (417 )
Preferred stock dividend ($0.084 per share)                                   (24 )           (24 )
Balance at December 31, 2019     5,201,951     $       287,895     $     $ 45,625     $ 30,841     $ 184     $ 76,650  

  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

  95  

 

GRANDSOUTH BANCORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)   2020     2019  
Cash flows from operating activities:                
Net income   $ 8,645     $ 8,064  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                
Depreciation, amortization and accretion     110       927  
Investment amortization, net     955       423  
Provision for loan losses     3,073       2,768  
Provision for real estate owned     276        
Stock-based compensation expense     711       618  
Deferred tax benefit     (884 )     (452 )
Gain on sale of investment securities available for sale     (392 )     (13 )
Income on bank owned life insurance, net     (414 )     (144 )
Gain on sale of fixed assets     (14 )     (49 )
Net realized gain on sale of real estate owned           (204 )
Net change in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accrued interest receivable     39       (558 )
Other assets     (12 )     597  
Accrued interest payable     (170 )     90  
Other liabilities     794       (2,629 )
Net cash provided by operating activities     12,717       9,438  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Activity for investment securities available for sale:                
Purchases     (67,337 )     (58,606 )
Maturities/calls and principal repayments     13,684       15,237  
Sales     18,787       10,263  
Net increase in loans     (122,622 )     (94,779 )
Proceeds from sale of real estate owned     160       1,913  
Purchase of BOLI policies           (8,000 )
Proceeds from settlement of BOLI policies           383  
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets     41       78  
Purchase of fixed assets     (4,253 )     (2,196 )
Purchase of other investments, at cost     (1,185 )     (361 )
Redemption of other investments, at cost     4,129       6,845  
Net cash used in investing activities     (158,596 )     (129,223 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Net increase in deposits     133,979       131,654  
Proceeds from issuance of common stock           9,970  
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debt     17,602        
Proceeds from FHLB advances     27,000       7,000  
Repayment of FHLB advances     (11,000 )     (21,000 )
Cash received upon exercise of stock options     309       365  
Dividends paid on common stock     (1,668 )     (417 )
Dividends paid on preferred stock     (97 )     (24 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     166,125       127,548  
                 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents     20,246       7,763  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     42,779       35,016  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 63,025     $ 42,779  
                 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:                
Cash paid during the year for:                
Interest on deposits and other borrowings   $ 8,735     $ 12,915  
Income taxes     3,026       2,686  
                 
Significant noncash investing and financing activities:                
Real estate acquired in satisfaction of mortgage loans   $ 513     $  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

  96  

 

GRANDSOUTH BANCORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

GrandSouth Bancorporation (“we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company”) was incorporated on September 7, 2000 for the purpose of becoming the holding company for GrandSouth Bank (the “Bank”). On October 2, 2000, pursuant to the Plan of Exchange, all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Bank were exchanged for shares of the Company. The Company’s primary operation is its investment in the Bank. The Company also owns 100% of the common stock of GrandSouth Capital Trust I (the “Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust formed in 2006 to facilitate the issuance of trust preferred securities.

The Bank is a South Carolina state-chartered commercial bank that provides a full range of banking services. The Bank is insured and subject to the regulation of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and is also subject to the regulation of the South Carolina State Board of Financial Institutions.

 

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform, in all material respects, to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and to general practices within the banking industry. The following summarizes the more significant of these policies and practices.

 

Principles of Consolidation -The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the Bank. The accounts of the Trust are not consolidated with the Company. In consolidation all significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Business Segments - Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280-10, “Segment Reporting,” requires selected segment information of operating segments based on a management approach. The Company’s two reportable segments represent the distinct product lines the Company offers and are viewed separately for strategic planning by management. Please refer to “Note 20 – Reportable Segments” for further information on the reporting for the Company’s two business segments.

Estimates - The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change, in the near term, relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans, and the valuation of deferred tax assets.

 

Reclassification - Certain amounts in the prior year’s financial statements may have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. The reclassifications had no effect on our results of operations or financial condition as previously reported.

Cash and Cash Equivalents – Cash and cash equivalents as presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows include vault cash and demand deposits at other institutions including the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”) and the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (“FRB”). A portion of the cash on hand and on deposit with the FRB was required to meet regulatory reserve requirements.

Investment Securities – We determine the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. Available-for-sale (“AFS”) securities represent those securities that that we intend to hold for an indefinite period of time, but that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment risk, liquidity needs or other factors. Such securities are carried at fair value with net unrealized gains and losses deemed to be temporary reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax.

  97  

 

Realized gains and losses on the sale of securities and other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) charges are recorded as a component of noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Realized gains and losses on the sale of securities are determined using the specific-identification method. Bond premiums are amortized to the call date and bond discounts are accreted to the maturity date, both on a level yield basis.

 

We perform a quarterly review of our securities to identify those that may indicate OTTI. Our policy for OTTI within the debt securities portfolio is based upon a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the length of time and extent to which the estimated fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition of the underlying issuer and the ability of the issuer to meet contractual obligations. Other factors include the likelihood of the security’s ability to recover any decline in its estimated fair value and whether management intends to sell the security, or if it is more likely than not that management will be required to sell the investment security prior to the security’s recovery.

Loans Receivable – Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances less any charge-offs and adjusted for unamortized premiums and discounts and any net deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of interest income over the respective lives of the loans using the interest method without consideration of anticipated prepayments.

Generally, consumer loans are charged down to their estimated collateral value after reaching 90 days past due. The number of days past due is determined by the amount of time when the payment was due based on contractual terms. Commercial loans are charged off as management becomes aware of facts and circumstances that raise doubt as to the collectability of all or a portion of the principal and when we believe a confirmed loss exists.

 

Nonaccrual LoansThe accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent or when it becomes impaired, whichever occurs first, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual is reversed against interest income. Interest payments received on nonaccrual loans are generally reported as a direct reduction to the principal outstanding until qualifying for return to accrual status. Interest payments received on nonaccrual loans may be recognized as income on a cash basis if recovery of the remaining principal is reasonably assured. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured. Interest payments reported as a reduction of principal while the loan was on nonaccrual may be recognized in income over the remaining life of the loan after the loan is returned to accrual status.

 

For loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring, the loan is generally placed on nonaccrual until there is a period of satisfactory payment performance by the borrower (either immediately before or after the restructuring), generally defined as six months, and the ultimate collectability of all amounts contractually due is not in doubt.

Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDR”) – In situations where, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, we grant a concession to the borrower that we would not otherwise grant, for other than an insignificant period of time, the related loan is classified as a TDR. We strive to identify borrowers in financial difficulty early and work with them to modify to more affordable terms before their loan reaches nonaccrual status. These modified terms generally include extensions of maturity dates at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk characteristics, reductions in contractual interest rates, periods of interest only payments, and principal deferment. While unusual, there may be instances of loan principal forgiveness. We also may have borrowers classified as a TDR wherein their debt obligation has been discharged by a chapter 7 bankruptcy without reaffirmation of debt. We individually evaluate all substandard loans that experienced a modification of terms to determine if a TDR has occurred.

 

All TDRs are considered to be impaired loans and will be reported as an impaired loan for the remaining life of the loan, unless the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to or greater than the rate that would be accepted at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk and it is fully expected that the original principal and interest will be collected according to the restructured agreement. We may also remove a loan from TDR and impaired status if the TDR is subsequently restructured and at the time of the subsequent restructuring the borrower is not experiencing financial difficulties and, under the terms of the subsequent restructuring agreement, no concession has been granted to the borrower.

  98  

 

Allowance for Loan Losses (“ALL”) – The ALL reflects our estimates of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The ALL is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The methodology for determining the ALL has two main components: the evaluation of individual loans for impairment and the evaluation of certain groups of homogeneous loans with similar risk characteristics.

 

A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all principal and interest payments due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. We individually evaluate all loans classified as nonaccrual or TDR, regardless of amount, and performing substandard loans greater than $200,000 for impairment. If the impaired loan is considered collateral dependent, a charge-off is taken based upon the appraised value of the property (less an estimate of selling costs if foreclosure is anticipated). If the impaired loan is not collateral dependent, a specific reserve is established based upon an estimate of the future discounted cash flows after consideration of modifications and the likelihood of future default and prepayment.

The allowance for non-impaired loans consists of a base historical loss reserve and a qualitative reserve. The loss rates for the base loss reserve, segmented into 8 loan categories, contain average net loss/(recovery) rates ranging from approximately (0.5)% to 1.14%.

The qualitative reserve adjusts the average loss rates utilized in the base loss reserve for trends in the following internal and external factors:

 

· Changes in lending and loan review policies;
· Experience, ability, and depth of lending management;
· Volume and severity of past due, nonaccrual, and classified loans;
· Collateral values;
· Loan concentrations and loan growth; and
· Economic conditions – including unemployment rates, housing prices and sales, and regional economic outlooks.

 

Qualitative reserve adjustment factors are decreased for favorable trends and increased for unfavorable trends. These factors are subject to further adjustment as economic and other conditions change.

Premises and Equipment – Land is stated at cost. Office properties and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes and accelerated methods for income tax purposes over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from 3 to 40 years. The cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense as incurred while expenditures greater than $2,000 that increase a property’s life are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in income. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the asset’s useful life or the remaining lease term, including renewal periods when reasonably assured.

Real Estate Owned (“REO”) – Real estate properties acquired through loan foreclosure are initially recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan or fair value less costs to sell. Losses arising from the initial foreclosure of property are charged against the ALL.

Subsequent to foreclosure, real estate owned is recorded at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Valuations are periodically performed by management, but not less than every eighteen months, and an additional allowance for losses is established by a charge to Net cost of operation of real estate owned in the Consolidated Statements of Income, if necessary.

Other Investments, at cost – Other investments, at cost, include investments in FHLB stock, stock in other correspondent banks, and certificates of deposits.

  99  

 

FHLB stock is carried at cost and evaluated for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the par value. The Company has evaluated its FHLB stock and concluded that it is not impaired as a result of currently paying cash dividends and redeeming stock at par. The FHLB requires members to purchase and hold a specified level of stock based upon the members asset value, level of borrowings and participation in other programs offered. Stock in the FHLB is non-marketable and is redeemable at the discretion of the FHLB. Members do not purchase stock in the FHLB for the same reasons that traditional equity investors acquire stock in an investor-owned enterprise. Rather, members purchase stock to obtain access to the low-cost products and services offered by the FHLB. Unlike equity securities of traditional for-profit enterprises, the stock of the FHLB does not provide its holders with an opportunity for capital appreciation because, by regulation, FHLB stock can only be purchased, redeemed and transferred at par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as Other interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”) – BOLI is recorded at its net cash surrender value. Changes in net cash surrender value are recognized in Noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Advertising Expense – Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company’s advertising expenses were $0.1 million and $19,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

Income Taxes – We estimate income tax expense based on amounts expected to be owed to the tax jurisdictions where we conduct business. On a quarterly basis, management assesses the reasonableness of our effective tax rate based upon our current estimate of the amount and components of net income, tax credits and the applicable statutory tax rates expected for the full year.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the asset and liability method and are reported net in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities and recognizes enacted changes in tax rate and laws. When deferred tax assets are recognized, they are subject to a valuation allowance based on management’s judgment as to whether realization is more likely than not. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers the following sources of taxable income:

 

· Future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;
· Future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carry forwards;
· Taxable income in prior carryback years; and
· Tax planning strategies that would, if necessary, be implemented

 

As a result of the analysis above, the Company concluded that a valuation allowance of $0.3 million was necessary as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Accrued taxes represent the net estimated amount due to or from taxing jurisdictions and are reported in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We evaluate and assess the relative risks and appropriate tax treatment of transactions and filing positions after considering statutes, regulations, judicial precedent and other information and maintain tax accruals consistent with the evaluation of these relative risks and merits. Changes to the estimate of accrued taxes occur periodically due to changes in tax rates, interpretations of tax laws, the status of examinations being conducted by taxing authorities and changes to statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance. These changes, when they occur, can affect deferred taxes and accrued taxes, as well as the current period’s income tax expense and can be significant to our operating results.

Tax positions are recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded.

Interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters are recognized in other noninterest expense.

  100  

 

Junior Subordinated NotesThe Trust is considered to be a variable interest entity since its common equity is not at risk. The Company does not hold a variable interest in the Trust, and therefore, is not considered to be the Trust’s primary beneficiary. As a result, the Company accounts for the junior subordinated notes issued to the Trust and its equity investment in the Trust on an unconsolidated basis. Debt issuance costs of the junior subordinated notes are being amortized over the term of the debt and totaled $0.5 million and $0.2 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

Stock-based Compensation -We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). Under ASC 718, stock-based compensation expense reflects the fair value of stock-based awards measured at grant date and is recognized over the relevant vesting period on a straight-line basis. Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur.

 

Revenue from Contracts with Customers In addition to lending and related activities, the Company offers various services to customers that generate revenue, certain of which are governed by ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”). The services that fall within the scope of ASC 606 are presented within noninterest income and include service charges and fees, ATM and debit care income, and other transaction-based fees. Revenue is recognized when the transactions occur or as services are performed over primarily monthly or quarterly periods. Payment is typically received in the period the transactions occur. Fees may be fixed or, where applicable, based on a percentage of transaction size.

 

COVID-19 - The 2019 novel coronavirus (or “COVID-19”) has adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect economic activity globally, nationally and locally. Following the COVID-19 outbreak in December 2019 and January 2020, market interest rates declined significantly. The federal banking agencies encouraged financial institutions to prudently work with borrowers and passed legislation to provide relief from reporting loan classifications due to modifications related to the COVID-19 outbreak. The spread of COVID-19 has caused us to make temporary operation changes to our business practices, including banking lobby closures and cancellation of physical participation in meetings, events and conferences. The rapid development and fluidity of this situation precludes any predication as to the ultimate impact of the COVID-19 outbreak. Nevertheless, the outbreak presents uncertainty and risk with respect to the Company, its performance, and financial results.

 

Subsequent Events Subsequent events are events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued. Recognized subsequent events are events or transactions that provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the date of the balance sheet including the estimates inherent in the process of preparing financial statements. Unrecognized subsequent events are events that provide evidence about conditions that did not exist at the date of the balance sheet but arose after that date. The Company has reviewed events occurring through the issuance date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and no subsequent events have occurred requiring accrual or disclosure in these financial statements other than as described in Note 24.

 

Recent Accounting Standards Updates

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. This update eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test, which required an entity to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill by valuing a reporting unit’s assets and liabilities using the same process that would be required to value assets and liabilities in a business combination. Instead, the amendments require that an entity perform its annual goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. The Company adopted this update as of January 1, 2020, with no material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

In September 2016, the FASB issued amendments to ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The amendments in the update require a financial asset (or a group of financial assets) measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected thereby providing financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by the reporting entity. The amendments will be effective for the Company for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company has formed a cross-functional committee to provide corporate governance over the implementation of this update, has evaluated data sources and made process updates to capture additional relevant data, has identified a service provider to perform the calculation, and continues to attend seminars and forums specific to this update. The Company also engaged the service provider to assist with the implementation of the standard. While we continue to evaluate the impact the new guidance will have on our financial position and results of operations, we currently expect the new guidance may result in an increase to our allowance for credit losses given the change to estimated losses over the contractual life of the loan portfolio. The amount of any change to our allowance will depend, in part, upon the composition of our loan portfolio at the adoption date as well as economic conditions and loss forecasts at that date.

 

  101  

 

Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies did not or are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was signed into law. The CARES Act included a number of provisions that were applicable to the Company, including the following:

 

o Accounting relief for TDRsThe CARES Act provided that modifications under certain forbearance conditions for loans that were not more than 30 days past due at December 31, 2019 will not be considered TDRs for regulatory reporting and GAAP. The Company has elected to implement this alternative guidance in accounting for COVID-19 related modifications.
o Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”): The CARES Act created the PPP through the Small Business Administration (“SBA”), which allowed the Company to lend money to small businesses to maintain employee payrolls through the crisis with guarantees from the SBA. Under this program, loan amounts may be forgiven in whole or in part if the borrower uses the proceeds to maintain employee payrolls and other permitted expenses.

 

NOTE 3. INVESTMENTS

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of AFS securities as of the dates indicated are as follows (in thousands):

 

    December 31, 2020  
          Gross     Gross     Estimated  
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair  
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
State and municipal obligations   $ 16,684     $ 1,136     $     $ 17,820  
Mortgage-backed securities - agency     31,056       463       (32 )     31,487  
Collateralized mortgage obligations - agency     49,441       1,194       (75 )     50,560  
Asset-backed securities     6,268       5       (38 )     6,235  
Corporate bonds     4,500       127       (22 )     4,605  
Total   $ 107,949     $ 2,925     $ (167 )   $ 110,707  
       
    December 31, 2019  
          Gross     Gross     Estimated  
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair  
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
U.S.  government agencies   $ 4,000     $     $ (28 )   $ 3,972  
State and municipal obligations     6,364       166       (23 )     6,507  
Mortgage-backed securities - agency     32,318       216       (97 )     32,437  
Collateralized mortgage obligations - agency     23,550       172       (68 )     23,654  
Asset-backed securities     6,914             (99 )     6,815  
Corporate bonds     500                   500  
Total   $ 73,646     $ 554     $ (315 )   $ 73,885  

 

Information pertaining to securities with gross unrealized losses is detailed in the table below as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

    December 31, 2020  
    Less Than 12 Months     More Than 12 Months     Total  
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
 
Mortgage-backed securities - agency   $ 6,223     $ 32     $     $     $ 6,223     $ 32  
Collateralized mortgage obligations - agency     20,673       75                   20,673       75  
Asset-backed securities                 2,808       38       2,808       38  
Corporate bonds     1,478       22                   1,478       22  
    $ 28,374     $ 129     $ 2,808     $ 38     $ 31,182     $ 167  
                                                 

  102  

 

    December 31, 2019  
    Less Than 12 Months     More Than 12 Months     Total  
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
 
U.S. government agencies   $ 3,972     $ 28     $     $     $ 3,972     $ 28  
State and municipal obligations     3,575       23                   3,575       23  
Mortgage-backed securities - agency     19,496       97                   19,496       97  
Collateralized mortgage obligations - agency     11,722       68                   11,722       68  
Asset-backed securities     3,819       1       2,996       98       6,815       99  
    $ 42,584     $ 217     $ 2,996     $ 98     $ 45,580     $ 315  

 

Information pertaining to the number of securities with gross unrealized losses is detailed in the table below as of the dates indicated:

  

    December 31, 2020  
    Less Than 12
Months
    More Than 12
Months
    Total  
Mortgage-backed securities - agency     1             1  
Collateralized mortgage obligations - agency     5             5  
Asset-backed securities           2       2  
Corporate bonds     4             4  
      10       2       12  
                         
    December 31, 2019  
    Less Than 12
Months
    More Than 12
Months
    Total  
U.S. government agencies     2             2  
State and municipal obligations     4             4  
Mortgage-backed securities - agency     5             5  
Collateralized mortgage obligations - agency     3             3  
Asset-backed securities     1       2       3  
      15       2       17  

 

Management of the Company believes all unrealized losses as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 represent temporary impairment. The unrealized losses have resulted from temporary changes in the interest rate market and not as a result of credit deterioration. We do not intend to sell and it is not likely that we will be required to sell any of the securities referenced in the table below before recovery of their amortized cost.

 

The Company received proceeds from sales of securities classified as AFS and corresponding gross realized gains and losses as follows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

    Years ended December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Gross proceeds   $ 18,787     $ 10,263  
Gross realized gains     392       121  
Gross realized losses           108  

 

  103  

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of AFS debt securities at December 31, 2020, by contractual maturity, is presented in the following table (in thousands).

 

    December 31, 2020  
    Amortized Cost     Fair Value  
1 year or less   $ 500     $ 501  
Over 5 years through 10 years     4,000       4,108  
Over 10 years     16,684       17,816  
Total securities other than asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities     21,184       22,425  
                 
Mortgage-backed securities     31,056       31,487  
Collateralized mortgage obligations     49,441       50,560  
Asset-backed securities     6,268       6,235  
Total   $ 107,949     $ 110,707  

 

Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities when issuers and borrowers have the right to call or prepay the obligations.

 

There were no AFS securities pledged against deposits and borrowings at either December 31, 2020 or 2019.

 

Other investments that are recorded at cost which approximates fair value are comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

    December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock   $ 1,501     $ 698  
Investment in Trust Preferred Securities     247       247  
Certificates of deposit     4,004       7,751  
Other investments     500       500  
Total other investments, at cost   $ 6,252     $ 9,196  

 

Certificates of deposit totaling $0.8 million were pledged against customer deposits at December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019. FHLB stock is used to collateralize advances with the FHLB.

 

NOTE 4. LOANS RECEIVABLE

 

Loans receivable are summarized in the table below as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

    December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Real estate loans:                
One-to four-family residential   $ 114,119     $ 101,071  
Commercial real estate     369,706       306,802  
Home equity loans and lines of credit     17,174       17,811  
Residential construction     30,989       8,375  
Other construction and land     68,611       55,505  
Total real estate loans     600,599       489,564  
Commercial     243,617       225,629  
Consumer     35,362       41,335  
Total commercial and consumer     278,979       266,964  
Loans receivable, gross     879,578       756,528  
Net deferred loan fees     (956 )     (73 )
Unaccreted discount on purchased loans     (274 )     (304 )
Unamortized premium on purchased loans     197       238  
Loans receivable, net of deferred fees   $ 878,545     $ 756,389  

 

  104  

 

In 2020, 272 loans were processed under the PPP for a total of $39.0 million in loans funded and $1.6 million of lender fees collected. As of December 31, 2020, 80 loans totaling $15.9 million had been forgiven and lender fee income totaling $1.0 million had been recognized and is included in Interest and fees on loans in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Commercial loans includes PPP loans with a recorded investment of $22.5 million as of December 31, 2020.

 

The Bank had $41.1 million and $40.0 million of loans pledged as collateral to secure funding with the FHLB at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

 

NOTE 5. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

The changes in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment is presented in the following tables for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

    Year ended December 31, 2020  
    One-to-four
Family
Residential
    Commercial
Real
Estate
    Home Equity
and
Lines of Credit
    Residential
Construction
    Other
Construction
and Land
    Commercial     Consumer     Total  
Beginning balance   $ 1,098     $ 3,122     $ 188     $ 84     $ 584     $ 5,024     $ 187     $ 10,287  
Provision     193       1,437       43       305       258       886       (49 )     3,073  
Charge-offs                                   (1,748 )     (26 )     (1,774 )
Recoveries     6                         1       956       23       986  
Ending balance   $ 1,297     $ 4,559     $ 231     $ 389     $ 843     $ 5,118     $ 135     $ 12,572  
                                                                 
    Year ended December 31, 2019  
    One-to-four
Family
Residential
    Commercial
Real
Estate
    Home Equity
and
Lines of Credit
    Residential
Construction
    Other
Construction
and Land
    Commercial     Consumer     Total  
Beginning balance   $ 1,173     $ 2,494     $ 139     $ 7     $ 658     $ 4,566     $ 151     $ 9,188  
Provision     (86 )     671       47       77       (90 )     2,076       73       2,768  
Charge-offs     (3 )     (43 )                 (17 )     (2,015 )     (43 )     (2,121 )
Recoveries     14             2             33       397       6       452  
Ending balance   $ 1,098     $ 3,122     $ 188     $ 84     $ 584     $ 5,024     $ 187     $ 10,287  

 

The allocation of the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans is presented in the following tables by portfolio segment and reserving methodology as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

    December 31, 2020  
    One-to-four
Family
Residential
    Commercial
Real
Estate
    Home Equity
and
Lines of Credit
    Residential
Construction
    Other
Construction
and Land
    Commercial     Consumer     Total  
Allowance for loan losses                                                                
Individually evaluated for impairment   $     $     $     $     $     $ 1     $     $ 1  
Collectively evaluated for impairment     1,297       4,559       231       389       843       5,117       135       12,571  
    $ 1,297     $ 4,559     $ 231     $ 389     $ 843     $ 5,118     $ 135     $ 12,572  
                                                                 
Loans Receivable                                                                
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ 281     $ 987     $     $     $ 126     $ 320     $ 66     $ 1,780  
Collectively evaluated for impairment     113,658       368,149       17,213       30,838       68,160       243,401       35,346       876,765  
    $ 113,939     $ 369,136     $ 17,213     $ 30,838     $ 68,286     $ 243,721     $ 35,412     $ 878,545  

 

  105  

 

    December 31, 2019  
    One-to-four
Family
Residential
    Commercial
Real
Estate
    Home Equity
and
Lines of Credit
    Residential
Construction
    Other
Construction
and Land
    Commercial     Consumer     Total  
Allowance for loan losses                                                                
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ 3     $ 180     $     $ 3     $     $ 38     $ 15     $ 239  
Collectively evaluated for impairment     1,095       2,942       188       81       584       4,986       172       10,048  
    $ 1,098     $ 3,122     $ 188     $ 84     $ 584     $ 5,024     $ 187     $ 10,287  
                                                                 
Loans Receivable                                                                
Individually evaluated for impairment     295       4,939             297       332       2,105       33       8,001  
Collectively evaluated for impairment     100,542       301,348       17,844       8,034       54,971       224,257       41,392       748,388  
    $ 100,837     $ 306,287     $ 17,844     $ 8,331     $ 55,303     $ 226,362     $ 41,425     $ 756,389  

 

Portfolio Quality Indicators

 

The Company’s loan portfolio grading analysis estimates the capability of the borrower to repay the contractual obligations of the loan agreements as scheduled. The Company’s internal credit risk grading system is based on experiences with similarly graded loans, industry best practices, and regulatory guidance. Credit risk grades are refreshed each quarter, at which time management analyzes the resulting information, as well as other external statistics and factors, to track loan performance.

 

The Company’s internally assigned grades pursuant to the Board-approved lending policy are as follows:

 

· Pass (1-5) – Acceptable loans with any identifiable weaknesses appropriately mitigated. 
· Special Mention (6) – Potential weakness or identifiable weakness present without appropriate mitigating factors; however, loan continues to perform satisfactorily with no material delinquency noted.  This may include some deterioration in repayment capacity and/or loan-to-value of securing collateral.
· Substandard (7) – Significant weakness that remains unmitigated, most likely due to diminished repayment capacity, serious delinquency, and/or marginal performance based upon restructured loan terms.  
· Doubtful (8) – Significant weakness that remains unmitigated and collection in full is highly questionable or improbable.
· Loss (9) – Collectability is unlikely resulting in immediate charge-off.

 

Description of Segment and Class Risks

 

Each of our portfolio segments and the classes within those segments are subject to risks that could have an adverse impact on the credit quality of our loan portfolio. Management has identified the most significant risks as described below which are generally similar among our segments and classes. While the list is not exhaustive, it provides a description of the risks that management has determined are the most significant.

 

One-to-four family residential

 

We centrally underwrite each of our one-to-four family residential loans using credit scoring and analytical tools consistent with the Board-approved lending policy and internal procedures based upon industry best practices and regulatory directives. We also evaluate the value and marketability of the collateral. Common risks to each class of non-commercial loans, including one-to-four family residential, include risks that are not specific to individual transactions such as general economic conditions within our markets, particularly unemployment and potential declines in real estate values. Personal events such as death, disability or change in marital status also add risk to non-commercial loans.

 

  106  

 

Commercial real estate

 

Commercial mortgage loans are primarily dependent on the ability of our customers to achieve business results consistent with those projected at loan origination resulting in cash flow sufficient to service the debt. To the extent that a customer’s business results are significantly unfavorable versus the original projections, the ability for our loan to be serviced on a basis consistent with the contractual terms may be at risk. While these loans are secured by real property and possibly other business assets such as inventory or accounts receivable, it is possible that the liquidation of the collateral will not fully satisfy the obligation. Other commercial real estate loans consist primarily of loans secured by multifamily housing. The primary risk associated with multifamily loans is the ability of the income-producing property that collateralizes the loan to produce adequate cash flow to service the debt. High unemployment or generally weak economic conditions may result in our customer having to provide rental rate concessions to achieve adequate occupancy rates.

 

Home equity and lines of credit

 

Home equity loans are often secured by first or second liens on residential real estate, thereby making such loans particularly susceptible to declining collateral values. A substantial decline in collateral value could render our second lien position to be effectively unsecured. Additional risks include lien perfection inaccuracies and disputes with first lienholders that may further weaken our collateral position. Further, the open-end structure of these loans creates the risk that customers may draw on the lines of credit in excess of the collateral value if there have been significant declines since origination.

 

Residential construction and other construction and land

 

Residential mortgage construction loans are typically secured by undeveloped or partially developed land with funds to be disbursed as home construction is completed contingent upon receipt and satisfactory review of invoices and inspections. Declines in real estate values can result in residential mortgage loan borrowers having debt levels in excess of the collateral’s current market value. Non-commercial construction and land development loans can experience delays in completion and/or cost overruns that exceed the borrower’s financial ability to complete the project. Cost overruns can result in foreclosure of partially completed collateral with unrealized value and diminished marketability. Commercial construction and land development loans are dependent on the supply and demand for commercial real estate in the markets we serve as well as the demand for newly constructed residential homes and building lots. Deterioration in demand could result in significant decreases in the underlying collateral values and make repayment of the outstanding loans more difficult for our customers.

 

Commercial

 

We centrally underwrite each of our commercial loans, which includes agricultural loans and specialty floor plan lending, based primarily upon the customer’s ability to generate the required cash flow to service the debt in accordance with the contractual terms and conditions of the loan agreement. We strive to gain a complete understanding of our borrower’s businesses, including the experience and background of the principals of such businesses. To the extent that the loan is secured by collateral, which is a predominant feature of the majority of our commercial loans, or other assets including accounts receivable and inventory, we gain an understanding of the likely value of the collateral and what level of strength it brings to the loan transaction. To the extent that the principals or other parties are obligated under the note or guaranty agreements, we analyze the relative financial strength and liquidity of each guarantor. Common risks to each class of commercial loans include risks that are not specific to individual transactions such as general economic conditions within our markets, as well as risks that are specific to each transaction including volatility or seasonality of cash flows, changing demand for products and services, personal events such as death, disability or change in marital status, and reductions in the value of our collateral. Common risks to specialty floor plan lending includes adverse conditions in the automobile market and risks associated with declining values. The performance of agricultural loans is highly dependent on favorable weather, reasonable costs for seed and fertilizer, and the ability to successfully market the product at a profitable margin. The demand for these products is also dependent on macroeconomic conditions that are beyond the control of the borrower.

 

Consumer

 

The consumer loan portfolio includes loans secured by personal property such as automobiles, marketable securities, other titled recreational vehicles including boats and motorcycles, as well as unsecured consumer debt. The value of underlying collateral within this class is especially volatile due to potential rapid depreciation in values since the date of loan origination in excess of principal repayment.

 

  107  

 

The recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and loan grade is presented in the following tables as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

      December 31, 2020  
Loan Grade     One-to-Four
Family
Residential
    Commercial
Real Estate
    Home Equity
and Lines of
Credit
    Residential
Construction
    Other
Construction
and Land
    Commercial     Consumer     Total  
  1     $     $     $     $     $     $ 432     $ 168     $ 600  
  2             269                           984       21       1,274  
  3       10,946       50,287       834       190       17,202       21,624       304       101,387  
  4       92,055       281,473       14,363       25,359       38,869       124,579       33,671       610,369  
  5       8,898       29,716       1,856       5,289       12,074       94,496       1,108       153,437  
  6       1,231       5,453       9                   1,030       54       7,777  
  7       809       1,938       151             141       576       86       3,701  
  Total     $ 113,939     $ 369,136     $ 17,213     $ 30,838     $ 68,286     $ 243,721     $ 35,412     $ 878,545  
         
      December 31, 2019  
Loan Grade     One-to-Four
Family
Residential
    Commercial
Real Estate
    Home Equity
and Lines of
Credit
    Residential
Construction
    Other
Construction
and Land
    Commercial     Consumer     Total  
  1     $     $     $     $     $     $ 520     $ 138     $ 658  
  2             291                         3,365       19       3,675  
  3       2,663       16,465       337             5,159       3,571       22       28,217  
  4       24,536       151,138       3,682       150       21,794       46,729       2,389       250,418  
  5       71,645       130,820       13,675       7,885       27,617       169,577       38,754       459,973  
  6       1,126       1,701                   24       265       37       3,153  
  7       867       5,872       150       296       709       2,335       66       10,295  
  Total     $ 100,837     $ 306,287     $ 17,844     $ 8,331     $ 55,303     $ 226,362     $ 41,425     $ 756,389  

 

Delinquency Analysis of Loans by Class

 

An aging analysis of the recorded investment of loans by portfolio segment, including loans on nonaccrual status as well as accruing TDRs and purchased student loans for which there is a 98% guarantee, is presented in the following tables as of the dates indicated (in thousands).

 

    December 31, 2020  
    30-59 Days
Past
Due
    60-89 Days
Past
Due
    90 Days and
Over
Past Due
    Total Past
Due
    Current     Total Loans
Receivable
 
One-to-four family residential   $     $     $ 15     $ 15     $ 113,924     $ 113,939  
Commercial real estate                             369,136       369,136  
Home equity and lines of credit                             17,213       17,213  
Residential construction                             30,838       30,838  
Other construction and land                             68,286       68,286  
Commercial     6             2       8       243,713       243,721  
Consumer     1,840       727       2,549       5,116       30,296       35,412  
Total   $ 1,846     $ 727     $ 2,566     $ 5,139     $ 873,406     $ 878,545  
                                                 
    December 31, 2019  
    30-59 Days
Past
Due
    60-89 Days
Past
Due
    90 Days and
Over
Past Due
    Total Past
Due
    Current     Total Loans
Receivable
 
One-to-four family residential   $ 107     $ 15     $     $ 122     $ 100,715     $ 100,837  
Commercial real estate     570                   570       305,717       306,287  
Home equity and lines of credit                             17,844       17,844  
Residential construction                 296       296       8,035       8,331  
Other construction and land           172             172       55,131       55,303  
Commercial     242             2       244       226,118       226,362  
Consumer     1,999       642       3,122       5,763       35,662       41,425  
Total   $ 2,918     $ 829     $ 3,420     $ 7,167     $ 749,222     $ 756,389  

 

  108  

 

Impaired Loans

 

The recorded investment in loans considered to be impaired by portfolio segment and related information on those impaired loans is presented in the following table as of the dates indicated (in thousands).

 

    December 31, 2020     December 31, 2019  
    Recorded
Balance
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Specific
Allowance
    Recorded
Balance
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Specific
Allowance
 
Loans without a valuation allowance                                                
One-to-four family residential   $ 281     $ 352     $     $     $     $  
Commercial real estate     987       994             570       579        
Other construction and land     126       152             332       336        
Commercial     308       434             731       731        
Consumer     66       68                          
      1,768       2,000             1,633       1,646        
                                                 
Loans with a valuation allowance                                                
One-to-four family residential                       295       295       3  
Commercial real estate                       4,369       4,369       180  
Residential construction                       297       297       3  
Commercial     12       12       1       1,374       1,374       38  
Consumer                       33       33       15  
      12       12       1       6,368       6,368       239  
                                                 
Total                                                
One-to-four family residential     281       352             295       295       3  
Commercial real estate     987       994             4,939       4,948       180  
Residential construction                       297       297       3  
Other construction and land     126       152             332       336        
Commercial     320       446       1       2,105       2,105       38  
Consumer     66       68             33       33       15  
    $ 1,780     $ 2,012     $ 1     $ 8,001     $ 8,014     $ 239  

 

  109  

 

The average recorded investment in impaired loans by portfolio segment and interest income recognized on those impaired loans is presented in the following table for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

    Years ended December 31,  
    2020     2019  
    Average
Investment in
Impaired
Loans
    Interest
Income
Recognized
    Average
Investment in
Impaired
Loans
   

Interest

Income
Recognized

 
Loans without a valuation allowance                                
One-to-four family residential   $ 358     $ 15     $     $  
Commercial real estate     1,041       37       626       30  
Other construction and land     156       6       338       16  
Commercial     384       7       1,092       63  
Consumer     80       3              
      2,019       68       2,056       109  
                                 
Loans with a valuation allowance                                
One-to-four family residential                 369       21  
Commercial real estate                 4,769       228  
Residential construction                 298       17  
Other construction and land                 30       2  
Commercial     26             2,199       51  
Consumer                 36       2  
      26             7,701       321  
                                 
Total                                
One-to-four family residential     358       15       369       21  
Commercial real estate     1,041       37       5,395       258  
Residential construction                 298       17  
Other construction and land     156       6       368       18  
Commercial     410       7       3,291       114  
Consumer     80       3       36       2  
    $ 2,045     $ 68     $ 9,757     $ 430  

 

Nonperforming Loans

 

The recorded investment of nonperforming loans by portfolio segment is presents in the table below as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

    December 31,  
    2020     2019  
One-to-four family residential   $ 39     $ 29  
Commercial real estate     31       573  
Home equity loans and lines of credit            
Residential construction           296  
Other construction and land     126       313  
Commercial     324       667  
Consumer     13       18  
Nonperforming loans   $ 533     $ 1,896  

 

Certain loans classified as TDRs and impaired loans may be on nonaccrual status even though they are not contractually delinquent.

 

  110  

 

TDRs

 

The recorded investment in performing and nonperforming TDRs by portfolio segment is presented in the tables below as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

    December 31, 2020  
    Performing     Nonperforming     Total  
    TDRs     TDRs     TDRs  
One-to-four family residential   $ 241     $ 40     $ 281  
Commercial real estate     956             956  
Other construction and land           126       126  
Commercial           132       132  
Consumer     57       10       67  
    $ 1,254     $ 308     $ 1,562  
       
    December 31, 2019  
    Performing     Nonperforming     Total  
    TDRs     TDRs     TDRs  
One-to-four family residential   $ 266     $ 30     $ 296  
Commercial real estate     1,160       531       1,691  
Consumer     15       18       33  
Other construction and land     18       140       158  
Commercial           146       146  
    $ 1,459     $ 865     $ 2,324  

 

Loan modifications that were deemed TDRs at the time of the modification are presented in the table below for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

      Modification Type     Number of TDR
Loans
    Pre-Modification
Recorded Investment
    Post-Modification
Recorded Investment
 
Year ended December 31, 2020                          
        Extended payment terms       3     $ 173     $ 61  
                                     
  Year ended December 31, 2019                                
        Extended payment terms       9     $ 2,251     $ 2,191  
        Interest rate concessions       2       161       161  
        Total       11     $ 2,412     $ 2,352  

 

There were no TDRs that defaulted during the years ending December 31, 2020 or 2019 and which were modified as TDRs within the previous 12 months.

 

During 2020, the Bank granted short-term deferrals related to the COVID-19 crisis for 249 loans that, at the time of deferral, totaled $93.0 million. Pursuant to the CARES Act or interagency guidance, these deferrals were not considered new TDRs. These short-term deferrals generally represent payment deferrals for up to 90 days. The loans continue to accrue interest and are not reported as past due during the deferral period.  As of December 31, 2020, all loans that had been granted short-term deferrals related to the COVID-19 crisis had resumed contractual payments or had paid off.

 

NOTE 6. CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

 

 

A substantial portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is represented by loans in Upstate South Carolina. The capacity and willingness of the Company’s debtors to honor their contractual obligations is dependent upon general economic conditions and the health of the real estate market within its general lending area. The majority of the Company’s loans, commitments, and lines of credit have been granted to customers in its primary market area and substantially all of these instruments are collateralized by real estate or other assets.

 

  111  

 

The Company, as a matter of policy, does not extend credit to any single borrower or group of related borrowers in excess of its legal lending limit, which was $17.8 million at December 31, 2020 and $15.1 million at December 31, 2019.

 

The Company’s loans were concentrated in the following categories:

 

    December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Real estate loans:                
One-to-four family residential     12.97 %     13.36 %
Commercial     42.03 %     40.55 %
Home equity loans and lines of credit     1.95 %     2.35 %
Residential construction     3.52 %     1.11 %
Other construction and land     7.80 %     7.34 %
Commercial     27.70 %     29.82 %
Consumer     4.02 %     5.46 %
Total loans, gross     100.00 %     100.00 %

 

NOTE 7. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

Premises and equipment are summarized as follows as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

    December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Land and improvements   $ 5,598     $ 5,592  
Buildings     10,372       8,477  
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment     3,745       3,657  
Construction in process     2,527       444  
Total fixed assets     22,242       18,170  
Less accumulated depreciation     (5,562 )     (4,825 )
Premises and equipment, net   $ 16,680     $ 13,345  

 

Construction in process at December 31, 2020 and 2019 primarily included costs associated with the relocation of the Bank’s branch in Charleston, South Carolina and a new branch in Greenville, South Carolina, respectively. Depreciation and leasehold amortization expense was $0.9 million for both years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

NOTE 8. REO

 

REO and changes in the valuation allowance for REO are presented in the tables below as of and for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

    As of December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Real estate owned, gross   $ 2,559     $ 2,508  
Less:  Valuation allowance     627       653  
Real estate owned, net   $ 1,932     $ 1,855  
                 
    As of and for the Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2020     2019  
Valuation allowance, beginning   $ 653     $ 653  
Provision charged to expense     276        
Reduction due to disposal     (302 )      
Valuation allowance, ending   $ 627     $ 653  

 

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 1 loan secured by residential real estate properties for which formal foreclosure proceedings were in process and had no residential real estate properties included in real estate owned.

 

  112  

 

NOTE 9. BOLI

 

 

The composition of BOLI is summarized as follows as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

    December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Separate account   $ 747     $ 717  
General account     10,899       10,570  
Hybrid     3,215       3,160  
Total   $ 14,861     $ 14,447  

 

The assets of the separate account are invested in the Lincoln National Life Insurance Co. Investment Allocation account rated A+, which is composed primarily of U.S. Government agency sponsored funds and mortgage-backed securities funds. The assets in the general account are invested in four insurance carriers with ratings ranging from AA-to AA+. The assets of the hybrid account are invested in two different insurance carriers with ratings ranging from A+ to A++.

 

NOTE 10. DEPOSITS

 

 

Deposit balances and interest expense by type of deposit are summarized as follows as of and for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

    As of and for the Years Ended December 31,  
    2020     2019  
    Balance     Interest
Expense
    Balance     Interest
Expense
 
Noninterest-bearing demand   $ 203,502     $     $ 138,276     $  
Interest-bearing demand     63,614       75       19,889       25  
Money Market     384,838       1,915       270,849       3,568  
Savings     10,584       8       6,358       7  
Time Deposits     283,942       5,416       377,129       8,247  
    $ 946,480     $ 7,414     $ 812,501     $ 11,847  

 

Contractual maturities of time deposit accounts are summarized as follows as of the date indicated (in thousands):

 

    December 31, 2020  
2021   $ 251,607  
2022     24,795  
2023     6,789  
2024     289  
2025     462  
Thereafter      
    $ 283,942  

 

The Company had time deposit accounts in amounts of $250 thousand or more totaling $71.4 million and $83.7 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

NOTE 11. BORROWINGS

 

The Company has total credit availability with the FHLB of up to 30% of assets, subject to the availability of qualified collateral. As collateral for these borrowings, the Company pledges its FHLB stock and its qualifying one-to-four family permanent and commercial real estate loans (as defined) under a blanket collateral agreement with the FHLB. At December 31, 2020, the Company had unused borrowing capacity with the FHLB of $18.4 million based on collateral pledged at that date. The Company has total additional credit availability with FHLB of $287.4 million as of December 31, 2020, if additional collateral was available and pledged.

 

  113  

 

FHLB advances are summarized in the following table as of the date indicated (in thousands):

 

December 31, 2020  
Balance     Type   Rate     Maturity  
$ 5,000     Fixed Rate     0.88 %     3/6/2023  
  5,000     Fixed Rate     0.40 %     9/29/2023  
  2,000     Fixed Rate     1.77 %     1/24/2025  
  2,000     Fixed Rate     0.79 %     1/24/2030  
  2,000     Fixed Rate     1.22 %     1/24/2030  
$ 16,000           0.87 %        

 

The scheduled annual maturities of FHLB advances and respective weighted average rates are as follows as of the date indicated (in thousands):

 

December 31, 2020  
Year   Balance     Weighted Average Rate  
2023   $ 10,000       0.40 %
2025     2,000       0.22 %
2030     4,000       0.25 %
    $ 16,000       0.87 %

 

There were no FHLB advances outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

 

NOTE 12. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

 

In 2006, The Company issued $8.2 million of junior subordinated notes to its wholly owned subsidiary, GrandSouth Capital Trust I (“Trust”), to fully and unconditionally guarantee the trust preferred securities issued by the Trust. These notes qualify as Tier 1 capital for the Company. The notes which mature on May 10, 2036 accrue interest at 1.85% above the 3-month LIBOR and adjust quarterly. The interest rate was 2.09% and 3.78% at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

 

The notes are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indentures. The Company also may, at its option, defer the payment of interest on the notes for a period up to 20 consecutive quarters, provided that interest will also accrue on the deferred payments of interest. In the event that such interest payments are deferred by the Company, the Trust may defer distributions on the capital and common securities. In such an event, the Company would be restricted in its ability to pay dividends on its common stock and perform under obligations that are not senior to the notes. As of December 31, 2020, the Company was current on all interest payments due.

 

On November 20, 2018, the Company issued $10.0 million of subordinated debentures to certain institutional buyers and accredited investors to enhance the capital structure of the Bank. The debentures, which qualify for Tier 2 capital, mature on November 30, 2028 and bear a fixed interest rate of 6.50% until November 30, 2023, at which time the interest rate will become variable, adjustable quarterly to a benchmark rate (which is expected to be the 3-month Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”)) plus 343 basis points. The Company may, at its option, at any time on an interest payment date on or after November 30, 2023, redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at par plus accrued interest to the date of redemption.

 

On November 13, 2020, the Company issued $18.0 million of fixed-to-floating subordinated debt. The subordinated debt bears a fixed rate of 4.375% through November 15, 2025, after which it will convert to a floating rate, adjusted quarterly, equal to the 3-month SOFR plus 416 basis points, through the November 13, 2030 maturity date. Payments will be made semi-annually in arrears beginning May 15, 2021 through November 15, 2025 and will adjust to quarterly payments through the maturity date. The subordinated debt is redeemable at the option of the Company on or after the fifth anniversary of the issue date.

 

The Company incurred $0.6 million of debt issuance costs related to the issuance of this debt. As of December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019, the unamortized portion of the debt issuance costs was $0.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively, and is reported as a direct reduction of the subordinated debt on the balance sheet.

 

  114  

 

NOTE 13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

In the normal course of business, we make various commitments and incur certain contingent liabilities, which are not reflected in the accompanying financial statements. The commitments and contingent liabilities include guarantees, commitments to extend credit, and standby letters of credit. At December 31, 2020, commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit totaled $251.4 million. We do not anticipate any material losses as a result of these transactions. In addition, the Company has a contract with a construction company for $1.0 million for the remodeling of the relocated Charleston, South Carolina branch.

 

In the normal course of business, the Company is periodically involved in litigation and other matters. In the opinion of the Company’s management, none of the litigation and other matters are expected to have a material adverse effect on the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

NOTE 14. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

The Company maintains an employee savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers substantially all full-time employees who have attained the age of 21. Employees may contribute a percentage of their annual gross salary as limited by the federal tax laws. The Company matches employee contributions based on the plan guidelines. The Company contribution totaled $0.5 million for both years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

The Company has a compensated expense policy that allows employees to accrue paid time off for vacation, sick or other unexcused absences up to a specified number of days each year. Employees may carry-over a limited amount of unused sick time at the end of each year to an accrued sick time account which is forfeited if unused at termination.

 

NOTE 15. POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

 

The Company has established several nonqualified deferred compensation and post-employment programs providing benefits to certain directors and key management employees. No new participants have been admitted to any of the plans since 2009 and existing benefit levels have been frozen.

 

A summary of the key terms and accounting for each plan are as follows:

 

· Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) – provides a post-retirement income stream to one former executive. The estimated present value of the future benefits to be paid during a post-retirement period of 180 months is accrued over the period from the effective date of the agreement to the expected date of retirement. The SERP is an unfunded plan and is considered a general contractual obligation of the Company. The Company recorded expense related to the SERP utilizing a discount rate of 6.0% for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

· Life Insurance Plan – provides an endorsement split dollar benefit to several current and former executives and employees, under which the Company has agreed to maintain an insurance policy during the executive’s and employee’s retirement and to provide the executive and employee with a death benefit. The estimated cost of insurance for the portion of the policy expected to be paid as a split dollar death benefit in each post-retirement year is measured for the period between expected retirement age and the earlier of (a) expected mortality and (b) age 95. The resulting amount is then allocated on a present value basis to the period ending on the participant’s full eligibility date. A discount rate of 6.0% and life expectancy based on the 2001 Valuation Basic Table has been assumed.

 

The liabilities for each plan are summarized as follows as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

    December 31,  
    2020     2019  
SERP   $ 1,237     $ 1,312  
Life Insurance     644       621  
    $ 1,881     $ 1,933  

 

The expense related to the plans noted above totaled $25,000 and $20,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

  115  

 

NOTE 16. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

 

The Company provides stock-based awards through its 2019 Stock Option Plan which provides for awards of restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock options, and performance units to directors, officers, and employees. The cost of equity-based awards under the 2019 Stock Option Plan generally is based on the fair value of the awards on their grant date. The plan may utilize awards for a maximum of 1,000,000 shares. Shares of common stock awarded under the 2019 Stock Option Plan may be issued from authorized but unissued shares or shares purchased on the open market.

 

The 2009 Stock Option Plan which terminated according to its terms in June 2019 has 216,500 options outstanding as of December 31, 2020 which are included in the tables below. No further stock options may be granted under the 2009 Stock Option Plan.

 

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options recognized was $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, and $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

Stock option activity and related information is presented below as of and for the periods indicated:

 

    Stock Options  
    Options
Outstanding
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (000s)
 
December 31, 2018     349,118     $ 10.85                  
Granted     387,000       16.49                  
Exercised     (42,400 )     8.63                  
Forfeited     (8,200 )     13.01                  
December 31, 2019     685,518       14.15                  
Granted     52,000       14.62                  
Vested/Exercised     (70,018 )     4.42                  
Forfeited     (17,000 )     13.70                  
December 31, 2020     650,500       15.27       7.53     $ 467  
                                 
Exercisable at December 31, 2020     256,798     $ 14.10       6.26     $ 388  

 

Stock options outstanding are summarized as follows as of December 31, 2020:

 

Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  
Shares     Range     Wtd Ave
Price
    Wtd Ave
Remaining
Life
    Shares     Wtd Ave
Price
    Wtd Ave
Remaining
Life
 
  18,000       $  5.64-11.50     $ 8.62       3.88       18,000     $ 8.62       3.88  
  163,500       $11.51-14.00       13.40       5.44       136,399       13.36       5.27  
  469,000       $14.01-17.40       16.18       8.4       102,399       16.05       7.99  
  650,500             $ 15.27       7.53       256,798     $ 14.10       6.26  

 

The weighted average fair value of options granted in 2020 and 2019 was $3.34 and $4.38, respectively. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The expected life is based on historical exercises and forfeitures experience of the grantees. The volatility is based on historical price volatility. The risk-free interest rate is based on a U.S. Treasury instrument with a life that is similar to the expected life of the option grant.

 

  116  

 

The following table illustrates the assumptions for the Black-Scholes model used in determining the fair value of options granted:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Fair value per option   $ 3.34     $ 4.38  
Expected life (years)     6.5 years       6.5 years  
Expected stock price volatility     31.09 %     27.55 %
Expected dividend yield     2.00 %     0.20 %
Risk-free interest rate     0.71 %     1.87 %
Expected forfeiture rate     0.00 %     0.00 %

 

At December 31, 2020, the Company had $1.4 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to stock options. The remaining weighted average vesting period over which compensation cost related to unvested stock options is expected to be recognized is 1.9 years at December 31, 2020. All unexercised options expire ten years after the grant date.

 

NOTE 17. INCOME TAXES

 

 

The components of income tax expense are summarized as follows for the years indicated (in thousands):

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Current income taxes:                
Federal   $ 2,962     $ 2,638  
State     424       376  
Total current tax expense     3,386       3,014  
Deferred income tax benefit                
Federal     (854 )     (452 )
State     (72 )     (55 )
Total deferred tax benefit     (926 )     (507 )
Change in valuation allowance     42       55  
Total income tax expense   $ 2,502     $ 2,562  

 

The differences between actual income tax expense and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 21% to income before income taxes are as follows for the years indicated (in thousands):

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Computed income tax expense   $ 2,341     $ 2,231  
Change in valuation allowance     42       55  
State income tax, net of federal benefit     271       253  
Nontaxable municipal security income     (48 )     (12 )
Nontaxable BOLI income     (100 )     (44 )
Effect of equity compensation     81       115  
Change in enacted state income tax rate     19       23  
Other     (104 )     (59 )
Actual income tax expense   $ 2,502     $ 2,562  
                 
Effective tax rate     22.4 %     24.1 %

 

  117  

 

The components of net deferred taxes as of the periods indicated are summarized as follows as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

    As of December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Deferred tax assets:                
Allowance for loan losses   $ 2,730     $ 2,253  
Deferred compensation and post-employment benefits     269       287  
Non-accrual interest           5  
Equity compensation     116       54  
Valuation reserve for other real estate     336       317  
South Carolina net operating loss carryover     305       263  
Unrealized losses on securities     36       73  
Deferred fees/loan costs, net     208       16  
Other     2       26  
Gross deferred tax assets     4,002       3,294  
Less: valuation allowance     (305 )     (263 )
Total deferred tax assets     3,697       3,031  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:                
Non-accrual interest     1        
Prepaid expenses     101       46  
Unrealized gains on securities     635       129  
Fixed assets     453       689  
Investment in partnerships     6       6  
Total deferred tax liabilities     1,196       870  
                 
Net deferred tax asset   $ 2,501     $ 2,161  

 

The Company measures deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates that will apply in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or paid. The deferred tax asset valuation allowance for both 2020 and 2019 relate to the holding company’s state net operating loss carryforward for which realizability is uncertain. Management has concluded that the realization of the remaining deferred assets is more likely than not and accordingly no other valuation allowance was established.

 

The Company has state net operating losses for income tax purposes of approximately $7.8 million and $6.7 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The state net operating losses as of December 31, 2020 include $5.1 million which will expire in 2021 through 2027 and $2.7 million which are indefinitely lived.

 

The Company has analyzed the tax positions taken, or expected to be taken in its tax returns, and concluded it has no liability related to uncertain tax positions in accordance with current accounting guidance.

 

The Company and its subsidiary are subject to U.S federal income tax as well as income tax of various states. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2017.

 

NOTE 18. EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

The Company uses the two-class method in its computation of earnings per share of common stock. Pursuant to the terms of the Amended Articles of Incorporation Annex A, the preferred shareholders are entitled to receive dividends in a per share amount equal to 105% of that declared on the shares of common stock. Under the two-class method, the Company’s net income applicable to common shareholders is allocated between the common and the participating preferred shares on a fully-distributed basis. Basic income per share common share is determined by dividing net income applicable to the common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.

 

Diluted income per share of common stock is calculated by dividing net income applicable to the common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares during the period increased by dilutive stock options.

 

  118  

 

The following is a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of basic and diluted net income per share of common stock as of the dates indicated (in thousands, except per share data):

 

    Years ended  
    December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Numerator:                
Net income   $ 8,645     $ 8,064  
Preferred stock dividends     (97 )     (24 )
Net income applicable to common equity     8,548       8,040  
Undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities     (377 )     (431 )
Net income applicable to common shareholders   $ 8,171     $ 7,609  
                 
Denominator:                
Basic - Total weighted-average basic shares outstandings     5,215,182       5,041,420  
Stock options     58,168       70,157  
Diluted - Total weighted-average diluted shares outstanding     5,273,350       5,111,577  
                 
Basic income per share   $ 1.57     $ 1.51  
Diluted income per share   $ 1.55     $ 1.49  

 

At December 31, 2020, the Company excluded 559,000 potentially dilutive shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $15.80 from the computation of diluted earnings per share because of their antidilutive effect.

 

At December 31, 2019, the Company excluded 512,000 potentially dilutive shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $15.93 from the computation of diluted earnings per share because of their antidilutive effect.

 

NOTE 19. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income and changes in those components are presented in the tables below as of and for the years indicated (in thousands).

 

    Year ended December 31, 2020  
    AFS Securities     Total  
Balance, beginning of period   $ 184     $ 184  
Change in net unrealized holding gains on AFS securities     2,911       2,911  
Reclassification adjustment for net AFS securities gains realized in net income     (392 )     (392 )
Income tax effect     (544 )     (544 )
Balance, end of period   $ 2,159     $ 2,159  
             
    Year ended December 31, 2019  
    AFS Securities     Total  
Balance, beginning of period   $ (448 )   $ (448 )
Change in net unrealized holding losses on AFS securities     832       832  
Reclassification adjustment for net AFS securities gains realized in net income     (13 )     (13 )
Income tax effect     (187 )     (187 )
Balance, end of period   $ 184     $ 184  

 

  119  

 

The line items in the Consolidated Statements of Income affected by amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income are presented below as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

    Years ended December 31,        
    2020     2019     Income Statement Line Item Affected  
Available-for-sale securities                        
Gains recognized   $ 392     $ 13       Gain on sale of investment securities available for sale, net  
Income tax effect     (88 )     (3 )     Income tax expense  
Total reclassified out of AOCI, net of tax   $ 304     $ 10       Net income  

 

NOTE 20. REPORTABLE SEGMENTS

 

GrandSouth’s banking segment GrandSouth Bank conducts traditional banking operations (as GrandSouth Bank, or Core Bank) and offers specialty lending (as Carbucks). The Core Bank and Carbucks are GrandSouth’s primary reportable segments for management financial reporting. This business segment structure along primary lending products is consistent with the way management internally reviews financial information and allocates resources. Results for prior periods have been restated for comparability.

 

The Core Bank segment consists of commercial and consumer lending and full-service branches in its geographic region with its own management team. The branches provide a full range of traditional banking products as well as treasury services and merchant services. The Carbucks segment consists of specialty floor plan inventory financing for small automobile dealers. The “Other” column includes the investment securities portfolio, parent company activities, bank-owned life insurance, net intercompany eliminations, and certain other activities not currently allocated to the aforementioned segments.

 

The results for these segments are based on GrandSouth’s management reporting process, which assigns balance sheet and income statement items to each segment. Unlike financial reporting, there is no authoritative guidance for management reporting equivalent to generally accepted accounting principles. The Company uses an internal funding methodology to assign funding costs to assets and earning credits to liabilities with an offset in “Other.” The management reporting process measures the performance of the defined segments based on GrandSouth’s management structure and is not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial services companies or representative of results that would be achieved if the segments operated as stand-alone entities. If the management structure and/or allocation process change, then allocations, transfers and assignments may change. Segment information is shown in the tables below as of the and for the years indicated (in thousands).

 

    As of and for the year ended December 31, 2020  
    Core Bank     Carbucks     Other     Total  
Interest income   $ 32,346     $ 16,555     $ 1,430     $ 50,331  
Interest expense     5,920       1,662       1,035       8,617  
Net interest income     26,426       14,893       395       41,714  
Provision for loan losses     2,087       986             3,073  
Noninterest income     1,578       167       807       2,552  
Noninterest expense     20,376       9,613       57       30,046  
Net income before taxes     5,541       4,461       1,145       11,147  
Income tax expense     1,243       1,001       258       2,502  
Net income   $ 4,298     $ 3,460     $ 887     $ 8,645  
                                 
Total assets   $ 881,150     $ 82,567     $ 126,062     $ 1,089,779  
       

  120  

 

    As of and for the year ended December 31, 2019  
    Core Bank     Carbucks     Other     Total  
Interest income   $ 32,299     $ 18,967     $ 1,305     $ 52,571  
Interest expense     8,702       3,247       1,056       13,005  
Net interest income     23,597       15,720       249       39,566  
Provision for loan losses     885       1,883             2,768  
Noninterest income     1,582       47       157       1,786  
Noninterest expense     17,756       10,149       53       27,958  
Net income before taxes     6,538       3,735       353       10,626  
Income tax expense     1,577       901       84       2,562  
Net income   $ 4,961     $ 2,834     $ 269     $ 8,064  
                                 
Total assets   $ 735,937     $ 87,109     $ 88,599     $ 911,645  

 

Core Bank - The bank’s primary business is to provide traditional deposit and lending products and services to commercial and retail banking clients.

 

Carbucks – The banking division that provides specialty floor plan lending to small automobile dealers in over 20 states.

 

NOTE 21. REGULATORY MATTERS

 

 

In July 2013, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the FDIC issued final rules to revise their risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Basel III rules became effective on January 1, 2015 and were fully phased in as of January 1, 2019.

 

The Basel III rules apply to all national and state banks and savings associations regardless of size and bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies other than “small bank holding companies,” generally holding companies with consolidated assets of less than $3 billion (such as the Company). In order to avoid restrictions on capital distributions or discretionary bonus payments to executives, a covered banking organization must maintain a “capital conservation buffer” on top of our minimum risk-based capital requirements. This buffer must consist solely of common equity Tier 1, but the buffer applies to all three measurements (common equity Tier 1, Tier 1 capital and total capital). The capital conservation buffer consists of an additional amount of common equity Tier 1 equal to 2.5% of risk-weighted assets.

The Bank is also subject to various regulatory capital requirements, including a risk-based capital measure. The risk-based guidelines and framework under prompt corrective action provisions include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories.

 

The tables below summarize the capital amounts and ratios of the Bank and the minimum regulatory requirements in accordance with Basel III and the prompt corrective action provisions at the dates indicated (in thousands):

    Actual     For Capital Adequacy
Purposes (1)
    To Be Well-
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
 
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
As of December 31, 2020:                                                
Tier 1 Leverage Capital   $ 105,820       10.05 %   $ 36,100       >4%     $ 45,125       >5%  
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital   $ 105,820       11.73 %   $ 63,174       >7.0%     $ 58,662       >6.5%  
Tier 1 Risk-based Capital   $ 105,820       11.73 %   $ 76,712       >8.5%     $ 72,199       >8%  
Total Risk-based Capital   $ 117,117       12.98 %   $ 94,761       >10.5%     $ 90,249       >10%  
                                                 
As of December 31, 2019:                                                
Tier 1 Leverage Capital   $ 90,318       10.00 %   $ 35,963       >4%     $ 44,954       >5%  
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital   $ 90,318       11.40 %   $ 55,467       >7.0%     $ 52,837       >6.5%  
Tier 1 Risk-based Capital   $ 90,318       11.40 %   $ 67,352       >8.5%     $ 65,030       >8%  
Total Risk-based Capital   $ 100,227       12.60 %   $ 83,200       >10.5%     $ 81,287       >10%  

 

(1)    Includes capital conservation buffer of 2.50%.

 

  121  

 

Under the Federal Reserve’s Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement, the Company is not subject to the minimum capital adequacy and capital conservation buffer capital requirements at the holding company level, unless otherwise advised by the Federal Reserve (such capital requirements are applicable only at the Bank level). Although the minimum regulatory capital requirements are not applicable to the Company, we calculate these ratios for our own planning and monitoring purposes. The Company is not subject to the prompt corrective action provisions applicable to the Bank. The tables below summarize the capital amounts and ratios of the Company and the minimum regulatory requirements in accordance with Basel III at the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

    Actual     For Capital Adequacy
Purposes (1)
 
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
As of December 31, 2020:                                
Tier I Leverage Capital   $ 91,876       8.72 %   $ 42,189       >4%  
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital   $ 83,629       9.26 %   $ 63,248       >7.0%  
Tier I Risk-based Capital   $ 91,876       10.17 %   $ 76,801       >8.5%  
Total Risk Based Capital   $ 130,683       14.46 %   $ 94,871       >10.5%  
                                 
As of December 31, 2019:                                
Tier I Leverage Capital   $ 83,977       9.34 %   $ 35,974       >4%  
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital   $ 75,729       9.58 %   $ 55,356       >7.0%  
Tier I Risk-based Capital   $ 83,977       10.62 %   $ 67,219       >8.5%  
Total Risk Based Capital   $ 103,707       13.11 %   $ 83,035       >10.5%  

 

(1)    Includes capital conservation buffer of 2.50%.

 

NOTE 22. FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES

 

 

Overview

 

Fair value measurements are determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”) establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs that are classified within Levels 1 and 2 of the hierarchy) and the reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions developed based on the best information available in the circumstances (unobservable inputs classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy).

 

Fair Value Hierarchy

 

Level 1 - Valuation is based on inputs that are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

Level 2 - Valuation is based on inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as interest rates, yield curves observable at commonly quoted intervals, and other market-corroborated inputs.

 

Level 3 - Valuation is generated from techniques that use at least one significant assumption not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include the use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

 

In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon models that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based parameters. In instances where the determination of the fair value measurement is based on inputs from different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the entire fair value measurement falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability. The Company evaluates fair value measurement inputs on an ongoing basis in order to determine if there is a change of sufficient significance to warrant a transfer between levels. Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized on the actual date of the event or circumstances that caused the transfer, which generally coincides with the Company’s valuation process.

 

  122  

 

Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis

 

The Company uses the following methods and assumptions in estimating the fair value of its financial assets and financial liabilities on a recurring basis:

 

Investment Securities Available-for-Sale

 

We obtain fair values for debt securities from a third-party pricing service, which utilizes several sources for valuing fixed-income securities. The market evaluation sources for debt securities include observable inputs rather than significant unobservable inputs and are classified as Level 2. The service provider utilizes pricing models that vary by asset class and include available trade, bid and other market information. Generally, the methodologies include broker quotes, proprietary models, vast descriptive terms and conditions databases, as well as extensive quality control programs.

 

Also included in securities are corporate bonds which are valued using significant unobservable inputs and are classified as Level 2 or Level 3 based on market information available during the period.

 

Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis segregated by the level of valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value are presented below as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

    December 31, 2020  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Assets:                                
State and municipal obligations   $     $ 17,820     $     $ 17,820  
Mortgage-backed securities - agency           31,487             31,487  
Collateralized mortgage obligations - agency           50,560             50,560  
Asset-backed securities           6,235             6,235  
Corporate bonds                 4,605       4,605  
Total recurring assets at fair value   $     $ 106,102     $ 4,605     $ 110,707  

 

    December 31, 2019  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Assets:                                
U.S. government agencies   $     $ 3,972     $     $ 3,972  
State and municipal obligations           6,507               6,507  
Mortgage-backed securities - agency           32,437             32,437  
Collateralized mortgage obligations - agency           23,654             23,654  
Asset-backed securities           6,815             6,815  
Corporate bonds                 500       500  
Total recurring assets at fair value   $     $ 73,385     $ 500     $ 73,885  

 

There were no financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020, or December 31, 2019.

 

The changes in assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for which we have utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value are presented in the following table for the years indicated (in thousands):

 

    Years ended December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Balance at beginning of period   $ 500     $  
                 
Corporate bond additions     4,000          
Corporate bond fair value adjustments     105       500  
                 
Balance at end of period   $ 4,605     $ 500  

 

Financial Assets Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis

 

The Company uses the following methods and assumptions in estimating the fair value of its financial assets on a nonrecurring basis:

 

  123  

 

Impaired Loans

 

Impaired loans are carried at the lower of recorded investment or fair value. The fair value of collateral dependent impaired loans is estimated using the value of the collateral less selling costs if repayment is expected from liquidation of the collateral. Appraisals may be discounted based on our historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of appraisal or our knowledge of the borrower and the borrower’s business. Impaired loans carried at fair value are classified as Level 3. Impaired loans measured using the present value of expected future cash flows are not deemed to be measured at fair value.

 

REO

 

REO obtained in partial or total satisfaction of a loan is recorded at the lower of recorded investment in the loan or fair value less cost to sell. Subsequent to foreclosure, these assets are carried at the lower of the amount recorded at acquisition date or fair value less cost to sell. Accordingly, it may be necessary to record nonrecurring fair value adjustments. Fair value, when recorded, is generally based upon appraisals by approved, independent, state certified appraisers. Like impaired loans, appraisals may be discounted based on our historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of appraisal or other information available to us. REO carried at fair value is classified as Level 3.

 

Nonfinancial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value are presented below as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

    December 31, 2020  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Collateral dependent impaired loans:                                
One-to four family residential   $     $     $ 40     $ 40  
Commercial real estate                 31       31  
Other construction and land                 126       126  
Commercial                 320       320  
Consumer                 10       10  
Real estate owned:                                
Commercial real estate                 513       513  
Other construction and land                 1,419       1,419  
Total   $     $     $ 2,459     $ 2,459  
                                 
    December 31, 2019  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
Collateral dependent impaired loans:                                
Commercial real estate   $     $     $ 570     $ 570  
Other construction and land                 332       332  
Commercial                 731       731  
Real estate owned:                                
Other construction and land                 1,855       1,855  
Total   $     $     $ 3,488     $ 3,488  

 

There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2020, or December 31, 2019.

 

Impaired loans totaling $1.3 million at December 31, 2020 and $6.4 million at December 31, 2019 were measured using the present value of expected future cash flows. These impaired loans were not deemed to be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

 

The following table provides information describing the unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements at December 31, 2020.

 

    Valuation Technique   Unobservable Input   General Range
Impaired loans   Discounted Appraisals   Collateral discounts and estimated selling costs   0% -  30%
Real estate owned   Discounted Appraisals   Collateral discounts and estimated selling costs   0% -  40%
Corporate bonds   Discounted Cash Flows   Recent similar executed financing transactions   0% -5.5%

 

  124  

 

Fair Value of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

 

The estimated fair value of the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities are summarized as follows at the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

          Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2020  
    Carrying                          
    Amount     Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Assets:                                        
Cash and equivalents   $ 63,025     $ 63,025     $ 63,025     $     $  
Securities available for sale     110,707       110,707             106,102       4,605  
Loans receivable, net     878,545       869,062                   869,062  
Other investments, at cost     6,252       6,252             6,252        
Accrued interest receivable     5,704       5,704             5,704        
BOLI     14,861       14,861             14,861        
                                         
Liabilities:                                        
Demand deposits, money market and savings   $ 662,538     $ 580,030     $     $ 580,030     $  
Time deposits     283,942       284,655             284,655          
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     16,000       16,274             16,274        
Junior subordinated debentures     35,744       34,234             34,234        
Accrued interest payable     336       336             336        

 

          Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2019  
    Carrying                          
    Amount     Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Assets:                                        
Cash and equivalents   $ 42,779     $ 42,779     $ 42,779     $     $  
Securities available for sale     73,885       73,885             73,385       500  
Loans receivable, net     756,389       756,047                   756,047  
Other investments, at cost     9,196       9,196             9,196        
Accrued interest receivable     5,743       5,743             5,743        
BOLI     14,447       14,447             14,447        
                                         
Liabilities:                                        
Demand deposits, money market and savings   $ 435,371     $ 435,371     $     $ 435,371     $  
Time deposits     377,130       379,238                   379,238  
Junior subordinated debentures     18,088       17,997             17,997        
Accrued interest payable     506       506             506        

 

NOTE 23. Leases

Effective January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)”. We lease certain office facilities and office equipment under operating leases. The lease agreements have maturity dates ranging from May 2021 to March 2023, one of which includes options for three remaining five-year extensions. The weighted average remaining life of the lease term for these leases was 8.04 years as of December 31, 2020.

 

The discount rate used in determining the lease liability for each individual lease was the FHLB fixed advance rate which corresponded with the remaining lease term as of January 1, 2019 for leases that existed at adoption. The weighted average discount rate for leases was 2.97% as of December 31, 2020.

 

The total operating lease costs were $0.3 million for both the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. The ROU asset, included in other assets, and lease liabilities, included in other liabilities, were $0.4 million and $0.8 million as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The ROU asset and lease liability are recognized at lease commencement by calculating the present value of lease payments over the lease term.

 

  125  

 

Maturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2020 were as follows (in thousands):

 

    Operating Leases  
2021   $ 225  
2022     14  
2023     44  
2024     14  
2025     14  
Thereafter     170  
Total undiscounted lease payments     481  
Discount effect of cash flows     (59 )
Total lease liability   $ 422  

 

NOTE 24. Related Party Transactions

 

During 2020 and 2019, the Bank had loan and deposit relationships with certain related parties, principally directors and executive officers, their immediate families and their business interests. All of these relationships were in the ordinary course of business at rates and terms substantially consistent with similar transactions with unrelated parties. Extensions of credit to this group (including immediate families and business interests) totaled $16.0 million and $17.0 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. During 2020, new extensions of credit totaling $2.6 million were made to this group while net repayments of $3.6 million were received during the year on credit exposures as of December 31, 2019. Related party deposits totaled $12.0 million and $12.9 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

The Company leases land from a relative of a director, shareholder and executive officer of the Company. Lease expense under this arrangement totaled $14,400 in both the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively and is included in noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

Related parties held $0.6 million of the Company’s subordinated debt.

 

NOTE 25. Subsequent Events

 

Dividends Declared

 

On January 20, 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors approved regular quarterly cash dividends of $0.10 per common share and $0.105 per Series A preferred share payable on February 20,2021 to shareholders of record on February 4, 2021.

 

Stock Repurchases

 

As of March 29, 2021, the Company had repurchased 135,230 common shares totaling $2.4 million during 2021 through its common stock repurchase plan.

 

NOTE 26. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

 

Following is condensed financial information of GrandSouth Bancorporation (parent company only) as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

Condensed Balance Sheets
    December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Assets                
Cash   $ 12,537     $ 2,476  
Equity investment in bank subsidiary     108,716       91,239  
Equity investment in trust     247       247  
Other assets     964       864  
Total assets   $ 122,464     $ 94,826  
                 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity                
Junior subordinated debentures   $ 35,744     $ 18,088  
Other liabilities     195       88  
Shareholders’ equity     86,525       76,650  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 122,464     $ 94,826  

 

  126  

 

Condensed Statements of Income
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Income                
Interest income   $ 7     $ 11  
Dividends from subsidiary           850  
Total income     7       861  
Expenses                
Interest     1,035       1,067  
Other     57       53  
Total expenses     1,092       1,120  
Loss before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiary     (1,085 )     (259 )
Income tax benefit allocated from consolidated income tax return     228       224  
Loss before equity in undistributed income of subsidiary     (857 )     (35 )
Equity in earnings of subsidiary greater than dividends received     9,502       8,099  
Net income   $ 8,645     $ 8,064  

 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
    For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Cash flows from operating activities:                
Net income   $ 8,645     $ 8,064  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities                
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary     (9,502 )     (8,938 )
Share-based compensation expense     711       618  
Increase in other assets     (100 )     (212 )
Decrease in other liabilities     161       54  
Net cash used in operating activities     (85 )     (414 )
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Investment in subsidiary     (6,000 )     (9,118 )
Cash dividend received from subsidiary           850  
Net cash used in investing activities     (6,000 )     (8,268 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Proceeds from issuance of common stock           9,970  
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debt, net of issuance costs     17,602        
Cash received upon exercise of stock options     309       365  
Cash dividends paid on common stock     (1,668 )     (417 )
Cash dividends paid on preferred stock     (97 )     (24 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     16,146       9,894  
                 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents     10,061       1,212  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     2,476       1,264  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $ 12,537     $ 2,476  
                 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:                
Cash paid during the year for:                
Interest on junior subordinated debt   $ 882     $ 1,001  

 

  127  

 

Item 14.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

Item 15.  Financial Statements and Exhibits

 

(a) Financial Statements

 

The financial statements and notes thereto are filed as Item 13 of this registration statement.

 

(b) Exhibits

 

The exhibits required to be filed as part of this registration statement are listed in the Exhibit Index attached hereto and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

  128  

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

  GRANDSOUTH BANCORPORATION
     
Date: March 30, 2021 By: /s/ Mason Y. Garrett
    Mason Y. Garrett
    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

  129  

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

2.1 Plan of Exchange dated June 7, 2000 between GrandSouth Bancorporation and GrandSouth Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB filed on November 14, 2000)
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of GrandSouth Bancorporation dated June 7, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2009)
3.2 Articles of Amendment of GrandSouth Bancorporation dated January 5, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2009)  
3.3 Articles of Amendment of GrandSouth Bancorporation dated January 5, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2009)
3.4 Articles of Amendment of GrandSouth Bancorporation dated December 8, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1(a) of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2009)
3.5 Articles of Amendment of GrandSouth Bancorporation dated December 8, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1(b) of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2009)
3.6 Articles of Amendment of GrandSouth Bancorporation dated February 12, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 12, 2010)
3.7 Articles of Amendment of GrandSouth Bancorporation dated September 6, 2011*
3.8 Amended and Restated Bylaws of GrandSouth Bancorporation dated September 16, 2020*
4.1 Description of GrandSouth Bancorporation’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (included as Item 11 of this registration statement)
4.2 Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB filed on April 2, 2001)
4.3 Securities Purchase Agreement dated February 3, 2016 by and among GrandSouth Bancorporation and the certain purchasers identified therein.*
4.4 Amendment to Securities Purchase Agreement dated November 14, 2018 amending Section 4.3 thereof.*
10.1 Noncompetition, Severance and Employment Agreement dated June 19, 2019 between JB Schwiers and GrandSouth Bancorporation*,**
10.2 Severance and Employment Agreement dated March 21, 2012 between J.B. Garrett and GrandSouth Bancorporation*,**
10.3 GrandSouth Bancorporation 2019 Stock Option Plan*,**
10.4 Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2019 Stock Option Plan*,**
10.5 GrandSouth Bancorporation 2009 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on May 18, 2009)**
10.6 Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2009 Stock Option Plan*,**
21.1 Subsidiaries of GrandSouth Bancorporation*

 

*    Filed herewith.

**  Indicates management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.

130

 

 

STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA

SECRETARY OF STATE

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

TYPE OR PRINT CLEARLY IN BLACK INK

Pursuant Section 33-10-106 of the 1976 South Carolina Code of Laws, as amended, the undersigned corporation adopts the following Articles of Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation:

1. The name of the corporation is GrandSouth Bancorporation
2. Date of Incorporation June 7, 2000

3. Agent’s Name and Address Ronald K. Earnest, 381 Halton Rd, Greenville, SC 29606

4. On September 2, 2011, the corporation adopted the following Amendment (s) of its Articles of Incorporation:
  (Type or attach the complete text of each Amendment)

See Annex F attached hereto.

5. The manner, if not set forth in the Amendment, in which any exchange, reclassification, or cancellation of issued shares provided for in the Amendment shall be effected, is as follows: (if not applicable, insert “not applicable” or “NA”).

 

N/A

 

6. Complete either “a” or “b”, whichever is applicable.

 

  a. x Amendment(s) adopted by shareholder action.
      At the date of adoption of the Amendment, the number of outstanding shares of each voting group entitled to vote separately on the Amendment, and the vote of such shares was:

 

Voting
Group
Number of
Outstanding
Shares

Number of
Votes Entitled

to be Cast

Number of Votes
Represented at
the meeting
Number of Undisputed*
Shares
For or Against

 

  GrandSouth Bancorporation
  Name of Corporation

 
 

  *NOTE: Pursuant to Section 33-10-106(6)(i) of the 1976 South Carolina Code of Laws, as amended, the corporation can alternatively state the total number of disputed shares cast for the amendment by each voting group together with a statement that the number of cast for the amendment by each voting group was sufficient for approval by that voting group.

 

  b. þ The Amendment(s) was duly adopted by the incorporators or board of directors without shareholder approval pursuant to Section 33-6-102(d), 33-10-102 and 33-10-105 of the 1976 South Carolina Code of Laws, as amended, and shareholder action was not required.

 

7. Unless a delayed dated is specified, the effective date of these Articles of Amendment shall be the date of acceptance for filing by the Secretary of State (See Section 33-1-230(b) of 1976 South Carolina Code of Laws, as amended) _______________________________

Date            September 6, 2011                GrandSouth Bancorporation
    Name of Corporation
     
    (SIGNATURE)
    Signature
     
    Ronald K. Earnest, President
    Type or Print Name and Office
     

FILING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Two copies of this form, the original and either a duplicate original or a conformed copy, must by filed.
2. If the space in this form is insufficient, please attach additional sheets containing a reference to the appropriate paragraph in this form.
3. Filing fees and taxes payable to the Secretary of State at time of filing application.

 

    Filing Fee $10.00
    Filing tax $100.00
    Total $110.00

 

  Return to: Secretary of State
    1205 Pendleton Street, Suite 525
    Columbia, SC 29201
 
 

ANNEX F

 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION

OF

SENIOR NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES T-3

OF

GRANDSOUTH BANCORPORATION

GrandSouth Bancorporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of South Carolina (the “Issuer”), in accordance with the provisions of Sections 33-6-102 and 33-6-106 of the South Carolina Business Corporation Act of 1988, as amended, does hereby certify:

 

The board of directors of the Issuer (the “Board of Directors”) or an applicable committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Issuer and applicable law, adopted the following resolution on September 2, 2011 creating a series of 15,422 shares of Preferred Stock of the Issuer designated as “Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series T-3”.

 

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the provisions of the articles of incorporation and the bylaws of the Issuer and applicable law, a series of Preferred Stock, no par value per share, of the Issuer be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series, are as follows:

 

Part 1. Designation and Number of Shares. There is hereby created out of the authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock of the Issuer a series of preferred stock designated as the “Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series T-3” (the “Designated Preferred Stock”). The authorized number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be 15,422.

 

Part 2. Standard Provisions. The Standard Provisions contained in Schedule A attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety and shall be deemed to be a part of this Certificate of Designation to the same extent as if such provisions had been set forth in full herein.

 

Part 3. Definitions. The following terms are used in this Certificate of Designation (including the Standard Provisions in Schedule A hereto) as defined below:

 

(a)       “Common Stock” means the common stock, no par value per share, of the Issuer.

 

(b)       “Definitive Agreement” means that certain Securities Purchase Agreement by and between Issuer and Treasury, dated as of the Signing Date.

 

(c)       “Junior Stock” means the Common Stock, the Series A Preferred Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Issuer the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks Junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend and redemption rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer.

 
 

(d)       “Liquidation Amount” means $1,000 per share of Designated Preferred Stock.

 

(e)      “Minimum Amount” means (i) the amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of Designated Preferred Stock issued on the Original Issue Date or (ii) all of the outstanding Designated Preferred Stock, if the aggregate liquidation preference of the outstanding Designated Preferred Stock is less than the amount set forth in the preceding clause (i).

 

(f)       “Parity Stock” means any class or series of stock of the Issuer (other than Designated Preferred Stock) the terms of which do not expressly provide that such class or series will rank senior or junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer (in each case without regard to whether dividends accrue cumulatively or non-cumulatively). Without limiting the foregoing, Parity Stock shall include the Issuer’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series T, Series T-2, and Series W.

 

(g)       “Signing Date” means September 8, 2011.

 

(h)       “Treasury” means the United States Department of the Treasury and any successor in interest thereto.

 

Part 4. Certain Voting Matters. Holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock will be entitled to one vote for each such share on any matter on which holders of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, including any action by written consent.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

-2-
 

Schedule A

STANDARD PROVISIONS

Section 1. General Matters. Each share of Designated Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Designated Preferred Stock. The Designated Preferred Stock shall be perpetual, subject to the provisions of Section 5 of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designation. The Designated Preferred Stock shall rank equally with Parity Stock and shall rank senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Issuer, as set forth below.

 

Section 2. Standard Definitions. As used herein with respect to Designated Preferred Stock:

 

(a)       “Acquiror,” in any Holding Company Transaction, means the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent in the case of a merger or consolidation or the transferee in the case of a sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of related transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Issuer and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(b)       “Affiliate” means, with respect to any person, any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such other person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) when used with respect to any person, means the possession, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of the power to cause the direction of management and/or policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities by contract or otherwise.

 

(c)       “Applicable Dividend Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

 

(d)       “Appropriate Federal Banking Agency” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Issuer as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)), or any successor provision.

 

(e)       “Bank Holding Company” means a company registered as such with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System pursuant to 12 U.S.C. §1842 and the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System thereunder.

 

(f)        “Baseline” means the “Initial Small Business Lending Baseline” set forth on the Initial Supplemental Report (as defined in the Definitive Agreement), subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3(a).

 

(g)       “Business Combination” means a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar transaction that requires the approval of the Issuer’s stockholders.

A-1
 

(h)       “Business Day” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York or the District of Columbia generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental actions to close.

 

(i)        “Bylaws” means the bylaws of the Issuer, as they may be amended from time to time.

 

(j)        “Call Report” has the meaning set forth in the Definitive Agreement.

 

(k)       “Certificate of Designation” means the Certificate of Designation or comparable instrument relating to the Designated Preferred Stock, of which these Standard Provisions form a part, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

(1)       “Charge-Offs” means the net amount of loans charged off by the Issuer or, if the Issuer is a Bank Holding Company or a Savings and Loan Holding Company, by the IDI Subsidiary(ies) during quarters that begin on or after the Signing Date, determined as follows:

 

(i)        if the Issuer or the applicable IDI Subsidiary is a bank, by subtracting (A) the aggregate dollar amount of recoveries reflected on line RIAD4605 of its Call Reports for such quarters from (B) the aggregate dollar amount of charge-offs reflected on line RIAD4635 of its Call Reports for such quarters (without duplication as a result of such dollar amounts being reported on a year-to-date basis); or

(ii)       if the Issuer or the applicable IDI Subsidiary is a thrift, by subtracting (A) the sum of the aggregate dollar amount of recoveries reflected on line VA140 of its Call Reports for such quarters and the aggregate dollar amount of adjustments reflected on line VA150 of its Call Reports for such quarters from (B) the aggregate dollar amount of charge-offs reflected on line VA160 of its Call Reports for such quarters.

(m)      “Charter” means the Issuer’s certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association, or similar organizational document.

 

(n)       “CPP Lending Incentive Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(e).

 

(o)       “Current Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(i)(2).

 

(p)       “Dividend Payment Date” means January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1 of each year.

 

(q)       “Dividend Period” means the period from and including any Dividend Payment Date to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date; provided, however, the initial Dividend Period shall be the period from and including the Original Issue Date to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date (the “Initial Dividend Period”).

 

(r)        “Dividend Record Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b).

A-2
 

(s)       “Dividend Reference Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(i)(2).

 

(t)        “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

(u)       “Holding Company Preferred Stock” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(v).

 

(v)       “Holding Company Transaction” means the occurrence of (a) any transaction (including, without limitation, any acquisition, merger or consolidation) the result of which is that a “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (i) becomes the direct or indirect ultimate “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under that Act, of common equity of the Issuer representing more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Common Stock or (ii) is otherwise required to consolidate the Issuer for purposes of generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or (b) any consolidation or merger of the Issuer or similar transaction or any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of related transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Issuer and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than one of the Issuer’s subsidiaries; provided that, in the case of either clause (a) or (b), the Issuer or the Acquiror is or becomes a Bank Holding Company or Savings and Loan Holding Company.

 

(w)      “IDI Subsidiary” means any Issuer Subsidiary that is an insured depository institution.

 

(x)        “Increase in QSBL” means:

 

(i)         with respect to the first (1st) Dividend Period, the difference obtained by subtracting (A) the Baseline from (B) QSBL set forth in the Initial Supplemental Report (as defined in the Definitive Agreement); and

 

(ii)        with respect to each subsequent Dividend Period, the difference obtained by subtracting (A) the Baseline from (B) QSBL for the Dividend Reference Period for the Current Period.

 

(y)       “Initial Dividend Period” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dividend Period”.

 

(z)        “Issuer Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Issuer.

 

(aa)      “Liquidation Preference” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

 

(bb)     “Non-Qualifying Portion Percentage” means, with respect to any particular Dividend Period, the percentage obtained by subtracting the Qualifying Portion Percentage from one (1).

A-3
 

(cc)      “Original Issue Date” means the date on which shares of Designated Preferred Stock are first issued.

 

(dd)     “Percentage Change in QSBL” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(ii).

 

(ee)     “Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company or trust.

 

(ff)      “Preferred Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(c).

 

(gg)    “Preferred Stock” means any and all series of preferred stock of the Issuer, including the Designated Preferred Stock.

 

(hh)     “Previously Acquired Preferred Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Definitive Agreement.

 

(ii)       “Private Capital” means, if the Issuer is Matching Private Investment Supported (as defined in the Definitive Agreement), the equity capital received by the Issuer or the applicable Affiliate of the Issuer from one or more non-governmental investors in accordance with Section 1.3(m) of the Definitive Agreement.

 

(jj)       “Publicly-traded” means a company that (i) has a class of securities that is traded on a national securities exchange and (ii) is required to file periodic reports with either the Securities and Exchange Commission or its primary federal bank regulator.

 

(kk)      “Qualified Small Business Lending” or “QSBL” means, with respect to any particular Dividend Period, the “Quarter-End Adjusted Qualified Small Business Lending” for such Dividend Period set forth in the applicable Supplemental Report.

 

(ll)       “Qualifying Portion Percentage” means, with respect to any particular Dividend Period, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Increase in QSBL for such Dividend Period by (ii) the aggregate Liquidation Amount of then-outstanding Designated Preferred Stock.

 

(mm)   “Savings and Loan Holding Company” means a company registered as such with the Office of Thrift Supervision pursuant to 12 U.S.C. §1467a(b) and the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision promulgated thereunder.

 

(nn)    “Share Dilution Amount” means the increase in the number of diluted shares outstanding (determined in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, and as measured from the date of the Issuer’s most recent consolidated financial statements prior to the Signing Date) resulting from the grant, vesting or exercise of equity-based compensation to employees and equitably adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar transaction.

 

(oo)     “Signing Date Tier 1 Capital Amount” means $29,620,000.

A-4
 

(pp)     “Standard Provisions” mean these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designation relating to the Designated Preferred Stock.

 

(qq)     “Supplemental Report” means a Supplemental Report delivered by the Issuer to Treasury pursuant to the Definitive Agreement.

 

(rr)       “Tier 1 Dividend Threshold” means, as of any particular date, the result of the following formula:

 

( ( A + B - C ) * 0.9 ) - D

where:

 

A = Signing Date Tier 1 Capital Amount;
B = the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Designated Preferred Stock issued to Treasury;
C = the aggregate amount of Charge-Offs since the Signing Date; and
D = (i) beginning on the first day of the eleventh (11th) Dividend Period, the amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Designated Preferred Stock issued to Treasury as of the Effective Date (without regard to any redemptions of Designated Preferred Stock that may have occurred thereafter) for every one percent (1%) of positive Percentage Change in Qualified Small Business Lending between the ninth (9th) Dividend Period and the Baseline; and
     
    (ii) zero (0) at all other times.

(ss)     “Voting Parity Stock” means, with regard to any matter as to which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as specified in Section 7(d) of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designation, any and all series of Parity Stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable with respect to such matter.

 

Section 3. Dividends.

 

(a) Rate.

 

(i) The “Applicable Dividend Rate” shall be determined as follows:

 

(1) With respect to the Initial Dividend Period, the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be 3.3756971 percent (3.3756971%).
A-5
 
(2) With respect to each of the second (2nd) through the tenth (10th) Dividend Periods, inclusive (in each case, the “Current Period”), the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be:

 

(A)             (x) the applicable rate set forth in column “A” of the table in Section 3(a)(iii), based on the Percentage Change in QSBL between the Dividend Period that was two Dividend Periods prior to the Current Period (the “Dividend Reference Period”) and the Baseline, multiplied by (y) the Qualifying Portion Percentage; plus

 

(B)              (x) five percent (5%) multiplied by (y) the Non- Qualifying Portion Percentage.

In each such case, the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be determined at the time the Issuer delivers a complete and accurate Supplemental Report to Treasury with respect to the Dividend Reference Period.

(3) With respect to the eleventh (11th) through the eighteenth (18th) Dividend Periods, inclusive, and that portion of the nineteenth (19th) Dividend Period prior to, but not including, the four and one half (4½) year anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be:

 

(A)             (x) the applicable rate set forth in column “B” of the table in Section 3(a)(iii), based on the Percentage Change in QSBL between the ninth (9th) Dividend Period and the Baseline, multiplied by (y) the Qualifying Portion Percentage, calculated as of the last day of the ninth (9th) Dividend Period; plus

 

(B)              (x) five percent (5%) multiplied by (y) the Non- Qualifying Portion Percentage, calculated as of the last day of the ninth (9th) Dividend Period.

 

In such case, the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be determined at the time the Issuer delivers a complete and accurate Supplemental Report to Treasury with respect to the ninth (9th) Dividend Period.

(4) With respect to (A) that portion of the nineteenth (19th) Dividend Period beginning on the four and one half (4½) year anniversary of the Original Issue Date and (B) all Dividend Periods thereafter, the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be nine percent (9%).

A-6
 
(5) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Issuer fails to submit a Supplemental Report that is due during any of the second (2nd) through tenth (10th) Dividend Periods on or before the sixtieth (60th) day of such Dividend Period, the Issuer’s QSBL for the Dividend Period that would have been covered by such Supplemental Report shall be zero (0) for purposes hereof.

 

(6) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, but subject to Section 3(a)(i)(5) above, if the Issuer fails to submit the Supplemental Report that is due during the tenth (10th) Dividend Period, the Issuer’s QSBL shall be zero (0) for purposes of calculating the Applicable Dividend Rate pursuant to Section 3(a)(i)(3) and (4). The Applicable Dividend Rate shall be re-determined effective as of the first day of the calendar quarter following the date such failure is remedied, provided it is remedied prior to the four and one half (4½) anniversary of the Original Issue Date.

 

(7) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Issuer fails to submit any of the certificates required by Sections 3.l(d)(ii) or 3.l(d)(iii) of the Definitive Agreement when and as required thereby, the Issuer’s QSBL shall be zero (0) for purposes of calculating the Applicable Dividend Rate pursuant to Section 3(a)(i)(2) or (3) above until such failure is remedied.
     

(ii)       The “Percentage Change in Qualified Lending” between any given Dividend Period and the Baseline shall be the result of the following formula, expressed as a percentage:

     

 (  

( QSBL for the Dividend Period – Baseline )    )      X 100
Baseline

(iii)      The following table shall be used for determining the Applicable Dividend Rate:

 

 

 

If the Percentage Change in Qualified Lending is:

The Applicable Dividend Rate shall be:

Column “A”
(each of the
2nd-10th
Dividend Periods)

Column “B”
(11th - 18th, and
the first part of the
19th, Dividend
Periods)

0% or less 5% 7%
More than 0%, but less than 2.5% 5% 5%
2.5% or more, but less than 5% 4% 4%
5% or more, but less than 7.5% 3% 3%
7.5% or more, but less than 10% 2% 2%
10% or more 1% 1%
A-7
 

(iv)             If the Issuer consummates a Business Combination, a purchase of loans or a purchase of participations in loans and the Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding thereafter, then the Baseline shall thereafter be the “Quarter-End Adjusted Small Business Lending Baseline” set forth on the Quarterly Supplemental Report (as defined in the Definitive Agreement).

 

(b)       Payment. Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on each share of Designated Preferred Stock if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, but only out of assets legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends with respect to:

 

(i)                 each Dividend Period (other than the Initial Dividend Period) at a rate equal to one-fourth (¼) of the Applicable Dividend Rate with respect to each Dividend Period on the Liquidation Amount per share of Designated Preferred Stock, and no more, payable quarterly in arrears on each Dividend Payment Date; and

 

(ii)                the Initial Dividend Period, on the first such Dividend Payment Date to occur at least twenty (20) calendar days after the Original Issue Date, an amount equal to (A) the Applicable Dividend Rate with respect to the Initial Dividend Period multiplied by (B) the number of days from the Original Issue Date to the last day of the Initial Dividend Period (inclusive) divided by 360.

 

In the event that any Dividend Payment Date would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the dividend payment due on that date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day and no additional dividends will accrue as a result of that postponement. For avoidance of doubt, “payable quarterly in arrears” means that, with respect to any particular Dividend Period, dividends begin accruing on the first day of such Dividend Period and are payable on the first day of the next Dividend Period.

 

The amount of dividends payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any date prior to the end of a Dividend Period, and for the initial Dividend Period, shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of four 90-day quarters, and actual days elapsed over a 90-day quarter.

 

Dividends that are payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date will be payable to holders of record of Designated Preferred Stock as they appear on the stock register of the Issuer on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15th calendar day immediately preceding such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a “Dividend Record Date”). Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.

 

Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, securities or other property, other than dividends (if any) declared and payable on Designated Preferred Stock as specified in this Section 3 (subject to the other provisions of the Certificate of Designation).

A-8
 

(c)       Non-Cumulative. Dividends on shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be non-cumulative. If the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors does not declare a dividend on the Designated Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period:

 

(i)        the holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall have no right to receive any dividend for such Dividend Period, and the Issuer shall have no obligation to pay a dividend for such Dividend Period, whether or not dividends are declared for any subsequent Dividend Period with respect to the Designated Preferred Stock; and

 

(ii)       the Issuer shall, within five (5) calendar days, deliver to the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock a written notice executed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer stating the Board of Directors’ rationale for not declaring dividends.

 

(d)       Priority of Dividends; Restrictions on Dividends.

 

(i)                 Subject to Sections 3(d)(ii), (iii) and (v) and any restrictions imposed by the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency or, if applicable, the Issuer’s state bank supervisor (as defined in Section 3(r) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. § 1813(q)), so long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, the Issuer may declare and pay dividends on the Common Stock, any other shares of Junior Stock, or Parity Stock, in each case only if (A) after giving effect to such dividend the Issuer’s Tier 1 capital would be at least equal to the Tier 1 Dividend Threshold, and (B) full dividends on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock for the most recently completed Dividend Period have been or are contemporaneously declared and paid.

 

(ii)               If a dividend is not declared and paid in full on the Designated Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period, then from the last day of such Dividend Period until the last day of the third (3rd) Dividend Period immediately following it, no dividend or distribution shall be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock (other than dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock) or Parity Stock; provided, however, that in any such Dividend Period in which a dividend is declared and paid on the Designated Preferred Stock, dividends may be paid on Parity Stock to the extent necessary to avoid any material breach of a covenant by which the Issuer is bound.

 

(iii)              When dividends have not been declared and paid in full for an aggregate of four (4) Dividend Periods or more, and during such time the Issuer was not subject to a regulatory determination that prohibits the declaration and payment of dividends, the Issuer shall, within five (5) calendar days of each missed payment, deliver to the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock a certificate executed by at least a majority of the Board of Directors stating that the Board of Directors used its best efforts to declare and pay such dividends in a manner consistent with (A) safe and sound banking practices and (B) the directors’ fiduciary obligations.

A-9
 

(iv)             Subject to the foregoing and Section 3(e) below and not otherwise, such dividends (payable in cash, securities or other property) as may be determined by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors may be declared and paid on any securities, including Common Stock and other Junior Stock, from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividends.

 

(v)               If the Issuer is not Publicly-Traded, then after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Signing Date, so long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, no dividend or distribution shall be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock (other than dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock) or Parity Stock.

 

(e)            Special Lending Incentive Fee Related to CPP. If Treasury held Previously Acquired Preferred Shares immediately prior to the Original Issue Date and the Issuer did not apply to Treasury to redeem such Previously Acquired Preferred Shares prior to December 16, 2010, and if the Issuer’s Supplemental Report with respect to the ninth (9th) Dividend Period reflects an amount of Qualified Small Business Lending that is less than or equal to the Baseline (or if the Issuer fails to timely file a Supplemental Report with respect to the ninth (9th) Dividend Period), then beginning on April 1, 2014 and on all Dividend Payment Dates thereafter ending on April 1, 2016 the Issuer shall pay to the Holders of Designated Preferred Stock, on each share of Designated Preferred Stock, but only out of assets legally available therefor, a fee equal to 0.5% of the Liquidation Amount per share of Designated Preferred Stock (“CPP Lending Incentive Fee”). All references in Section 3(d) to “dividends” on the Designated Preferred Stock shall be deemed to include the CPP Lending Incentive Fee.

 

Section 4. Liquidation Rights.

 

(a)         Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Issuer, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive for each share of Designated Preferred Stock, out of the assets of the Issuer or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) available for distribution to stockholders of the Issuer, subject to the rights of any creditors of the Issuer, before any distribution of such assets or proceeds is made to or set aside for the holders of Common Stock and any other stock of the Issuer ranking junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, payment in full in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) the amount of any accrued and unpaid dividends on each such share (such amounts collectively, the “Liquidation Preference”).

 

(b)         Partial Payment. If in any distribution described in Section 4(a) above the assets of the Issuer or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay in full the amounts payable with respect to all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Issuer ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the holders of such other Stock shall share ratably in any such distribution in proportion to the full respective distributions to which they are entitled.

A-10
 

(c)         Residual Distributions. If the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Issuer ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution has been paid in full, the holders of other stock of the Issuer shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Issuer (or proceeds thereof) according to their respective rights and preferences.

 

(d)         Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Is Not Liquidation. For purposes of this Section 4, the merger or consolidation of the Issuer with any other corporation or other entity, including a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock receive cash, securities or other property for their shares, or the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, shall not constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer.

 

Section 5. Redemption.

 

(a) Optional Redemption.

 

(i)            Subject to the other provisions of this Section 5:

 

(1) The Issuer, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may redeem, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding; and

 

(2) If, after the Signing Date, there is a change in law that modifies the terms of Treasury’s investment in the Designated Preferred Stock or the terms of Treasury’s Small Business Lending Fund program in a materially adverse respect for the Issuer, the Issuer may, after consultation with the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, redeem all of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding.

 

(ii)            The per-share redemption price for shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be equal to the sum of:

 

(1) the Liquidation Amount per share,

 

(2) the per-share amount of any unpaid dividends for the then current Dividend Period at the Applicable Dividend Rate to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption (regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared for that Dividend Period); and
A-11
 

(3) the pro rata amount of CPP Lending Incentive Fees for the current Dividend Period.

 

The redemption price for any shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be payable on the redemption date to the holder of such shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Issuer or its agent. Any declared but unpaid dividends for the then current Dividend Period payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to the Dividend Record Date for a Dividend Period shall not be paid to the holder entitled to receive the redemption price on the redemption date, but rather shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed shares on such Dividend Record Date relating to the Dividend Payment Date as provided in Section 3 above.

 

(b)        No Sinking Fund. The Designated Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Designated Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption or repurchase of any shares of Designated Preferred Stock.

 

(c)        Notice of Redemption. Notice of every redemption of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Issuer. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Any notice mailed as provided in this Subsection shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Designated Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Designated Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any other similar facility, notice of redemption may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility. Each notice of redemption given to a holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (3) the redemption price; and (4) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.

 

(d)        Partial Redemption. In case of any redemption of part of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata or in such other manner as the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof may determine to be fair and equitable, but in any event the shares to be redeemed shall not be less than the Minimum Amount. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency. If fewer than all the shares represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without charge to the holder thereof.

A-12
 

(e)         Effectiveness of Redemption. If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been deposited by the Issuer, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, with a bank or trust company doing business in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and having a capital and surplus of at least $500 million and selected by the Board of Directors, so as to be and continue to be available solely therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from such bank or trust company, without interest. Any funds unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released to the Issuer, after which time the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Issuer for payment of the redemption price of such shares.

 

(f)          Status of Redeemed Shares. Shares of Designated Preferred Stock that are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by the Issuer shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock (provided that any such cancelled shares of Designated Preferred Stock may be reissued only as shares of any series of Preferred Stock other than Designated Preferred Stock).

 

Section 6. Conversion. Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shares shall have no right to exchange or convert such shares into any other securities.

 

Section 7. Voting Rights.

 

(a)         General. The holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from time to time required by law.

(b)        Board Observation Rights. Whenever, at any time or times, dividends on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock have not been declared and paid in full within five (5) Business Days after each Dividend Payment Date for an aggregate of five (5) Dividend Periods or more, whether or not consecutive, the Issuer shall invite a representative selected by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors in connection with such meetings; provided, that the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock shall not be obligated to select such a representative, nor shall such representative, if selected, be obligated to attend any meeting to which he/she is invited. The rights of the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock set forth in this Section 7(b) shall terminate when full dividends have been timely paid on the Designated Preferred Stock for at least four consecutive Dividend Periods, subject to revesting in the event of each and every subsequent default of the character above mentioned.

A-13
 

(c)        Preferred Stock Directors. Whenever, at any time or times, (i) dividends on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock have not been declared and paid in full within five (5) Business Days after each Dividend Payment Date for an aggregate of six (6) Dividend Periods or more, whether or not consecutive, and (ii) the aggregate liquidation preference of the then-outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock is greater than or equal to $25,000,000, the authorized number of directors of the Issuer shall automatically be increased by two and the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, shall have the right, but not the obligation, to elect two directors (hereinafter the “Preferred Directors” and each a “Preferred Director”) to fill such newly created directorships at the Issuer’s next annual meeting of stockholders (or, if the next annual meeting is not yet scheduled or is scheduled to occur more than thirty days later, the President of the Company shall promptly call a special meeting for that purpose) and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders until full dividends have been timely paid on the Designated Preferred Stock for at least four consecutive Dividend Periods, at which time such right shall terminate with respect to the Designated Preferred Stock, except as herein or by law expressly provided, subject to revesting in the event of each and every subsequent default of the character above mentioned; provided that it shall be a qualification for election for any Preferred Director that the election of such Preferred Director shall not cause the Issuer to violate any corporate governance requirements of any securities exchange or other trading facility on which securities of the Issuer may then be listed or traded that listed or traded companies must have a majority of independent directors. Upon any termination of the right of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock to vote for directors as provided above, the Preferred Directors shall cease to be qualified as directors, the term of office of all Preferred Directors then in office shall terminate immediately and the authorized number of directors shall be reduced by the number of Preferred Directors elected pursuant hereto. Any Preferred Director may be removed at any time, with or without cause, and any vacancy created thereby may be filled, only by the affirmative vote of the holders a majority of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding voting separately as a class. If the office of any Preferred Director becomes vacant for any reason other than removal from office as aforesaid, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, may choose a successor who shall hold office for the unexpired term in respect of which such vacancy occurred.

 

(d)        Class Voting Rights as to Particular Matters. So long as any shares of Designated Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of stockholders required by law or by the Charter, the written consent of (x) Treasury if Treasury holds any shares of Designated Preferred Stock, or (y) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, if Treasury does not hold any shares of Designated Preferred Stock, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:

 

(i)         Authorization of Senior Stock. Any amendment or alteration of the Certificate of Designation for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter to authorize or create or increase the authorized amount of, or any issuance of, any shares of, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of, any class or series of capital stock of the Issuer ranking senior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to either or both the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer;

A-14
 

(ii)         Amendment of Designated Preferred Stock. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Designation for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter (including, unless no vote on such merger or consolidation is required by Section 7(d)(iii) below, any amendment, alteration or repeal by means of a merger, consolidation or otherwise) so as to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Designated Preferred Stock;

 

(iii)             Share Exchanges, Reclassifications, Mergers and Consolidations. Subject to Section 7(d)(v) below, any consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Designated Preferred Stock, or of a merger or consolidation of the Issuer with another corporation or other entity, unless in each case (x) the shares of Designated Preferred Stock remain outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Issuer is not the surviving or resulting entity, are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (y) such shares remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof that are the same as the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of Designated Preferred Stock immediately prior to such consummation, taken as a whole; provided, that in all cases, the obligations of the Issuer are assumed (by operation of law or by express written assumption) by the resulting entity or its ultimate parent;

 

(iv)              Certain Asset Sales. Any sale of all, substantially all, or any material portion of, the assets of the Company, if the Designated Preferred Stock will not be redeemed in full contemporaneously with the consummation of such sale; and

 

(v)                Holding Company Transactions. Any consummation of a Holding Company Transaction, unless as a result of the Holding Company Transaction each share of Designated Preferred Stock shall be converted into or exchanged for one share with an equal liquidation preference of preference securities of the Issuer or the Acquiror (the “Holding Company Preferred Stock”). Any such Holding Company Preferred Stock shall entitle holders thereof to dividends from the date of issuance of such Holding Company Preferred Stock on terms that are equivalent to the terms set forth herein, and shall have such other rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof that are the same as the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of Designated Preferred Stock immediately prior to such conversion or exchange, taken as a whole;

 

provided, however, that for all purposes of this Section 7(d), any increase in the amount of the authorized Preferred Stock, including any increase in the authorized amount of Designated Preferred Stock necessary to satisfy preemptive or similar rights granted by the Issuer to other persons prior to the Signing Date, or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, whether pursuant to preemptive or similar rights or otherwise, of any other series of Preferred Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any other series of Preferred Stock, ranking equally with and/or junior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer will not be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers, and shall not require the affirmative vote or consent of, the holders of outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock.

A-15
 

(e)        Changes after Provision for Redemption. No vote or consent of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be required pursuant to Section 7(d) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been deposited in trust for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 5 above.

 

(f)         Procedures for Voting and Consents. The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may adopt from time to time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of the Charter, the Bylaws, and applicable law and the rules of any national securities exchange or other trading facility on which Designated Preferred Stock is listed or traded at the time.

 

Section 8. Restriction on Redemptions and Repurchases.

 

(a)        Subject to Sections 8(b) and (c), so long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, the Issuer may repurchase or redeem any shares of Capital Stock (as defined below), in each case only if (i) after giving effect to such dividend, repurchase or redemption, the Issuer’s Tier 1 capital would be at least equal to the Tier 1 Dividend Threshold and (ii) dividends on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock for the most recently completed Dividend Period have been or are contemporaneously declared and paid (or have been declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside for the benefit of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock on the applicable record date).

 

(b)        If a dividend is not declared and paid on the Designated Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period, then from the last day of such Dividend Period until the last day of the third (3rd) Dividend Period immediately following it, neither the Issuer nor any Issuer Subsidiary shall, redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of Common Stock, Junior Stock, Parity Stock or other capital stock or other equity securities of any kind of the Issuer or any Issuer Subsidiary, or any trust preferred securities issued by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer (“Capital Stock”), (other than (i) redemptions, purchases, repurchases or other acquisitions of the Designated Preferred Stock and (ii) repurchases of Junior Stock or Common Stock in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business (including purchases to offset any Share Dilution Amount pursuant to a publicly announced repurchase plan) and consistent with past practice; provided that any purchases to offset the Share Dilution Amount shall in no event exceed the Share Dilution Amount, (iii) the acquisition by the Issuer or any of the Issuer Subsidiaries of record ownership in Junior Stock or Parity Stock for the beneficial ownership of any other persons (other than the Issuer or any other Issuer Subsidiary), including as trustees or custodians, (iv) the exchange or conversion of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock or of Parity Stock or trust preferred securities for or into other Parity Stock (with the same or lesser aggregate liquidation amount) or Junior Stock, in each case set forth in this clause (iv), solely to the extent required pursuant to binding contractual agreements entered into prior to the Signing Date or any subsequent agreement for the accelerated exercise, settlement or exchange thereof for Common Stock, (v) redemptions of securities held by the Issuer or any wholly-owned Issuer Subsidiary or (vi) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of capital stock or other equity securities of any kind of any Issuer Subsidiary required pursuant to binding contractual agreements entered into prior to (x) if Treasury held Previously Acquired Preferred Shares immediately prior to the Original Issue Date, the original issue date of such Previously Acquired Preferred Shares, or (y) otherwise, the Signing Date).

A-16
 

(c)        If the Issuer is not Publicly-Traded, then after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Signing Date, so long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, no Common Stock, Junior Stock or Parity Stock shall be, directly or indirectly, purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries.

 

Section 9. No Preemptive Rights. No share of Designated Preferred Stock shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Issuer, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.

Section 10. References to Line Items of Supplemental Reports. If Treasury modifies the form of Supplemental Report, pursuant to its rights under the Definitive Agreement, and any such modification includes a change to the caption or number of any line item on the Supplemental Report, then any reference herein to such line item shall thereafter be a reference to such re-captioned or re-numbered line item.

 

Section 11. Record Holders. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Issuer and the transfer agent for Designated Preferred Stock may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Designated Preferred Stock as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

Section 12. Notices. All notices or communications in respect of Designated Preferred Stock shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designation, in the Charter or Bylaws or by applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any similar facility, such notices may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock in any manner permitted by such facility.

 

Section 13. Replacement Certificates. The Issuer shall replace any mutilated certificate at the holder’s expense upon surrender of that certificate to the Issuer. The Issuer shall replace certificates that become destroyed, stolen or lost at the holder’s expense upon delivery to the Issuer of reasonably satisfactory evidence that the certificate has been destroyed, stolen or lost, together with any indemnity that may be reasonably required by the Issuer.

A-17
 

Section 14. Other Rights. The shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Charter or as provided by applicable law.

A-18

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

GRANDSOUTH BANCORPORATION

(Adopted September 16, 2020)

 
 

GRANDSOUTH BANCORPORATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I: OFFICES 1
Section 1: Registered Office and Agent 1
Section 2: Other Offices 1
ARTICLE 2: SHAREHOLDERS 1
Section 1: Place of Meetings 1
Section 2: Annual Meetings 1
Section 3: Special Meetings 1
Section 4: Notice 2
Section 5: Quorum 2
Section 6: Majority Vote; Withdrawal of Quorum 2
Section 7: Method of Voting 3
Section 8: Record Date 3
Section 9: Shareholder Proposals 3
ARTICLE 3: DIRECTORS 4
Section 1: Management 4
Section 2: Number, Classification and Terms of Office of Directors 4
Section 3: Qualifications of Directors 4
Section 4: Election of Directors 5
Section 5: Nomination of Directors 5
Section 6: Retirement of Directors 5
Section 7: Emeritus Directors 6
Section 8: Vacancies 6
Section 9: Removal of Directors 6
Section 10: Place of Meetings 6
Section 11: First Meeting 6
Section 12: Regular Meetings 6
Section 13: Special Meetings 7
Section 14: Telephone and Similar Meetings 7
Section 15: Quorum; Majority Vote 7
Section 16: Compensation 7
Section 17: Procedure 7
Section 18: Action Without Meeting 7
ARTICLE 4: BOARD COMMITTEES 8
Section 1: Designation 8
Section 2: Meetings 8
Section 3: Quorum; Majority Vote 8
Section 4: Procedure 8
Section 5: Action Without Meeting 8
Section 6: Telephone and Similar Meetings 8
ARTICLE 5: OFFICERS 8
Section 1: Officers 8

i
 

Section 2: Term 9
Section 3: Vacancies 9
Section 4: Compensation 9
Section 5: Removal 9
Section 6: Chairman of the Board 9
Section 7: Chief Executive Officer 9
Section 8: President 9
Section 9: Vice Presidents 9
Section 10: Secretary 10
Section 11: Assistant Secretary 10
Section 12: Treasurer 10
ARTICLE 6: INDEMNIFICATION 11
Section 1: Indemnification of Directors 11
Section 2: Advancement of Expenses 11
Section 3: Indemnification of Officers, Employees and Agents 12
Section 4: Insurance 12
Section 5: Nonexclusivity of Rights; Agreements 12
Section 6: Continuing Benefits; Successors 13
Section 7: Interpretation; Construction 13
Section 8: Amendment 13
Section 9: Severability 14
ARTICLE 7: CERTIFICATES AND SHAREHOLDERS 14
Section 1: Share Certificates 14
Section 2: Shares without Certificates 14
Section 3: Issuance of Shares 14
Section 4: Rights of Corporation with Respect to Registered Owners 14
Section 5: Registration of the Transfer of Shares 15
Section 6: Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates 15
Section 7: Restrictions on Shares 15
Section 8: Control Share Acquisitions Statute 16
Section 9: Voting of Stock Held 16
ARTICLE 8: GENERAL PROVISIONS 16
Section 1: Distributions 16
Section 2: Books and Records 16
Section 3: Execution of Documents 16
Section 4: Fiscal Year 16
Section 5: Seal 16
Section 6: Resignation 17
Section 7: Computation of Days 17
Section 8: Amendment of Bylaws 17
Section 9: Construction 17
Section 10: Headings 17
Section 11: Exclusive Forum 17

ii
 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

GRANDSOUTH BANCORPORATION

(Adopted September 16, 2020)

ARTICLE I: OFFICES

Section 1: Registered Office and Agent. The registered office of GrandSouth Bancorporation (the “Corporation”) shall be at 381 Halton Road, Greenville, South Carolina 29606. The registered agent shall be J.B. Garrett.

Section 2: Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places within and without the State of South Carolina as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE 2: SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1: Place of Meetings. Meetings of shareholders shall be held at the time and place, within or without the State of South Carolina, stated in the notice of the meeting or in a waiver of notice.

Section 2: Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held each year at the time and place set by the Board of Directors in accordance with all applicable notice requirements. At the meeting, the shareholders shall elect directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 3: Special Meetings.

(a)                Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise required by the South Carolina Business Corporation Act of 1988, as amended from time to time (the “Act”), the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “Articles”), or these Bylaws, may be called by the chief executive officer, the president, the chairman of the Board of Directors or a majority of the Board of Directors.

(b)               In addition to a special meeting called in accordance with subsection 3(a) of this Article 2, the Corporation shall, if and to the extent that it is required by applicable law, hold a special meeting of shareholders if the holders of at least ten percent of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at such special meeting sign, date and deliver to the secretary of the Corporation one or more written demands for the meeting. Such written demands shall be delivered to the secretary by certified mail, return receipt requested. Such written demands sent to the secretary of the Corporation shall set forth as to each matter the shareholder or shareholders propose to be presented at the special meeting (i) a description of the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is to be held (including the specific proposal(s) to be presented); (ii) the name and record address of the shareholder or shareholders proposing such business; (iii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned of record by the shareholder or shareholders as of a date within ten days of the delivery of the demand; (iv) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are held beneficially, but not held of record, by the shareholder or shareholders as of a date within ten days of the delivery of the demand; and (v) any interest of the shareholder or shareholders in such business. Any such special shareholders’ meeting shall be held at a location designated by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may set such rules for any such meeting as it may deem appropriate, including when the meeting will be held (subject to any requirements of the Act), the agenda for the meeting (which may include any proposals made by the Board of Directors), who may attend the meeting in addition to shareholders of record and other such matters.

1
 

(c)                Business transacted at any special meeting shall be confined to the specific purpose or purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 4: Notice.

(a)                Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the specific purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called and by or at whose direction the meeting is called, shall be delivered by the Corporation not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed effective when deposited with postage prepaid in the United States mail, addressed to the shareholder at the address appearing on the stock transfer books of the Corporation. Except as may be expressly provided by law, no failure or irregularity of notice of any regular meeting shall invalidate the same or any proceeding thereat.

(b)               The notice of each special shareholders meeting shall include a description of the specific purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as provided by law, the Articles or these Bylaws, the notice of an annual shareholders meeting need not include a description of the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

Section 5: Quorum. The holders of a majority of the shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall be requisite and shall constitute a quorum at meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute, by the Articles or by these Bylaws. If a quorum is not present or represented at a meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At an adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. Once a share is represented for any purpose at a meeting it is deemed present for quorum purposes.

Section 6: Majority Vote; Withdrawal of Quorum. Except in regards to the election of directors, when a quorum is present at a meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares having voting power, present in person or represented by proxy, shall decide any question brought before the meeting, unless the question is one on which, by express provision of the Act, the Articles or these Bylaws, a higher vote is required in which case the express provision shall govern. Directors shall be elected by a plurality vote of the shareholders. The shareholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, despite the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum.

2
 

Section 7: Method of Voting. Each outstanding share of common stock shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders. Each outstanding share of other classes of stock, if any, shall have such voting rights as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Proxies delivered by mail, facsimile or other electronic transmission to the Corporation, if otherwise in order, shall be valid. Votes shall be taken by voice, by hand or in writing, as directed by the chairman of the meeting. Voting for directors shall be in accordance with Article 3, Section 3 of these Bylaws.

Section 8: Record Date. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, including any special meeting, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of dividends, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other purpose, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not less than ten nor more than seventy days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be taken. Except as otherwise provided by law, if no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or of shareholders entitled to receive payment of dividends, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed, or the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date.

Section 9: Shareholder Proposals.

(a)                To the extent required by applicable law, a shareholder may bring a proposal before an annual meeting of shareholders as set forth in this Section 9. To be properly brought before an annual meeting of shareholders, business must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a shareholder. In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be given, either by personal delivery or by United States mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the secretary of the Corporation not less than 30 nor more than 60 days in advance of the annual meeting (provided, however, that if less than 31 days’ notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed, as prescribed, to the secretary of Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to shareholders). A shareholder’s notice to the secretary of the Corporation shall set forth for each matter the shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting (including the specific proposal(s) to be presented) and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and record address of the shareholder proposing such business; (iii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned of record, and the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are held beneficially, but not held of record, by the shareholder as of the record date for the meeting, if such date has been made publicly available, or as of a date within ten days of the effective date of the notice by the shareholder if the record date has not been made publicly available; and (iv) any interest of the shareholder in such business. In the event that a shareholder attempts to bring business before an annual meeting without complying with the provisions of this Section 9, the chairman of the meeting shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, and such business shall not be transacted. The chairman of any annual meeting, for good cause shown and with proper regard for the orderly conduct of business at the meeting, may waive in whole or in part the operation of this Section 9.

3
 

(b)               If any shareholder of the Corporation notifies the Corporation that such shareholder intends to present a proposal for action at a forthcoming meeting of the Corporation’s shareholders and requests that the Corporation include the proposal in its proxy statement and, if applicable, such shareholder complies with all the requirements of Rule 14a-8 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Corporation shall consider inclusion of such proposal in the proxy statement unless it determines that the proposal is inappropriate for consideration by the shareholders at the meeting.

ARTICLE 3: DIRECTORS

Section 1: Management. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by the Board of Directors who may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law, the Articles or these Bylaws directed or required to be done or exercised by the shareholders.

Section 2: Number, Classification and Terms of Office of Directors. Unless otherwise provided in the Articles, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be that number as may be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors, but in no event shall the number be less than five or greater than 25. The initial number of directors shall be twelve. The number of members of the Board of Directors can be increased or decreased within the foregoing range at any time by the Board of Directors. Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until removed. In addition, unless provided otherwise by resolution of the Board of Directors, if, in any case after proxy materials for an annual meeting of shareholders have been mailed to shareholders, any person named therein to be nominated at the direction of the Board of Directors becomes unable or unwilling to serve, the number of authorized directors shall be automatically reduced by a number equal to the number of such persons.

Section 3: Qualifications of Directors. No individual who is or becomes a Business Competitor (as defined below) or who is or becomes affiliated with, employed by or a representative of any individual, corporation, association, partnership, firm, business enterprise or other entity or organization which the Board of Directors, after having such matter formally brought to its attention, determines to be in competition with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (any such individual, corporation, association, partnership, firm, business enterprise or other entity or organization being hereinafter referred to as a “Business Competitor”) shall be eligible to serve as a director if the Board of Directors determines that it would not be in the Corporation’s best interests for such individual to serve as a director of the Corporation. Such affiliation, employment or representation may include, without limitation, service or status as an owner, partner, shareholder, trustee, director, officer, consultant, employee, agent, or counsel, or the existence of any relationship which results in the affected person having an express or implied obligation to act on behalf of a Business Competitor; provided, however, that passive ownership of a debt or equity interest not exceeding 1% of the outstanding debt or equity, as the case may be, in any Business Competitor shall not constitute such affiliation, employment or representation. Any financial institution having branches or affiliates in South Carolina, shall be presumed to be a Business Competitor unless the Board of Directors determines otherwise.

4
 

Section 4: Election of Directors. Directors shall be elected by a plurality vote.

Section 5: Nomination of Directors.

(a)                Nomination of persons to serve as directors of the Corporation, other than those made by or on behalf of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, shall be made in writing and shall be delivered either by personal delivery or by United States mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the secretary of the Corporation no later than with respect to an election to be held at an annual meeting of shareholders, ninety days in advance of such meeting. Each notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of the shareholder who intends to make the nomination and of the person or persons to be nominated; (ii) a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the shareholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the shareholder; (iv) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such shareholder as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, had the nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the Board of Directors; and (v) the consent of each nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation if so elected. The chairman of the meeting may refuse to acknowledge the nomination of any person not made in compliance with the foregoing procedures. The chairman of any such meeting, for good cause shown and with proper regard for the orderly conduct of business at the meeting, may waive in whole or in part the operation of this Section 5.

(b)               Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section 5, if the Corporation or any banking subsidiary of the Corporation is subject to the requirements of Section 914 of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989, then no person may be nominated by a shareholder for election as a director at any meeting of shareholders unless the shareholder furnishes the written notice required by subsection (a) of this Section 5 to the secretary of the Corporation at least ninety days prior to the date of the meeting and the nominee has received regulatory approval to serve as a director prior to the date of the meeting.

Section 6: Retirement of Directors. No person shall be elected or re-elected a director of the Corporation after attaining the age of seventy-five (75), provided that this provision shall not apply to any existing director who attained the age of seventy-five (75) prior to July 18, 2018.

5
 

Section 7: Emeritus Directors. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint individuals (including individuals who have retired from the Board of Directors) to serve as members of the Emeritus Board of Directors of the Corporation. Each member of the Emeritus Board of Directors of the Corporation, except in the case of his earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal, shall serve until the next succeeding annual meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Members of the Emeritus Board of Directors may be removed without cause by a vote of the members of the Board of Directors. Any individual appointed as a member of the Emeritus Board of Directors of the Corporation may, but shall not be required to, attend meetings of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and may participate in any discussions at such meetings, but such individual may not vote or be counted in determining a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation. It shall be the duty of the members of the Emeritus Board of Directors of the Corporation to serve as goodwill ambassadors of the Corporation, but such individuals shall not have any responsibility or be subject to any liability imposed upon a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or in any manner otherwise be deemed to be a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Each member of the Emeritus Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be paid such compensation as may be set from time to time by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and shall remain eligible to participate in any stock option plan in which directors are eligible to participate which is maintained by, or participated in, from time to time by the Corporation, according to the terms and conditions thereof.

Section 8: Vacancies. Except as otherwise provided by law, in the Articles, or in these Bylaws the office of a director shall become vacant if he dies, resigns, or is removed from office. The remaining directors may, by a majority vote, fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors (including any vacancy resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors, or from the failure of the shareholders to elect the full number of authorized directors) for an unexpired term; provided that the shareholders shall have the right at any special meeting called for such purpose prior to action by the Board of Directors to fill the vacancy.

Section 9: Removal of Directors. Unless provided otherwise by the Articles, directors may be removed with or without cause by unanimous vote of the Board of Directors (with the abstention of any director who is the subject of such vote) or the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors, such vote being taken at a meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose at which a quorum is present.

Section 10: Place of Meetings. Meetings of the Board of Directors, regular or special, may be held either within or without the State of South Carolina.

Section 11: First Meeting. A first meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately following each annual meeting of shareholders at which such directors are elected, and no notice of such meeting to the directors shall be necessary in order to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event such meeting is not held at such time, the meeting may be held at the time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors or as shall be specified in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 12: Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

6
 

Section 13: Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the chairman, the chief executive officer, or the president of the Corporation, on not less than twenty-four hours’ notice. Notice of a special meeting may be given by personal notice, telephone, facsimile, electronic communication, overnight courier or United States mail to each director. Any such special meeting shall be held at such time and place as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting. The notice need not describe the purpose or purposes of the special meeting.

Section 14: Telephone and Similar Meetings. Directors may participate in and hold a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the holding of the meeting or the transacting of any business at the meeting on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.

Section 15: Quorum; Majority Vote. At meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the number of directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as otherwise specifically provided by law, the Articles or these Bylaws. If a quorum is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is present. Notice of any such adjournment shall be given to any directors who were not present and, unless announced at the meeting, to the other directors.

Section 16: Compensation. Each director shall be entitled to receive such reasonable compensation as may be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. By resolution of the Board of Directors, the directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of committees may, by resolution of the Board of Directors, be allowed compensation for attending committee meetings.

Section 17: Procedure. The Board of Directors shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings. The minutes shall be placed in the minute book of the Corporation.

Section 18: Action Without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if the action is assented to by all the members of the Board in writing. Such written consent shall have the same force and effect as a meeting vote and may be described as such in any document.

7
 

ARTICLE 4: BOARD COMMITTEES

Section 1: Designation. The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the full Board, designate one or more committees. Each committee must have two or more members who serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. To the extent specified by the Board of Directors, in the Articles or in these Bylaws, each committee may exercise the authority of the Board of Directors. So long as prohibited by law, however, a committee of the Board may not (a) authorize distributions; (b) approve or propose to shareholders action required by the Act to be approved by shareholders; (c) fill vacancies on the Board of Directors or on any of its committees; (d) amend the Articles; (e) adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws; (f) approve a plan of merger not requiring shareholder approval; (g) authorize or approve reacquisition of shares, except according to a formula or method prescribed by the Board of Directors; or (h) authorize or approve the issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares, or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences and limitations of a class or series of shares, except that the Board of Directors may authorize a committee (or a senior executive officer of the Corporation) to do so within limits specifically prescribed by the Board of Directors. Any director may serve one or more committee. Any committee appointed under this Section 1 shall perform such duties and assume such responsibility as may from time to time be placed upon it by the Board of Directors.

Section 2: Meetings. Time, place and notice of all committee meetings shall be as called and specified by the chief executive officer, the committee chairman or any two members of each committee.

Section 3: Quorum; Majority Vote. At meetings of committees, a majority of the number of members designated by the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee, except as otherwise specifically provided by the Act, the Articles or these Bylaws. If a quorum is not present at a meeting of the committee, the members present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than an announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

Section 4: Procedure. Committees shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors at its next regular meeting. The minutes of the proceedings of the committee shall be placed in the minute book of the Corporation.

Section 5: Action Without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of any committee may be taken without a meeting if the action is assented to by all the members of the committee in writing. Such written consent shall have the same force and effect as a meeting vote and may be described as such in any document.

Section 6: Telephone and Similar Meetings. Committee members may participate in and hold a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the holding of the meeting or the transacting of any business at the meeting on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.

ARTICLE 5: OFFICERS

Section 1: Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a chief executive officer, president, secretary and treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also create and establish the duties of other offices as it deems appropriate. The Board of Directors shall also elect a chairman of the Board and may elect a vice chairman of the Board from among its members. The Board of Directors from time to time may appoint, or may authorize the president to appoint or authorize specific officers to appoint, the persons who shall hold such other offices as may be established by the Board of Directors, including one or more vice presidents (including executive vice presidents, senior vice presidents, assistant vice presidents), one or more assistant secretaries, and one or more assistant treasurers. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

8
 

Section 2: Term. Each officer shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors (or, if appointed pursuant to this Article, at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, the president, or the officer authorized to have appointed the officer) until his or her death, resignation, or removal, or until his or her replacement is elected or appointed in accordance with this Article.

Section 3: Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation may be filled by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in an office which was filled by the president or another officer may also be filled by the president or by any officer authorized to have filled the office vacant.

Section 4: Compensation. The compensation of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or by a committee or officer appointed by the Board of Directors. Officers may serve without compensation.

Section 5: Removal. All officers (regardless of how elected or appointed) may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors. Any officer appointed by the president or another officer may also be removed, with or without cause, by the president or by any officer authorized to have appointed the officer to be removed. Removal will be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person removed, but shall be effective notwithstanding any damage claim that may result from infringement of such contract rights.

Section 6: Chairman of the Board. The office of the chairman of the board may be filled by the Board at its pleasure by the election of one of its members to the office. The chairman shall preside at all meetings of the Board and meetings of the shareholders and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.

Section 7: Chief Executive Officer. The chief executive officer shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. He shall perform such other duties and have such other authority and powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The chief executive officer shall preside as chairman of the Board of Directors during the absence of the Board chairman.

Section 8: President. The president shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. He shall perform such other duties and have such other authority and powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 9: Vice Presidents. The vice presidents (executive, senior, or assistant), as such offices are appointed by the Board of Directors, in the order of their seniority, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the president, perform the duties and have the authority and exercise the powers of the president. They shall perform such other duties and have such other authority and powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe or as the chief executive officer or president may from time to time delegate.

9
 

Section 10: Secretary.

(a)                The secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the shareholders and record all votes, actions and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the executive and other committees when required.

(b)               The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors.

(c)                The secretary shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation and, when authorized by the Board of Directors or the executive committee, affix it to any instrument requiring it. When so affixed, it shall be attested by the secretary’s signature or by the signature of the treasurer or an assistant secretary.

(d)               The secretary shall be under the supervision of the president and shall perform such other duties and have such other authority and powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe or as the chief executive officer or president may from time to time delegate.

Section 11: Assistant Secretary. The assistant secretaries, as such offices are created by the Board of Directors, in the order of their seniority, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the secretary, perform the duties and have the authority and exercise the powers of the secretary. They shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe or as the chief executive officer or president may from time to time delegate.

Section 12: Treasurer.

(a)                The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements of the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in appropriate depositories.

(b)               The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation ordered by the Board of Directors and prepare financial statements as they direct.

(c)                The treasurer shall perform such other duties and have such other authority and powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe or as the president may from time to time delegate.

(d)               The treasurer’s books and accounts shall be opened at any time during business hours to the inspection of any directors of the Corporation.

10
 

ARTICLE 6: INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1: Indemnification of Directors.

(a)                The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any person (an “Indemnified Person”) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, by reason of the fact that he, or a person for whom he is a legal representative (or other similar representative), is or was a director of the Corporation or is or was serving at the Corporation’s request as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement or other similar costs actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding. For purposes of this Article 6, all terms used herein that are defined in Section 33-8-500 of the Act or any successor provision or provisions shall have the meanings so prescribed in such Section.

(b)               Without limiting the provisions of Section 1(a) of this Article 6, the Corporation shall indemnify a director who was wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he was a party because he is or was a director of the Corporation against reasonable expenses incurred by him in connection with the proceeding. In addition, the Corporation shall indemnify an individual made a party to a proceeding because he is or was a director against liability incurred in the proceeding if: (i) he conducted himself in good faith; (ii) he reasonably believed: (A) in the case of conduct in his official capacity with the Corporation, that his conduct was in its best interest; and (B) in all other cases, that his conduct was at least not opposed to its best interest; and (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of a proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent is not, of itself, determinative that the director did not meet the standard of conduct described in this subsection (b). The determination of whether the director met the standard of conduct described in this subsection (b) shall be made in accordance with Section 33-8-550 of the Act or any successor provision or provisions.

Section 2: Advancement of Expenses.

(a)                With respect to any proceeding to which an Indemnified Person is a party because he is or was a director of the Corporation, the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, pay for or reimburse the Indemnified Person’s reasonable expenses (including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, court costs, and expert witness fees) incurred by the Indemnified Person in advance of final disposition of the proceeding.

11
 

(b)               Without limiting the provisions of Section 2(a) of this Article 6, the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses (including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, court costs and expert witness fees) incurred by a director who is a party to a proceeding in advance of final disposition of the proceeding if: (a) the director furnishes the Corporation a written affirmation of his good faith belief that he has met the standard of conduct described in Section 1(b) of this Article 6; (b) the director furnishes the Corporation a written undertaking, executed personally or on his behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that he did not meet such standard of conduct; and (c) a determination is made that the facts then known to those making the determination would not preclude indemnification under this Article 6. The Corporation shall expeditiously pay the amount of such expenses to the director following the director’s delivery to the Corporation of a written request for an advance pursuant to this Section 2 together with a reasonable accounting of such expenses. The undertaking required by this Section 2 shall be an unlimited general obligation of the director but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment. Determinations and authorizations of payments under this Section 2 shall be made in the manner specified in Section 33-8-550 of the Act or any successor provision or provisions.

Section 3: Indemnification of Officers, Employees and Agents. An officer of the Corporation who is not a director is entitled to the same indemnification rights which are provided to directors of the Corporation in Section 1 of this Article 6 and the Corporation shall advance expenses to officers of the Corporation who are not directors to the same extent and in the same manner as to directors as provided in Section 2 of this Article 6. In addition, the Board of Directors shall have the power to cause the Corporation to indemnify, hold harmless and advance expenses to any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation who is not a director to the fullest extent permitted by public policy, by adopting a resolution to that effect identifying such officers, employees or agents (by position and name) and specifying the particular rights provided, which may be different for each of the persons identified. Any officer entitled to indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 3 and any officer, employee or agent granted indemnification by the Board of Directors in accordance with the second sentence of this Section 3 shall, to the extent specified herein or by the Board of Directors, be an “Indemnified Party” for the purposes of the provisions of this Article 6.

Section 4: Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of an individual who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or who, while a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against liability asserted against or incurred by him in that capacity or arising from his status as a director, officer, employee or agent, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against the same liability under this Article 6.

Section 5: Nonexclusivity of Rights; Agreements. The rights conferred on any person by this Article 6 shall neither limit nor be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, agreement, provision of the Articles, these Bylaws, vote of shareholders or otherwise. The provisions of this Article 6 shall be deemed to constitute an agreement between the Corporation and each person entitled to indemnification hereunder. In addition to the rights provided in this Article 6, the Corporation shall have the power, upon authorization by the Board of Directors, to enter into an agreement or agreements providing to any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation certain indemnification rights. Any such agreement between the Corporation and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation concerning indemnification shall be given full force and effect, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, even if it provides rights to such director, officer, employee or agent more favorable than, or in addition to, those rights provided under this Article 6.

12
 

Section 6: Continuing Benefits; Successors. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article 6 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person. For purposes of this Article 6, the term “Corporation” shall include any corporation, joint venture, trust, partnership or unincorporated business association that is the successor to all or substantially all of the business or assets of this Corporation, as a result of merger, consolidation, sale, liquidation or otherwise, and any such successor shall be liable to the persons indemnified under this Article 6 on the same terms and conditions and to the same extent as this Corporation.

Section 7: Interpretation; Construction. This Article 6 is intended to provide indemnification to the directors and permit indemnification to the officers of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it may presently exist or may hereafter be amended and shall be construed in order to accomplish this result. To the extent that a provision herein prevents a director or officer from receiving indemnification to the fullest extent intended, such provision shall be of no effect in such situation. If at any time the Act is amended so as to permit broader indemnification rights to the directors and officers of this Corporation, then these Bylaws shall be deemed to automatically incorporate these broader provisions so that the directors and officers of the Corporation shall continue to receive the intended indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 8: Amendment. Any amendment to this Article 6 that limits or otherwise adversely affects the right of indemnification, advancement of expenses or other rights of any Indemnified Person hereunder shall, as to such Indemnified Person, apply only to claims, actions, suits or proceedings based on actions, events or omissions (collectively, “Post Amendment Events”) occurring after such amendment and after delivery of notice of such amendment to the Indemnified Person so affected. Any Indemnified Person shall, as to any claim, action, suit or proceeding based on actions, events or omissions occurring prior to the date of receipt of such notice, be entitled to the right of indemnification, advancement of expenses and other rights under this Article 6 to the same extent as if such provisions had continued as part of the Bylaws of the Corporation without such amendment. This Section 8 cannot be altered, amended or repealed in a manner effective as to any Indemnified Person (except as to Post Amendment Events) without the prior written consent of such Indemnified Person.

Section 9: Severability. Each of the Sections of this Article 6, and each of the clauses set forth herein, shall be deemed separate and independent, and should any part of any such Section or clause be declared invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall in no way render invalid or unenforceable any other part thereof or any separate Section or clause of this Article 6 that is not declared invalid or unenforceable.

13
 

ARTICLE 7: CERTIFICATES AND SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1: Share Certificates. Share Certificates in the form determined by the Board of Directors may be delivered representing all shares of which shareholders are entitled. Certificates shall be consecutively numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. At a minimum, each share certificate must state on its face: (a) the name of the Corporation and that it is organized under the laws of South Carolina; (b) the name of the person to whom the certificate is issued; and (c) the number and class of shares and the designation of the series, if any, the certificate represents. Each share certificate (i) must be signed (either manually or electronically) by at least two officers, including the president, the secretary, or such other officer or officers as the Board of Directors shall designate; and (ii) may bear the corporate seal or its facsimile. If the person who signed (either manually or electronically) a share certificate no longer holds office when the certificate is issued, the certificate is nevertheless valid.

Section 2. Shares without Certificates. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may authorize the issue of some or all of the shares of any or all of its classes or series without certificates in accord with the provisions of Chapter 8 of Title 36 of the South Carolina Uniform Commercial Code. Within a reasonable time after the issue or transfer of shares without certificates, the Corporation shall send the shareholder a written statement containing the following information: (a) the name of the Corporation and a statement that it is organized under the laws of South Carolina; (b) the name of the person to whom the shares are issued; (c) the number and class of shares and the designation of the series, if any, of the shares; (d) if at such time the Corporation is authorized to issue different classes of shares or different series within a class, a summary of the designations, relative rights, preferences, and limitations applicable to each class and the variations in rights, preferences, and limitations determined for each series (and the authority of the Board of Directors to determine variations for future series); and (e) if applicable, a conspicuous notation that the shares are subject to a restriction on their transfer.

Section 3: Issuance of Shares. The Board of Directors may authorize shares to be issued for consideration consisting of any tangible or intangible property or benefit to the Corporation, including cash, promissory notes, services performed, written contracts for services to be performed or other securities of the Corporation. Before the Corporation issues shares, the Board of Directors must determine that the consideration received or to be received for shares to be issued is adequate. That determination by the Board of Directors is conclusive insofar as the adequacy of consideration for the issuance of shares relates to whether the shares are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. When the Corporation receives the consideration for which the Board of Directors authorized the issuance of shares, the shares issued therefor are fully paid and nonassessable.

Section 4: Rights of Corporation with Respect to Registered Owners. Prior to due presentation for transfer of registration of its shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner of the shares as the person exclusively entitled to vote the shares, to receive any dividend or other distribution with respect to the shares, and for all other purposes; and the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in the shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it has express or other notice of such a claim or interest, except as otherwise provided by law.

14
 

Section 5: Registration of the Transfer of Shares. Registration of the transfer of shares of the Corporation shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the Corporation (which stock transfer books may be kept by the Corporation or the transfer agent designated by the Corporation to transfer the shares or other agent designated by the Corporation). If a share certificate in registered form is presented to the Corporation with a request to register a transfer of the shares, or an instruction is presented to the Corporation with a request to register the transfer of uncertificated shares, then, subject to applicable law, the Corporation shall register the transfer as requested if: (a) under the terms of the shares the person seeking registration of transfer is eligible to have the shares registered in their name; (b) the indorsement or instruction is made by the appropriate person or by an agent who has actual authority to act on behalf of the appropriate person; (c) reasonable assurance is given that the indorsement or instruction is genuine and authorized (without limiting the foregoing, the Corporation or its transfer agent, may require that the indorsement or instruction must have been guaranteed by a commercial bank or brokerage firm that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and reasonable assurance is given that such endorsements are effective); (d) any applicable law relating to the collection of taxes has been complied with; (e) the transfer does not violate any restriction on transfer imposed by the Corporation in accordance with § 36-8-204 of the South Carolina Code; (f) the registered owner has not made a demand that the shares not be transferred, or if such demand has been made, the procedures set forth in § 36-8-403 of the South Carolina Code permit the transfer; and (g) the transfer is in fact rightful or is to a person otherwise entitled to obtain the shares as a protected purchaser as defined in § 36-8-303 of the South Carolina Code. A person acting as authenticating trustee, transfer agent, registrar, or other agent for the Corporation in the registration of a transfer of its securities, in the issue of new security certificates or uncertificated securities, or in the cancellation of surrendered security certificates has the same obligation to the holder or owner of a certificated or uncertificated security with regard to the particular functions performed as the Corporation has in regard to those functions.

Section 6: Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The Corporation shall issue a new certificate for shares in place of any certificate for shares previously issued if the registered owner of the certificate: (a) makes proof in affidavit form that the certificate has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken; (b) requests the issuance of a new certificate before the Corporation has notice that the certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim; (c) gives a bond in such form, and with such surety or sureties, with fixed or open penalty, as the Corporation may direct, to indemnify the Corporation (and its transfer agent and registrar, if any) against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the certificate; and (d) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation. When a certificate has been lost, apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken, and the holder of record fails to notify the Corporation within a reasonable time after he has notice of it, and the Corporation registers a transfer of the shares represented by the certificate before receiving such notification, the holder of record is precluded from making any claim against the Corporation for the transfer or for a new certificate.

Section 7: Restrictions on Shares. The Board of Directors, on behalf of the Corporation, or the shareholders may impose restrictions on the transfer of shares (including any security convertible into, or carrying a right to subscribe for or acquire shares) to the maximum extent permitted by law. A restriction does not affect shares issued before the restriction was adopted unless the holders of the shares are parties to the restriction agreement or voted in favor of the restriction. A restriction on the transfer of shares is valid and enforceable against the holder or a transferee of the holder if the restriction is authorized by this Section 7 and its existence is noted conspicuously on the front or back of the certificate.

15
 

Section 8: Control Share Acquisitions Statute. The Corporation elects not to be subject to or governed by the South Carolina Control Share Acquisitions Statute contained in Sections 35-2-101 to 35-2-111 of the South Carolina Code, or any successor provision or provisions.

Section 9: Voting of Stock Held. Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, the president or any executive vice president shall from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of this Corporation, in the name and on behalf of this Corporation, to cast the vote which this Corporation may be entitled to cast as a shareholder or otherwise in any other corporation, any of whose stock or securities may be held by this Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other securities of such other corporation, or to consent in writing to any action by any of such other corporation, and shall instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent and may execute or cause to be executed on behalf of this Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise, such written proxies, consents, waivers or other instruments as may be necessary or proper; or, in lieu of such appointment, the president or any executive vice president may attend in person any meetings of the holders of stock or other securities of any such other corporation and their vote or exercise any or all power of this Corporation as the holder of such stock or other securities of such other corporation.

ARTICLE 8: GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1: Distributions. The Board of Directors may authorize, and the Corporation may make, distributions (including dividends on its outstanding shares) in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by applicable law and the Articles.

Section 2: Books and Records. The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of account and shall keep minutes of the proceedings of its shareholders and Board of Directors.

Section 3: Execution of Documents. The Board of Directors or these Bylaws shall designate the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation who shall have the power to execute and deliver deeds, contracts, mortgages, bonds, debentures, checks and other documents for and in the name of the Corporation, and may authorize such officers, employees and agents to delegate such power (including authority to redelegate) to other officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Unless so designated or expressly authorized by these Bylaws, no officer, employee or agent shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable pecuniarily for any purpose or any amount.

Section 4: Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the same as the calendar year.

Section 5: Seal. The Corporation may provide a seal which contains the name of the Corporation and the name of the state of incorporation. The seal may be used by impressing it or reproducing a facsimile of it or otherwise.

16
 

Section 6: Resignation. A director may resign by delivering written notice to the Board of Directors, the chairman or the Corporation. Such resignation of a director is effective when the notice is delivered unless the notice specifies a later effective date. An officer may resign at any time by delivering notice to the Corporation. Such resignation of an officer is effective when the notice is delivered unless the notice specifies a later effective date. If a resignation of an officer is made effective at a later date and the Corporation accepts the future effective date, the Board of Directors may fill the pending vacancy before the effective date if the Board of Directors provides that the successor does not take office until the effective date.

Section 7: Computation of Days. In computing any period of days prescribed hereunder the day of the act after which the designated period of days begins to run is not to be included. The last day of the period so computed is to be included.

Section 8: Amendment of Bylaws.

(a)                Except to the extent required otherwise by law, these Bylaws, or the Articles, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted at any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, provided notice of the proposed alteration, amendment or repeal is contained in the notice of the meeting.

(b)               Except to the extent required otherwise by law, these Bylaws, or the Articles, these Bylaws may also be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted at any meeting of the shareholders at which a quorum is present or represented by proxy, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of each class of shares entitled to vote thereon, provided notice of the proposed alteration, amendment or repeal is contained in the notice of the meeting.

(c)                Upon adoption of any new bylaw by the shareholders, the shareholders may provide expressly that the Board of Directors may not adopt, amend or repeal that bylaw or any bylaw on that subject.

Section 9: Construction. If any portion of these Bylaws shall be invalid or inoperative, then, so far as is reasonable and possible: (a) the remainder of these Bylaws shall be considered valid and operative and (b) effect shall be given to the intent manifested by the portion held invalid or inoperative.

Section 10: Headings. The headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of these Bylaws.

Section 11: Exclusive Forum. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s shareholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Act or the Corporation’s Articles or Bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time), or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the United States District Court for the District of South Carolina, Greenville Division (or, if the federal district court does not have jurisdiction, the Circuit Courts of the State of South Carolina located in Greenville County). If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of the preceding sentence is filed in a court other than such a court located within the State of South Carolina (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any shareholder, such shareholder shall be deemed to have consented to (i) the personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located within the State of South Carolina in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the preceding sentence and (ii) having service of process made upon such shareholder in any such action by service upon such shareholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such shareholder.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

17
 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and that the foregoing is a complete and accurate copy of the bylaws of GrandSouth Bancorporation Inc. as of September 16, 2020. The bylaws contained herein were amended and restated by Resolution as of that date by the Corporation’s Board of Directors in compliance with any procedural requirements of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation and the laws of the State of South Carolina, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

  /s/ Mason Y. Garrett
  Mason Y. Garrett
  Chief Executive Officer
   
  Date:  9/16/2020     

18

 

 

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Securities Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of February 3, 2016, by and among GrandSouth Bancorporation, a South Carolina corporation (the “Company”), and each purchaser identified on the signature pages hereto (each, including its successors and assigns, a “Purchaser” and collectively, the “Purchasers”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                       The Company and each Purchaser are executing and delivering this Agreement in reliance upon the exemption from securities registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Rule 506 of Regulation D (“Regulation D”) as promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act.

B.                       Each Purchaser, severally and not jointly, wishes to purchase, and the Company wishes to sell, upon the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement, that aggregate number of shares of common stock, no par value per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) set forth below such Purchaser’s name on the signature page of this Agreement (which aggregate amount for all Purchasers together shall be 666,668 shares of Common Stock and shall be collectively referred to herein as the “Shares”).

C.                       In addition to the sale of Shares to the Purchasers contemplated by this Agreement, the Company intends to effect one or more private placement transactions of additional shares of Common Stock with other accredited investors (the “Additional Investors”), with the closing of such sale to occur simultaneously with the Closing (the “Other Private Placements”). The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock subscribed for by the Purchasers and the Additional Investors collectively shall be 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock and each share of Common Stock shall be sold at a price of$12.00 per share. In connection with the Other Private Placements, the Company shall enter into agreements with the Additional Investors (the “Additional Agreements”).

 

C.       The Company has engaged FIG Partners LLC as its exclusive placement agent (the “Placement Agent”) for the offering of the Shares.

NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Purchasers hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

1.1       Definitions. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, for all purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated in this Section 1.1:

 

      

 

“Action” means arty Proceeding, inquiry, or notice of violation pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened in writing against the Company, any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties or any officer, director or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary acting in his or her capacity as an officer, director or employee before or by any federal, state, county, local or foreign court, arbitrator, governmental or administrative agency, regulatory authority, stock market, stock exchange or trading facility.

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

“Agency” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(qq).

 

“Agreement” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

 

“Articles of Incorporation” means the Articles of Incorporation of the Company and all amendments and certificates of determination thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

“Bank” means GrandSouth Bank, a South Carolina banking corporation and wholly- owned Subsidiary of the Company.

 

“Bank Regulatory Authorities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b)(ii).

 

“BHC Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b)(ii).

 

“Board” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a)(iv).

 

“Board of Financial Institutions” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b)(ii).

 

“Business Day” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks in the City of New York are open for the general transaction of business.

 

“Buy-In” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(e).

 

“Buy-In Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(e).

 

“CIBC Act” means the Change in Bank Control Act.

 

“Closing” means the closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

 

   2  

 

“Closing Bid Price” means, for any security as of any date, the last closing price for such security on the Principal Trading Market, as reported by Bloomberg, or, if the Principal Trading Market begins to operate on an extended hours basis and does not designate the closing bid price then the last bid price of such security prior to 4:00 p.m., New York City Time, as reported by Bloomberg, or, if the Principal Trading Market is not the principal securities exchange or trading market for such security, the last closing price of such security on the principal securities exchange or trading market where such security is listed or traded as reported by Bloomberg, or if the foregoing do not apply, the last closing price of such security in the over-the-counter market on the electronic bulletin board for such security as reported by Bloomberg, or, if no closing bid price is reported for such security by Bloomberg, the average of the bid prices of any market makers for such security as reported in the “pink sheets” by OTC Markets Group Inc. If the Closing Bid Price cannot be calculated for a security on a particular date on any of the foregoing bases, the Closing Bid Price of such security on such date shall be the fair market value as mutually determined by the Company and the holder. If the Company and the holder are unable to agree upon the fair market value of such security, then the Company shall, within two Business Days submit via facsimile (a) the disputed determination to an independent, reputable investment bank selected by the Company and approved by the holder or (b) the disputed arithmetic calculation to the Company’s independent, outside accountant. The Company shall cause at its expense the investment bank or the accountant, as the case may be, to perform the determinations or calculations and notify the Company and the holder of the results no later than ten Business Days from the time it receives the disputed determinations or calculations. Such investment bank’s or accountant’s determination or calculation, as the case may be, shall be binding upon all parties absent demonstrable error. All such determinations shall be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination or other similar transaction during the applicable calculation period.

 

“Closing Date” means the Trading Day when all of the Transaction Documents have been executed and delivered by the applicable parties thereto, and all of the conditions set forth in Sections 2.1, 2.2, 5.1 and 5.2 hereof are satisfied or waived, as the case may be, or such other date as the parties may agree.

 

“Commission” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

“Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals, and also includes any securities into which the Common Stock may hereafter be reclassified or changed.

 

“Company Counsel” means Haynsworth Sinkler Boyd, P.A.

 

“Company Deliverables” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

 

“Company Reports” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(mm).

 

“Company’s Knowledge” means, with respect to any statement made to the knowledge of the Company, that the statement is based upon the actual knowledge of the executive officers of the Company having responsibility for the matter or matters that are the subject of the statement after reasonable investigation.

 

“Control” (including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” or “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

“Covered Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(a).

 

   3  

 

“Designated Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(b).

 

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company.

 

“Environmental Laws” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(l).

 

“ERISA” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(ss).

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“FDIC” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b)(ii).

 

“Federal Reserve” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b)(ii)

 

“GAAP” means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, as applied by the Company.

 

“Indemnified Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.8(a).

 

“Insurer” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(qq).

 

“Intellectual Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(r).

 

“Lien” means any lien, charge, claim, encumbrance, security interest, right of first refusal, preemptive right or other restriction of any kind.

 

“Loan Investor” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(qq).

 

“Material Adverse Effect” means any of (i) a material and adverse effect on the legality, validity or enforceability of any Transaction Document, (ii) a material and adverse effect on the results of operations, assets, properties, business, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (iii) any adverse impairment to the Company’s ability to perform in any material respect on a timely basis its obligations under any Transaction Document.

 

“Material Contract” means any contract of the Company that is material to the financial condition or operations of the Company.

 

“Material Permits” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(p).

 

“Money Laundering Laws” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(jj).

 

“New York Courts” means the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Courts located in the city of New York.

 

“OFAC” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(ii).

 

   4  

 

“Offer Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(b).

 

“Outside Date” means the fifteenth (15th) day following the date of this Agreement; provided that if such day is not a Business Day, the first day following such day that is a Business Day.

 

“Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, business trust, association, joint stock company, joint venture, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization, governmental authority or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein.

 

“Placement Agent” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

“Principal Trading Market” means the Trading Market on which the Common Stock is primarily listed on and quoted for trading, which, as of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, is the OTC Bulletin Board.

 

“Proceeding” means an action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding (including, without limitation, an investigation or partial proceeding, such as a deposition), whether commenced or threatened.

 

“Purchase Price” means $12.00 per Share.

 

“Purchaser Deliverables” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b).

 

“Qualified Offering” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(a).

 

“Qualified Offering Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(b).

 

“Qualified Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(a).

 

“Qualified Purchaser Percentage Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(a).

 

“Regulation D” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

“Regulatory Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(oo).

 

“Required Approvals” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(e).

 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.

 

“Rule 144A Offering” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(c).

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

   5  

 

“Subscription Amount” means with respect to each Purchaser, the aggregate amount to be paid for the Shares purchased hereunder as indicated on such Purchaser’s signature page to this Agreement next to the heading “Aggregate Purchase Price (Subscription Amount)”.

 

“Subsidiary” means the Bank and any other entity in which the Company, directly or indirectly, owns sufficient capital stock or holds a sufficient equity or similar interest such that it is consolidated with the Company in the financial statements of the Company.

 

“Trading Day” means (i) a day on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and traded on its Principal Trading Market (other than the OTC Bulletin Board), or (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed on a Trading Market (other than the OTC Bulletin Board), a day on which the Common Stock is traded in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the OTC Bulletin Board, or (iii) if the Common Stock is not quoted on any Trading Market, a day on which the Common Stock is quoted in the over-the-counter market as reported in the “pink sheets” by OTC Markets Group Inc. (or any similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices); provided, that in the event that the Common Stock is not listed or quoted as set forth in (i), (ii) and (iii) hereof, then Trading Day shall mean a Business Day.

 

“Trading Market” means whichever of the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE MKT, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market, the NASDAQ Capital Market or the OTC Bulletin Board on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted for trading on the date in question.

 

“Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the schedules and exhibits attached hereto and any other documents or agreements executed or delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder.

 

“Transfer Agent” means Computershare, Inc., or any successor transfer agent for the Company.

 

ARTICLE II
PURCHASE AND SALE

 

2.1 Closing.

 

(a)                    Purchase of Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing the Company shall issue and sell to each Purchaser, and each Purchaser shall, severally and not jointly, purchase from the Company, the number of Shares set forth below such Purchaser’s name on the signature page of this Agreement at a per Share price equal to the Purchase Price.

 

(b)                   Closing. The Closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares shall take place on the Closing Date remotely by facsimile transmission or other electronic means as the parties may mutually agree.

 

(c)                    Form of Payment. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Company and a Purchaser (as to itself only), on the Closing Date, (1) the Company shall deliver to each Purchaser one or more stock certificates, evidencing the number of Shares set forth on such Purchaser’s signature page to this Agreement and (2) upon receipt thereof, each Purchaser shall wire its Subscription Amount, in United States dollars and in immediately available funds, in accordance with the Company’s written wire transfer instructions. For purposes of clarity, a Purchaser shall not be required to wire its Subscription Amount until it (or its designated custodian per its delivery instructions) confirms receipt of its Shares.

 

   6  

 

2.2 Closing Deliveries.

(a)                   On or prior to the Closing, the Company shall issue, deliver or cause to be delivered to each Purchaser the following (the “Company Deliverables”):

(i)                     this Agreement, duly executed by the Company;

 

(ii)                   one or more stock certificates, evidencing the Shares subscribed for by Purchaser hereunder, registered in the name of such Purchaser or its nominee (per its instructions) (the “Stock Certificates”);

(iii)                 a legal opinion of Company Counsel, dated as of the Closing Date and in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, executed by such counsel and addressed to the Purchasers;

 

(iv)                 a certificate of the Secretary of the Company, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, dated as of the Closing Date, (a) certifying the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or a duly authorized committee thereof approving the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, including the issuance of the Shares, (b) certifying the current versions of the articles of incorporation, as amended, and bylaws, as amended, of the Company and (c) certifying as to the signatures and authority of persons signing the Transaction Documents and related documents on behalf of the Company;

(v)                   a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying to the fulfillment of the conditions specified in Sections 5.I(a) and 5.l(b); and

 

(vi)                  a Certificate of Good Standing for the Company from the South Carolina Secretary of State as of a recent date.

(b)                   On or prior to the Closing, each Purchaser shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Company the following (the “Purchaser Deliverables”):

(i) this Agreement, duly executed by such Purchaser;

 

(ii)             its Subscription Amount, in U.S. dollars and in immediately available funds, by wire transfer in accordance with the Company’s written instructions; and

   7  

 

(iii)           a fully completed and duly executed Accredited Investor Questionnaire in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

3.1                    Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby represents and warrants as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (except for the representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date, which shall be made as of such date), to each of the Purchasers that:

 

(a)           Subsidiaries. The Company has no direct or indirect Subsidiaries other than the Bank. The Company owns, directly or indirectly, all of the capital stock or comparable equity interests of the Bank free and clear of any and all Liens, and all the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock or comparable equity interest of the Bank are validly issued and are fully paid, non-assessable and free of preemptive and similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities.

 

(b) Organization and Qualification; Bank Regulations.

 

(i)                  Each of the Company and the Bank is an entity duly incorporated or otherwise organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization (as applicable), with the requisite power and authority to own or lease and use its properties and assets and to carry on its business as currently conducted. Neither the Company nor the Bank is in violation of any of the provisions of its respective certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational or charter documents. Each of the Company and the Bank is duly qualified to conduct business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation or other entity in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or property owned by it makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing, as the case may be, would not be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ii)                The Company is duly registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). The Bank is the Company’s only subsidiary banking subsidiary. The Bank holds the requisite authority from the South Carolina State Board of Financial Institutions (the “Board of Financial Institutions”) to do business as a state-chartered banking corporation under the laws of the State of South Carolina. Each of the Company and the Bank is in compliance with all laws administered by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), the Board of Financial Institutions and any other federal or state bank regulatory authorities (together with the Board of Financial Institutions, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, the “Bank Regulatory Authorities”) with jurisdiction over the Company and its Subsidiaries, except for any noncompliance that, individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The deposit accounts of the Hank are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC, and all premiums and assessments required to be paid in connection therewith have been paid when due.

   8  

 

(c)                      Authorization: Enforcement; Validity. The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and by each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the Additional Agreements and otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder, including, without limitation, to issue the Shares in accordance with the terms hereof and the shares of Common Stock in accordance with the Additional Agreements. The Company’s execution and delivery of each of the Transaction Documents and the Additional Agreements and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including, but not limited to, the sale and delivery of the Shares hereunder and the shares of Common Stock in accordance with the Additional Agreements) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and no further corporate action is required by the Company, its Board or its shareholders in connection therewith. Each of the Transaction Documents has been (or upon delivery will have been) duly executed by the Company and is, or when delivered in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditors’ rights and remedies or by other equitable principles of general application, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and (iii) insofar as indemnification and contribution provisions may be limited by applicable law. There are no shareholder agreements, voting agreements, voting trust agreements or similar agreements with respect to the Company’s capital stock to which the Company is a party or, to the Company’s Knowledge, between or among any of the Company’s shareholders.

(d)                       No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Transaction Documents and the Additional Agreements and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including, without limitation, the issuance of the Shares hereunder and the shares of Common Stock in accordance with the Additional Agreements) do not and will not (i) conflict with or violate any provisions of the Company’s or the Bank’s certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or otherwise result in a violation of the organizational documents of the Company or the Bank, (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would result in a default) under, result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or the Bank under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) of, any Material Contract, or (iii) subject to receipt of the Required Approvals, conflict with or result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, injunction, decree or other restriction of any court or governmental authority to which the Company is subject (including federal and state securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder, assuming the correctness of the representations and warranties made by the Purchasers herein, of any self-regulatory organization to which the Company or its securities are subject, including all applicable Trading Markets), or by which any property or asset of the Company is bound or affected, except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) such as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

   9  

 

(e)                     Filings, Consents and Approvals. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is required to obtain any consent, waiver, authorization or order of, give any notice to, or make any filing or registration with, any court or other federal, state, local or other governmental authority, self-regulatory organization (including any Trading Market) or other Person in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Transaction Documents (including, without limitation, the issuance of the Shares hereunder and the shares of Common Stock in accordance with the Additional Agreements), other than (i) filings required by applicable state securities laws and (ii) the filing of a Notice of Exempt Offering of Securities on Form D with the Commission under Regulation D of the Securities Act (collectively, the “Required Approvals”). The Company is unaware of any facts or circumstances relating to the Company or the Bank which might prevent the Company from obtaining or effecting any of the foregoing.

 

(f)                      Issuance of the Shares. The issuance of the Shares has been duly authorized and the Shares, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free and clear of all Liens, other than restrictions on transfer imposed by applicable securities laws, and shall not be subject to preemptive or similar rights. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Purchasers in this Agreement, the Shares will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(g)                 Capitalization. The number of shares and type of all authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock, options and other securities of the Company (whether or not presently convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company) is set forth in Schedule 3.1(g) hereto. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, have been issued in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state securities laws, and none of such outstanding shares was issued in violation of any preemptive rights or similar rights to subscribe for or purchase any capital stock of the Company. Except as specified on Schedule 3.1(g): (i) no shares of the Company’s outstanding capital stock are subject to preemptive rights or any other similar rights; (ii) there are no outstanding options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock of the Company or the Bank, or contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which the Company or the Bank is or may become bound to issue additional shares of capital stock of the Company or the Bank or options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock of the Company or the Bank, other than those issued or granted pursuant to compensatory plans, contracts or arrangements described on Schedule 3.1(g): (iii) [Note: deleted language is covered at beginning of sentence] there are no material outstanding debt securities, notes, credit agreements, credit facilities or other agreements, documents or instruments evidencing indebtedness of the Company or the Bank or by which the Company or the Bank is bound; (iv) there are no agreements or arrangements under which the Company is obligated to register the sale of any of the securities of the Company or the Bank under the Securities Act; (v) there are no outstanding securities or instruments of the Company or the Bank that contain any redemption or similar provisions, and there are no contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which the Company or the Bank is or may become bound to redeem a security of the Company or the Bank; (vi) the Company does not have any stock appreciation rights or “phantom stock” plans or agreements or any similar plan or agreement; and (vii) neither the Company nor the Bank has any liabilities or obligations not disclosed in the Financial Statements, which, individually or in the aggregate, will have or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no securities or instruments issued by or to which the Company is a party containing anti-dilution or similar provisions that will be triggered by the issuance of the Shares hereunder or the shares of Common Stock in accordance with the Additional Agreements.

   10  

 

(h)          Call Reports. The Company and the Bank filed all financial statements and financial information required to be filed by it under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the BHC Act for the eighteen (18) months preceding the date hereof (the foregoing materials, including the exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein, being collectively referred to herein as the “Call Reports”), on a timely basis or has received a valid extension of such time of filing and has filed any such Call Reports prior to the expiration of any such extension. As of their respective filing dates, the Call Reports complied in all material respects with all statutes and applicable rules and regulations of the applicable governmental agency or body, as the case may be.

(i) Financial Statements.

 

(i)                    The financial statements of the Company and the Bank included in the Call Reports comply in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the rules and regulations of the applicable government agency with respect thereto as in effect at the time of filing. Such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved, except as may be otherwise specified in such financial statements or the notes thereto or as required by the applicable government agency and except that unaudited financial statements may not contain all footnotes required by GAAP, and fairly present in all material respects the balance sheet of the Company and the Bank taken as a whole as of and for the dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended, subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal, year-end audit adjustments.

 

(ii)                  The Company has delivered to each Purchaser its audited financial statements as of December 31, 2014 and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 and its unaudited financial statements (including balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows) as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2015 (collectively, the “Financial Statements”). The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated, except that the unaudited Financial Statements may not contain all footnotes required by GAAP. The Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and operating results of the Company as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein, subject in the case of the unaudited Financial Statements to normal year-end audit adjustments. Except as set forth in the Financial Statements, the Company has no material liabilities or obligations, contingent or otherwise, other than (i) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business subsequent to September 30, 2015; (ii) obligations under contracts and commitments incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) liabilities and obligations of a type or nature not required under GAAP to be reflected in the Financial Statements, which, in all such cases, individually and in the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company maintains and will continue to maintain a standard system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP.

 

   11  

 

(j)       Tax Matters. The Company (i) has prepared and filed all foreign, federal, state and local income and all other tax returns, reports and declarations required by any jurisdiction to which it is subject and such returns, reports and declarations are true, complete and correct in all material respects, (ii) has paid all taxes and other governmental assessments and charges owed and due by the Company (whether or not shown on any tax return), except those being contested in good faith and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside on the books of the Company, (iii) has withheld or collected from each payment made to each of its employees, independent contractors, shareholders, creditors and other third parties the amount of all taxes required to be withheld or collected therefrom, and has paid the same to the proper authorized depositories or government authorities and (iv) has set aside on its books provisions reasonably adequate for the payment of all taxes for periods subsequent to the periods to which the above referenced returns, reports or declarations apply. There are no pending or active tax audits or proceedings or proposed tax deficiencies or other claims for material unpaid taxes asserted with respect to the Company or its assets. There are no liens for taxes (other than for taxes not yet due and payable) upon any of the assets of the Company. The Company has not received notice of any claim made by an authority in any jurisdiction where the Company does not file tax returns that the Company is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.

 

(k)       Material Changes. Except as described on Schedule 3.1(k), since September 30, 2015, (i) there have been no events, occurrences or developments that have had or would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the Company has not incurred any material liabilities (contingent or otherwise) other than (A) trade payables, accrued expenses and other liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (B) liabilities not required to be reflected in the Company’s financial statements pursuant to GAAP or required to be disclosed in filings made with the Bank Regulatory Authorities, (iii) the Company has not altered materially its method of accounting or the manner in which it keeps its accounting books and records, (iv) the Company has not declared or made any dividend or distribution of cash or other property to its shareholders or purchased, redeemed or made any agreements to purchase or redeem any shares of its capital stock, (v) the Company has not issued any equity securities to any officer, director or Affiliate, except Common Stock issued pursuant to existing Company stock option plans or equity-based plans disclosed in the Financial Statements, (vi) there has not been any material change or amendment to, or any waiver of any material right by the Company under, any Material Contract under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound or subject, and to the Company’s Knowledge, there has not been a material increase in the aggregate dollar amount of: (A) the Bank’s nonperforming loans (including nonaccrual loans and loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest) or (B) the reserves or allowances established on the Company’s or Bank’s financial statements with respect thereto.

 

   12  

 

(1)                      Environmental Matters. Neither the Company nor the Bank (i) is in violation of any statute, rule, regulation, decision or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or toxic substances (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (ii) owns or operates any real property contaminated with any substance that is in violation of any Environmental Laws, (iii) is liable for any off-site disposal or contamination pursuant to any Environmental Laws, or (iv) is subject to any claim relating to any Environmental Laws; in each case, which violation, contamination, liability or claim has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the Company’s Knowledge, there is no pending or threatened investigation that might lead to such a claim.

 

(m)                  Litigation. There is no Action which (i) adversely affects or challenges the legality, validity or enforceability of any of the Transaction Documents or the issuance of the Shares or (ii) is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, individually or in the aggregate, if there were an unfavorable decision. Neither the Company nor the Bank, nor any director or officer thereof, is or has been the subject of any Action involving a claim of violation of or liability under federal or state securities laws or a claim of breach of fiduciary duty. There has not been, and to the Company’s Knowledge there is not pending or contemplated, any investigation by the Commission involving the Company or any current or former director or officer of the Company. There are no outstanding orders, judgments, injunctions, awards or decrees of any court, arbitrator or governmental or regulatory body against the Company or any executive officers or directors of the Company in their capacities as such, which individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(n)                      Employment Matters. No labor dispute exists or, to the Company’s Knowledge, is imminent with respect to any of the employees of the Company or the Bank which would have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Company’s or the Bank’s employees is a member of a union that relates to such employee’s relationship with the Company or the Bank, and neither the Company nor the Bank is a party to a collective bargaining agreement, and each of the Company and the Bank believes that its relationship with its employees is good. To the Company’s Knowledge, no executive officer is, or is now expected to be, in violation of any material term of any employment contract, confidentiality, disclosure or proprietary information agreement or non-competition agreement, or any other contract or agreement or any restrictive covenant in favor of a third party, and to the Company’s Knowledge, the continued employment of each such executive officer does not subject the Company or the Bank to any liability with respect to any of the foregoing matters. Each of the Company and the Bank is in compliance with all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, except where the failure to be in compliance would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

   13  

 

(o)                   Compliance. Neither the Company nor the Bank (i) is in default under or in violation of(and no event has occurred that has not been waived that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would result in a default by the Company or the Bank under), nor has the Company or the Bank received written notice of a claim that it is in default under or that it is in violation of, any Material Contract (whether or not such default or violation has been waived), (ii) is in violation of any order of any court, arbitrator or governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company, the Bank or their respective properties or assets, or (iii) is in violation of, or in receipt of written notice that it is in violation of, any statute, rule, regulation, policy or guideline or order of any governmental authority, self-regulatory organization (including the Principal Trading Market) applicable to the Company or the Bank, or which would have the effect of revoking or limiting FDIC deposit insurance, except in each case as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(p)                   Regulatory Permits. Each of the Company and the Bank possesses all certificates, authorizations, consents and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct its respective businesses as currently conducted, except where the failure to possess such certificates, authorizations, consents or permits, individually or in the aggregate, has not and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect (“Material Permits”), and (i) neither the Company nor the Bank has received any notice in writing of Proceedings relating to the revocation or material adverse modification of any such Material Permits and (ii) the Company is unaware of any facts or circumstances that would give rise to the revocation or material adverse modification of any Material Permits.

(q)                   Title to Assets. Each of the Company and the Bank has good and marketable title to all real property and tangible personal property owned by it which is material to the business of the Company and Bank, taken as a whole, in each case free and clear of all Liens except such as do not materially affect the value of such property or do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and the Bank. Any real property and facilities held under lease by the Company and the Bank are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and facilities by the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

(r)                     Patents and Trademarks. The Company and the Bank own, possess, license or have other rights to use all foreign and domestic patents, patent applications, trade and service marks, trade and service mark registrations, trade names, copyrights, inventions, trade secrets, technology, Internet domain names, know-how and other intellectual property (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”) necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted except where the failure to own, possess, license or have such rights would not have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except where such violations or infringements would not have or reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (a) there are no rights of third parties to any such Intellectual Property; (b) there is no infringement by third parties of any such Intellectual Property; (c) there is no pending or threatened Proceeding by others challenging the Company’s and/or the Bank’s rights in or to any

such Intellectual Property; (d) there is no pending or threatened Proceeding by others challenging the validity or scope of any such Intellectual Property; and (e) there is no pending or threatened Proceeding by others that the Company and/or the Bank infringes or otherwise violates any patent, trademark, service mark, trade name, copyright, invention, trade secret, technology, Internet domain name, know-how or other proprietary rights of others.

 

   14  

 

(s)                     Insurance. The Company and the Bank are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as the Company believes to be prudent and customary in the businesses and locations in which the Company and the Bank are engaged. All premiums due and payable under all such policies and bonds have been timely paid, and the Company and the Bank are in material compliance with the terms of such policies and bonds. Neither the Company nor the Bank has received any notice of cancellation of any such insurance, nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, will it or the Bank be unable to renew their respective existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would be materially higher than their existing insurance coverage.

 

(t)                     Transactions With Affiliates and Employees. Other than the grant of stock options or other equity awards that are not individually or in the aggregate material in amount and other than as disclosed in the audited Financial Statements, none of the officers or directors of the Company and, to the Company’s Knowledge, none of the employees of the Company, is presently a party to any transaction with the Company or to a presently contemplated transaction (other than for services as employees, officers and directors) that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to GAAP in the audited Financial Statements.

 

(u)                    Internal Accounting Controls. The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset and liability accountability, (iii) access to assets or incurrence of liabilities is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets and liabilities is compared with the existing assets and liabilities at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any difference.

 

(v) Intentionally Omitted.

 

(w)                  Certain Fees. No Person will have, as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any valid right, interest or claim against or upon the Company or a Purchaser for any commission, fee or other compensation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into by or on behalf of the Company, other than the Placement Agent with respect to the offer and sale of the Shares (which placement agent fees are set forth in Schedule 3.1(w) and are being paid by the Company). The Company shall indemnify, pay, and hold each Purchaser harmless against, any liability, loss or expense (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and out-of-pocket expenses) arising in connection with any such right, interest or claim.

 

   15  

 

(x)                   Private Placement. Assuming the accuracy of the Purchasers’ representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.2 of this Agreement, no registration under the Securities Act is required for the offer and sale of the Shares by the Company to the Purchasers under the Transaction Documents. The issuance and sale of the Shares hereunder does not contravene the rules and regulations of the Principal Trading Market.

 

(y)                   Registration Rights. No Person has any right to cause the Company lo effect the registration under the Securities Act of any securities of the Company.

 

(z)                    No Integrated Offering. Assuming the accuracy of the Purchasers’ representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.2 of this Agreement, none of the Company, the Bank nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any of its Affiliates or any Person acting on its behalf has, directly or indirectly, at any time within the past six months, made any offers or sales of any Company security or solicited any offers to buy any security under circumstances that would cause such offers and sales to be integrated for purposes of Regulation D with the offer and sale by the Company of the Shares or that otherwise would cause the exemption from registration under Regulation D to be unavailable in connection with the offer and sale by the Company of the Shares.

 

(aa) Listing and Maintenance Requirements. The Company is, and has no reason to believe that it will not in the foreseeable future continue to be, in compliance in all material respects with the listing and maintenance requirements for continued trading of the Common Stock on the Principal Trading Market.

 

(bb) Investment Company. The Company is not, and immediately after receipt of payment for the Shares will not be, an “investment company,” an “affiliated person” of, “promoter” for or “principal underwriter” for, an entity “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(cc) Unlawful Payments. Neither the Company nor the Bank, nor any directors, officers, nor to the Company’s Knowledge, employees, agents or other Persons acting at the direction of or on behalf of the Company or the Bank has, in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, the Company or the Bank: (a) directly or indirectly, used any corporate funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to foreign or domestic political activity; (b) made any direct or indirect unlawful payments to any foreign or domestic governmental officials or employees or to any foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds; (c) violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; or (d) made any other unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other material unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee.

 

(dd) Application of Takeover Protections; Rights Agreements. The Company has not adopted any stockholder rights plan or similar arrangement relating to accumulations of beneficial ownership of Common Stock or a change in control of the Company.

 

(ee) Disclosure.

 

   16  

 

(i)                      All of the disclosure furnished by or on behalf of the Company to the Purchasers regarding the Company and the Bank, their respective businesses and the transactions contemplated hereby is true and correct in all material respects and does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(ii)                    The Company confirms that neither it nor any of its officers or directors nor any other Person acting on its or their behalf has provided, and it has not authorized the Placement Agent to provide, any Purchaser or its respective agents or counsel with any information that it believes constitutes or could reasonably be expected to constitute material, non-public information except insofar as the existence, provisions and terms of the Transaction Documents and the proposed transactions hereunder and under the Additional Agreements may constitute such information, all of which will be disclosed by the Company in the Press Release as contemplated by Section 4.6 hereof. The Company understands and confirms that each of the Purchasers will rely on the foregoing representations in effecting transactions in securities of the Company. No event or circumstance has occurred or information exists with respect to the Company or the Bank or its or their business, properties, operations or financial conditions, which, under applicable law, rule or regulation, requires public disclosure or announcement by the Company but which has not been so publicly announced or disclosed.

 

(ff) Off Balance Sheet Arrangements. There is no transaction, arrangement, or other relationship between the Company (or the Bank) and an unconsolidated or other off balance sheet entity that would have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(gg) Acknowledgment Regarding Purchase of Shares. The Company acknowledges and agrees that each of the Purchasers is acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length purchaser with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The Company further acknowledges that no Purchaser is acting as a financial advisor or fiduciary of the Company (or in any similar capacity) with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby and any advice given by any Purchaser or any of their respective representatives or agents in connection with the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby is merely incidental to the Purchasers’ purchase of the Shares.

(hh) Absence of Manipulation. The Company has not, and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no one acting on its behalf has, taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or to result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Shares.

(ii)       OFAC. Neither the Company nor the Bank nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee, Affiliate or Person acting on behalf of the Company or the Bank is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Company will not knowingly, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the sale of the Shares, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person or entity, towards any sales or operations in Cuba, Iran, Syria, Sudan, Myanmar or any other country sanctioned by OFAC or for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

   17  

 

(jj)           Money Laundering Laws. The operations of each of the Company and the Bank are and have been conducted in substantial compliance with the money laundering statutes of applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any applicable governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and to the Company’s Knowledge, no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company and/or the Bank with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or threatened.

 

(kk)        Compliance with Certain Banking Regulations. The Company has no knowledge of any facts and circumstances, and has no reason to believe that any facts or circumstances exist, that would cause the Bank: (i) to be deemed not to be in satisfactory compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder or to be assigned a CRA rating by federal or state banking regulators of lower than “satisfactory”; (ii) to be deemed to be operating in violation, in any material respect, of the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970 (or otherwise known as the “Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act”), the USA Patriot Act (or otherwise known as “Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001”), any order issued with respect to anti-money laundering by OFAC or any other anti-money laundering statute, rule or regulation; or (iii) to be deemed not to be in satisfactory compliance, in any material respect, with all applicable privacy of customer information requirements contained in any federal and state privacy laws and regulations as well as the provisions of all information security programs adopted by the Bank.

(ll)            No Additional Agreements. The Company has no other agreements or understandings (including, without limitation, side letters) with any Purchaser or other Person to purchase Shares or other shares of Common Stock (including, without limitation, pursuant to the Additional Agreements) on terms more favorable to such Person than as set forth herein.

 

(mm)       Reports, Registrations and Statements. Since January 1, 2012, the Company and the Bank have filed all material reports, registrations and statements, together with any required amendments thereto, that it was required to file with the Bank Regulatory Authorities and any other applicable foreign, federal or state securities or banking authorities, including, without limitation, all financial statements and financial information required to be filed by it under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the BHC Act. All such reports and statements filed with any such regulatory body or authority are collectively referred to herein as the “Company Reports.” All such Company Reports were filed on a timely basis or the Company or the Bank, as applicable, received a valid extension of such time of filing and has filed any such Company Reports prior to the expiration of any such extension. As of their respective dates, the Company Reports complied in all material respects with all the rules and regulations promulgated by the Bank Regulatory Authorities and any other applicable foreign, federal or state securities or banking authorities, as the case may be.

 

   18  

 

(nn)        Well Capitalized. As of September 30, 2015, the Bank met or exceeded the standards necessary to be considered “well capitalized” under the FDIC’s regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.

(oo)       Agreements with Regulatory Agencies. Neither the Company nor the Bank is subject to any cease-and-desist or other similar order or enforcement action issued by, or is a party to any written agreement, consent agreement or memorandum of understanding with, or is a party to any commitment letter or similar undertaking to, or is subject to any capital directive by, or since December 31, 2011, has adopted any board resolutions at the request of, any governmental entity that currently restricts in any material respect the conduct of its business or that in any material manner relates to its capital adequacy, its liquidity and funding policies and practices, its ability to pay dividends, its credit, risk management or compliance policies, its internal controls, its management or its operations or business (each item in this sentence, a “Regulatory Agreement”), nor has the Company or any Subsidiary been advised since December 31, 2011 by any governmental entity that it is considering issuing, initiating, ordering, or requesting any such Regulatory Agreement. The Company and the Bank are in compliance in all material respects with each Regulatory Agreement to which it is party or subject, and neither the Company nor the Bank has received any notice from any governmental entity indicating that either the Company or the Bank is not in compliance in all material respects with any such Regulatory Agreement.

Each of the Company and the Bank has properly administered all accounts for which it acts as a fiduciary, including accounts for which it serves as a trustee, agent, custodian, personal representative, guardian, conservator or investment advisor, in accordance with the terms of the governing documents, applicable federal and state law and regulation and common law. None of the Company, the Bank or any director, officer or employee of the Company or the Bank has committed any breach of trust or fiduciary duty with respect to any such fiduciary account and the accountings for each such fiduciary account are true and correct and accurately reflect the assets of such fiduciary account.

(pp)           No General Solicitation or General Advertising. Neither the Company nor any Person acting on its behalf has engaged or will engage in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act) in connection with any offer or sale of the Shares.

(qq)            Mortgage Banking Business. Except as has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(i)                        Each of the Company and the Bank has complied with, and all documentation in connection with the origination, processing, underwriting and credit approval of any mortgage loan originated, purchased or serviced by the Company or the Bank satisfied, (A) all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations with respect to the origination, insuring, purchase, sale, pooling, servicing, subservicing, or filing of claims in connection with mortgage loans, including all laws relating to real estate settlement procedures, consumer credit protection, truth in lending laws, usury limitations, fair housing, transfers of servicing, collection practices, equal credit opportunity and adjustable rate mortgages, (B) the responsibilities and obligations relating to mortgage loans set forth in any agreement between the Company or the Bank and any Agency, Loan Investor or Insurer, (C) the applicable rules, regulations, guidelines, handbooks and other requirements of any Agency, Loan Investor or Insurer and (D) the terms and provisions of any mortgage or other collateral documents and other loan documents with respect to each mortgage loan; and

 

   19  

 

(ii)                   No Agency, Loan Investor or Insurer has (A) claimed in writing that the Company or the Bank has violated or has not complied with the applicable underwriting standards with respect to mortgage loans sold by the Company or the Bank to a Loan Investor or Agency, or with respect to any sale of mortgage servicing rights to a Loan Investor, (B) imposed in writing restrictions on the activities (including commitment authority) of the Company or the Bank or (C) indicated in writing to the Company or the Bank that it has terminated or intends to terminate its relationship with the Company or the Bank for poor performance, poor loan quality or concern with respect to the Company’s or the Bank’s compliance with laws,

 

For purposes of this Section 3.1(qq): (A) “Agency” means the Federal Housing Administration, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Farmers Home Administration (now known as Rural Housing and Community Development Services), the Federal National Mortgage Association, the United States Department of Veterans’ Affairs, the Rural Housing Service of the U.S. Department of Agriculture or any other federal or state agency with authority to (i) determine any investment, origination, lending or servicing requirements with regard to mortgage loans originated, purchased or serviced by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) originate, purchase, or service mortgage loans, or otherwise promote mortgage lending, including state and local housing finance authorities; (B) “Loan Investor” means any person (including an Agency) having a beneficial interest in any mortgage loan originated, purchased or serviced by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or a security backed by or representing an interest in any such mortgage loan; and (C) “Insurer” means a person who insures or guarantees for the benefit of the mortgagee all or any portion of the risk of loss upon borrower default on any of the mortgage loans originated, purchased or serviced by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including the Federal Housing Administration, the United States Department of Veterans’ Affairs, the Rural Housing Service of the U.S. Department of Agriculture and any private mortgage insurer, and providers of hazard, title or other insurance with respect to such mortgage loans or the related collateral.

 

(rr) Risk Management Instruments. Except as has not had or would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, since January 1, 2012, all material derivative instruments, including, swaps, caps, floors and option agreements, whether entered into for the Company’s own account, or for the account of one or more of the Company Subsidiaries, were entered into (1) only in the ordinary course of business, (2) in accordance with prudent practices and in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and regulatory policies and (3) with counterparties believed to be financially responsible at the time; and each of them constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company or one of the Company Subsidiaries, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Neither the Company nor the Company Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto, is in breach of any of its material obligations under any such agreement or arrangement.

 

   20  

 

(ss) ERISA. The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all presently applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (herein called “ERISA”); no “reportable event” (as defined in ERISA) has occurred with respect to any “pension plan” (as defined in ERISA) for which the Company would have any liability; the Company has not incurred and does not expect to incur liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any “pension plan”; or (ii) Sections 412 or 4971 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the “Code”); and each “Pension Plan” for which the Company would have liability that is intended to be qualified under Section 40l(a) of the Code is so qualified in all material respects and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification.

 

(tt) Shell Company Status. The Company is not, and has never been, an issuer identified in Rule 144(i)(l).

(uu) Nonperforming Assets. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect to the Company’s knowledge, the Company believes that the Bank will be able to fully and timely collect substantially all interest, principal or other payments when due under its loans, leases and other assets that are not classified as nonperforming and such belief is reasonable under all the facts and circumstances known to the Company and Bank, and the Company believes that the amount of reserves and allowances for loan and lease losses and other nonperforming assets established on the Company’s and Bank’s financial statements is adequate and such belief is reasonable under all the facts and circumstances known to the Company and Bank.

(vv) Change in Control. The issuance of the Shares to the Purchasers as contemplated by this Agreement and the issuance of shares of Common Stock as contemplated by the Additional Agreements will not trigger any rights under any “change of control” provision in any of the agreements to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, including any employment, “change in control,” severance or other compensatory agreements and any benefit plan, which results in payments to the counterparty or the acceleration of vesting of benefits.

 

(ww) Common Control. The Company is not and, to the Company’s Knowledge after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares, will not be under the control (as defined in the BHC Act and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y (12 CFR Part 225) (“BHC Act Control”) of any company (as defined in the BHC Act and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y). The Company is not in BHC Act Control of any federally insured depository institution other than the Bank. The Bank is not under the BHC Act Control of any company (as defined in the BHC Act and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y) other than Company. Neither the Company nor the Bank controls, in the aggregate, more than five percent of the outstanding voting class, directly or indirectly, of any federally insured depository institution. The Bank is not subject to the liability of any commonly controlled depository institution pursuant to Section 5(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. § 1815(e)).

 

   21  

 

(xx)       No “Bad Actor” Disqualification. The Company has exercised reasonable care, in accordance with Commission rules and guidance, and has conducted a factual inquiry including the procurement of relevant questionnaires from each Covered Person (as defined below) or other means, the nature and scope of which reflect reasonable care under the relevant facts and circumstances, to determine whether any Covered Person (as defined below) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) to (viii) under the Securities Act (“Disqualification Events”). To the Company’s knowledge, after conducting such sufficiently diligent factual inquiries, no Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event, except for a Disqualification Event covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act. The Company has complied, to the extent applicable, with any disclosure obligations under Rule 506(e) under the Securities Act. “Covered Persons” are those persons specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act, including the Company; any predecessor or affiliate of the Company; any director, executive officer, other officer participating in the offering, general partner or managing member of the Company; any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power; any promoter (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) connected with the Company in any capacity at the time of the sale of the Securities; and any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with the sale of the Securities (a “Solicitor”), any general partner or managing member of any Solicitor, and any director, executive officer or other officer participating in the offering of any Solicitor or general partner or managing member of any Solicitor.

3.2                    Representations and Warranties of the Purchasers. Each Purchaser hereby, for itself and for no other Purchaser, represents and warrants as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date to the Company as follows:

(a)                    Organization; Authority. If such Purchaser is an entity, it is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization with the requisite corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other power and authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions contemplated by the applicable Transaction Documents and otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. If such Purchaser is an entity, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and performance by such Purchaser of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or, if such Purchaser is not a corporation, such partnership, limited liability company or other applicable like action, on the part of such Purchaser. If such Purchaser is an entity, this Agreement has been duly executed by such Purchaser, and when delivered by such Purchaser in accordance with the terms hereof, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of such Purchaser, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditors’ rights and remedies or by other equitable principles of general application.

 

   22  

 

(b)                     No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by such Purchaser of this Agreement and the consummation by such Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (i) result in a violation of the organizational documents of such Purchaser (if such Purchaser is an entity), (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which such Purchaser is a party, or (iii) result in a violation of any Jaw, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree (including federal and state securities laws) applicable to such Purchaser, except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for such conflicts, defaults, rights or violations which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of such Purchaser to perform its obligations hereunder.

 

(c)                      Investment Intent. Such Purchaser understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” and have not been registered under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law and is acquiring the Shares as principal for its own account and not with a view to, or for distributing or reselling such Shares or any part thereof in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws, provided, however, that by making the representations herein, such Purchaser does not agree to hold any of the Shares for any minimum period of time and reserves the right at all times to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of such Shares pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or under an exemption from such registration and in compliance with applicable federal and state securities Jaws. Such Purchaser is acquiring the Shares hereunder in the ordinary course of its business. Such Purchaser does not presently have any agreement, plan or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any Person to distribute or effect any distribution of any of the Shares to or through any Person.

(d)                      Purchaser Status. At the time such Purchaser was offered the Shares, it was, and at the date hereof it is, an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 50l(a) under the Securities Act.

 

(e)                       General Solicitation. Such Purchaser is not purchasing the Shares as a result of any advertisement, article, notice or other communication regarding the Shares published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over television or radio or presented at any seminar or any other general advertisement.

(f)                        Experience of Such Purchaser. Such Purchaser, either alone or together with its representatives, has such knowledge, sophistication and experience in business and financial matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment in the Shares, and has so evaluated the merits and risks of such investment. Such Purchaser is able to bear the economic risk of an investment in the Shares and, at the present time, is able to afford a complete Joss of such investment.

(g)                       Access to Information. Such Purchaser acknowledges that it has been afforded (i) the opportunity to ask such questions as it has deemed necessary of, and to receive answers from, representatives of the Company concerning the terms and conditions of the offering of the Shares and the merits and risks of investing in the Shares; (ii) access to information about the Company and the Bank and their respective financial condition, results of operations, business, properties, management and prospects sufficient to enable it to evaluate its investment; and (iii) the opportunity to obtain such additional information that the Company possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense that is necessary to make an informed investment decision with respect to the investment. Neither such inquiries nor any other investigation conducted by or on behalf of such Purchaser or its representatives or counsel shall modify, amend or affect such Purchaser’s right to rely on the truth, accuracy and completeness of the Financial Statements and Call Reports and the Company’s representations and warranties contained in the Transaction Documents. Such Purchaser has sought such accounting, legal and tax advice as it has considered necessary to make an informed decision with respect to its acquisition of the Shares.

   23  

 

(h)                    Brokers and Finders. Other than the Placement Agent with respect to the Company (which fees are to be paid by the Company), no Person will have, as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any valid right, interest or claim against or upon the Company or any Purchaser for any commission, fee or other compensation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into by or on behalf of the Purchaser.

 

(i)                      Independent Investment Decision. Such Purchaser has independently evaluated the merits of its decision to purchase Shares pursuant to the Transaction Documents, and such Purchaser confirms that it has not relied on the advice of any other Purchaser’s business and/or legal counsel in making such decision. Such Purchaser understands that nothing in this Agreement or any other materials presented by or on behalf of the Company to the Purchaser in connection with the purchase of the Shares constitutes legal, tax or investment advice. Such Purchaser has consulted such legal, tax and investment advisors as it, in its sole discretion, has deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with its purchase of the Shares. Such Purchaser understands that the Placement Agent has acted solely as the agent of the Company in this placement of the Shares and such Purchaser has not relied on the business or legal advice of the Placement Agent or any of its agents, counsel or Affiliates in making its investment decision hereunder, and confirms that none of such Persons has made any representations or warranties to such Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

 

(j)                      Reliance on Exemptions. Such Purchaser understands that the Shares being offered and sold to it in reliance on specific exemptions from the registration requirements of U.S. federal and state securities laws and that the Company is relying in part upon the truth and accuracy of, and such Purchaser’s compliance with, the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgements and understandings of such Purchaser set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of such Purchaser to acquire the Shares.

 

(k)                    No Governmental Review. Such Purchaser understands that no U.S. federal or state agency or any other government or governmental agency has passed on or made any recommendation or endorsement of the Shares or the fairness or suitability of the investment in the Shares nor have such authorities passed upon or endorsed the merits of the offering of the Shares.

 

   24  

 

(l)                     Residency. Such Purchaser’s residence (if an individual) or office in which its investment decision with respect to the Shares was made (if an entity) are located at the address immediately below such Purchaser’s name on its signature page hereto.

3.3                    The Company and each of the Purchasers acknowledge and agree that no party to this Agreement has made or makes any representations or warranties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby other than those specifically set forth in this Article III and the Transaction Documents.

 

ARTICLE IV

OTHER AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

 

4.1 Transfer Restrictions.

(a)                      Compliance with Laws. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IV, each Purchaser covenants that the Shares may be disposed of only pursuant to an effective registration statement under, and in compliance with the requirements of, the Securities Act, or pursuant to an available exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable state, federal or foreign securities laws. In connection with any transfer of the Shares other than (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement, (ii) to the Company or (iii) pursuant to Rule 144 (provided that the transferor provides the Company with reasonable assurances (in the form of a seller representation letter and, if applicable, a broker representation letter) that such securities may be sold pursuant to such rule), the Company may require the transferor thereof to provide to the Company and the Transfer Agent, at the transferor’s expense, an opinion of counsel selected by the transferor and reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Transfer Agent, the form and substance of which opinion shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Transfer Agent, to the effect that such transfer does not require registration of such Shares under the Securities Act.

 

(b)                      Legends. Certificates evidencing the Shares shall bear any legend as required by the “blue sky” laws of any state and a restrictive legend in substantially the following form, until such time as they are not required under Section 4.1(c) or applicable law:

 

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (B) AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR BLUE SKY LAWS AS EVIDENCED BY A LEGAL OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS TRANSFER AGENT OR (II) UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SAID ACT (PROVIDED THAT THE TRANSFEROR PROVIDES THE COMPANY WITH REASONABLE ASSURANCES (IN THE FORM OF A SELLER REPRESENTATION LETTER AND, IF APPLICABLE, A BROKER REPRESENTATION LETTER) THAT THE SECURITIES MAY BE SOLD PURSUANT TO SUCH RULE). NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE BY THE ISSUER AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT FOR RESALES OF THESE SECURITIES.

   25  

 

(c)                    Removal of Legends. The restrictive legend set forth in Section 4.1(b) above shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such restrictive legend or any other restrictive legend to the holder of the applicable Shares upon which it is stamped or issue to such holder by electronic delivery at the applicable balance account at DTC, if (i) such Shares are registered for resale under the Securities Act, (ii) such Shares are sold or transferred pursuant to Rule 144, or (iii) such Shares are eligible for sale under Rule 144, without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information required under Rule 144(c)(l) (or Rule 144(i)(2), if applicable) as to such securities and without volume or manner-of-sale restrictions. Upon Rule 144 becoming available for the resale of Shares, without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information required under Rule I 44(c)(I) (or Rule I 44(i)(2), if applicable) as to the Shares and without volume or manner-of-sale restrictions, the Company shall instruct the Transfer Agent to remove the legend from the Shares and shall cause its counsel to issue any legend removal opinion required by the Transfer Agent. Any fees (with respect to the Transfer Agent, Company counsel or otherwise) associated with the issuance of such opinion or the removal of such legend shall be borne by the Company. If a legend is no longer required pursuant to the foregoing, the Company will no later than five (5) Trading Days following the delivery by a Purchaser to the Transfer Agent (with notice to the Company) of a legended certificate or instrument representing such Shares (endorsed or with stock powers attached, signatures guaranteed, and otherwise in form necessary to affect the reissuance and/or transfer) and a representation letter to the extent required by Section 4.1(a), deliver or cause to be delivered to such Purchaser a certificate or instrument (as the case may be) representing such Shares that is free from all restrictive legends. The Company may not make any notation on its records or give instructions to the Transfer Agent that enlarge the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 4.1(c). Certificates for Shares free from all restrictive legends may be transmitted by the Transfer Agent to the Purchasers by crediting the account of the Purchaser’s prime broker with DTC as directed by such Purchaser.

 

(d)                   Acknowledgement. Each Purchaser hereunder acknowledges its primary responsibilities under the Securities Act and accordingly will not sell or otherwise transfer the Shares or any interest therein without complying with the requirements of the Securities Act.

 

   26  

 

4.2                     Acknowledgment of Dilution. The Company acknowledges that the issuance of the Shares may result in dilution of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. The Company further acknowledges that its obligations under the Transaction Documents, including without limitation its obligation to issue the Shares pursuant to the Transaction Documents, are unconditional and absolute and not subject to any right of set off, counterclaim, delay or reduction, regardless of the effect of any such dilution or any claim the Company may have against any Purchaser and regardless of the dilutive effect that such issuance may have on the ownership of the other shareholders of the Company.

4.3                    SEC Reporting Company. By no later than forty-two (42) months following the Closing (provided any Purchaser, together with its Affiliates and, for purposes of this Section 4.3 only, Persons who share a common discretionary investment adviser with such Purchaser, own 4.9% or more of all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock at such time), the Company shall cause itself (i) to be subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 13 (by having its Common Stock registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act) or Section IS(d) of the Exchange Act and (ii) to use its best efforts to have its Common Stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE MKT, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market.

 

4.4                     Form D and Blue Sky. The Company agrees to timely file a Form D with respect to the Shares as required under Regulation D. The Company, on or before the Closing Date, shall take such action as the Company shall reasonably determine is necessary in order to obtain an exemption for or to qualify the Shares for sale to the Purchasers at the Closing pursuant to this Agreement under applicable securities or “Blue Sky” laws of the states of the United States (or to obtain an exemption from such qualification). The Company shall make all filings and reports relating to the offer and sale of the Shares required under applicable securities or “Blue Sky” laws of the states of the United States following the Closing Date.

 

4.5                     No Integration. The Company shall not, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that no Affiliate of the Company shall, sell, offer for sale or solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any security (as defined in Section 2 of the Securities Act) that will be integrated with the offer or sale of the Shares in a manner that would require the registration under the Securities Act of the sale of the Shares to the Purchasers.

 

4.6                     Securities Laws Disclosure; Publicity. By 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately following execution of this Agreement, the Company shall issue one or more press releases (collectively, the “Press Release”) reasonably acceptable to the Purchasers disclosing all material terms of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Additional Agreements and any other material, nonpublic information that the Company may have provided any Purchaser at any time prior to the filing of the Press Release. If, following public disclosure of the transactions contemplated hereby, this Agreement terminates prior to Closing, the Company shall issue a press release disclosing such termination by 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the first Business Day following the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not publicly disclose the name of any Purchaser or any Affiliate or investment adviser of any Purchaser, or include the name of any Purchaser or any Affiliate or investment adviser of any Purchaser in any press release or in any filing with the Commission or any regulatory agency or Trading Market, without the prior written consent of such Purchaser, except to the extent such disclosure is required by law, in which case the Company shall provide the Purchasers with prior written notice of such disclosure permitted under this subclause (ii). From and after the issuance of the Press Release, no Purchaser shall be in possession of any material, non-public information received from the Company, the Bank or any of their respective officers, directors or employees or the Placement Agent.

 

   27  

 

4.7                    Non-Public Information. Except with the express written consent of such Purchaser and unless prior thereto such Purchaser shall have executed a written agreement regarding the confidentiality and use of such information, the Company shall not, and shall cause the Bank and each of their respective officers, directors, employees and agents, not to, and each Purchaser shall not directly solicit the Company, the Bank or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents to provide any Purchaser with any material, non-public information regarding the Company or the Bank from and after the filing of the Press Release.

 

4.8 Indemnification.

 

(a)                    Indemnification of Purchasers. The Company will indemnify and hold each Purchaser and its directors, officers, shareholders, members, partners, employees, agents and investment advisers (and any other Persons with a functionally equivalent role of a Person holding such titles notwithstanding a lack of such title or any other title), each Person who controls such Purchaser (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act), and the directors, officers, shareholders, agents, members, partners, employees, agents and investment advisers (and any other Persons with a functionally equivalent role of a Person holding such titles notwithstanding a lack of such title or any other title) of such controlling person (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless from any and all losses, liabilities, obligations, claims, contingencies, damages, costs and expenses, including all judgments, amounts paid in settlements, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of investigation that any such Indemnified Person may suffer or incur as a result of (i) any breach of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements made by the Company in this Agreement or in the other Transaction Documents or (ii) any action instituted against an Indemnified Person in any capacity, or any of them or their respective Affiliates, by any shareholder of the Company or other third party who is not an Affiliate of such Indemnified Person, with respect to any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Company will not be liable to any Indemnified Person under this Agreement to the extent, but only to the extent that a loss, claim, damage or liability is directly attributable to any Indemnified Person’s breach of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements made by such Indemnified Person in this Agreement or in the other Transaction Documents.

 

(b)                    Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. Promptly after receipt by any Indemnified Person of any notice of any demand, claim or circumstances which would or might give rise to a claim or the commencement of any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 4.8(a), such Indemnified Person shall promptly notify the Company in writing and the Company shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, and shall assume the payment of all fees and expenses; provided that the failure of any Indemnified Person so to notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder except to the extent that such failure shall have materially and adversely prejudiced the Company (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, which determination is not subject to appeal or further review). In any such Proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless: (i) the Company and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel; (ii) the Company shall have failed promptly to assume the defense of such Proceeding and to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person in such Proceeding; or (iii) in the reasonable judgment of counsel to such Indemnified Person, representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them, provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for more than two separate counsel for all Indemnified Persons. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. Without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Person, the Company shall not effect any settlement of any pending or threatened Proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person from all liability arising out of such Proceeding.

   28  

 

4.9                      Listing of Common Stock. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to list the Shares for quotation on the Principal Trading Market and maintain the listing of the Common Stock on the Principal Trading Market.

4.10                   Use of Proceeds. The Company intends to use the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares hereunder for the purpose of [increasing its capital and] for general corporate purposes[, including enabling the Bank to continue to meet its regulatory capital requirements].

 

4.11                   Ownership Limitation. No Purchaser shall be entitled to purchase a number of Shares that would cause such Purchaser, together with any other person whose Company securities would be aggregated with such Purchaser’s Company securities for purposes of any banking regulation or law, to collectively be deemed to own, control or have the power to vote shares of Common Stock which would represent more than 9.9% of the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding (based on the number of outstanding shares as of the Closing Date).

4.12                    Certain Transactions. The Company will not merge or consolidate into, or sell, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property or assets to, any other party unless the successor, transferee or lessee party, as the case may be (if not the Company), expressly assumes the due and punctual performance and observance of each and every covenant and condition of this Agreement to be performed and observed by the Company.

4.13                    No Change of Control. The Company shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain all necessary irrevocable waivers, adopt any required amendments and make all appropriate determinations so that the issuance of the Shares to the Purchasers will not trigger a “change of control” or other similar provision in any of the agreements to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, including without limitation any employment, “change in control,” severance or other agreements and any benefit plan, which results in payments to the counterparty or the acceleration of vesting of benefits.

 

   29  

 

4.14 Preemptive Rights.

 

(a)                    For so long as a Purchaser, together with its Affiliates and, for purposes of this Section 4.14 only, Persons who share a common discretionary investment adviser with such Purchaser, owns 4.9% or more of all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (determined at the time of, and before giving effect to, any issuances triggering provisions of this Section) (each, a “Qualified Purchaser”), if the Company offers to sell Covered Securities (as defined below) in a public or private offering of Covered Securities (a “Qualified Offering”), each Qualified Purchaser shall be afforded the opportunity to acquire from the Company, for the same price and on the same terms as such Covered Securities are offered, in the aggregate up to the amount of Covered Securities required to enable it to maintain its Qualified Purchaser Percentage Interest. “Qualified Purchaser Percentage Interest” means, as of any date of determination, the percentage equal to (A) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock then held by the Qualified Purchaser as of the date of determination divided by (B) the total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as of such date. “Covered Securities” means Common Stock and any rights, options or warrants to purchase or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, other than (i) any Common Stock or other securities issuable upon the exercise or conversion of any securities of the Company outstanding as of the date hereof; (ii) pursuant to the granting or exercise of employee stock options or other stock incentives pursuant to the Company’s stock incentive plans approved by the Board or the issuance of stock pursuant to the Company’s employee stock purchase plan approved by the Board or similar plan where stock is being issued or offered to a trust, other entity or otherwise, for the benefit of any employees, officers or directors of the Company, in each case in the ordinary course of providing incentive compensation; (iii) issuances of capital stock as full or partial consideration for a merger, acquisition, joint venture, strategic alliance, license agreement or other similar non-financing transaction; and (iv) issuance of capital stock for consideration other than cash (or an agreement, including without limitation, a note, to pay cash).

(b)                 Prior to making any Qualified Offering of Covered Securities, the Company shall give each Qualified Purchaser written notice of its intention to make such an offering, describing, to the extent then known, the anticipated amount of securities, and other material terms then known to the Company upon which the Company proposes to oiler the same (such notice, a “Qualified Offering Notice”). The Company shall deliver such notice only to the individuals identified on such Qualified Purchaser’s signature page hereto, and shall not communicate the information to anyone else acting on behalf of such Qualified Purchaser without the consent of one of the designated individuals. Each Qualified Purchaser shall then have 10 days after receipt of the Qualified Offering Notice (the “Offer Period”) to notify the Company in writing that it intends to exercise such preemptive right and as to the amount of Covered Securities the Qualified Purchaser desires to purchase, up to the maximum amount calculated pursuant to Section 4.14(a) (the “Designated Securities”). Such notice constitutes a non-binding indication of interest of such Qualified Purchaser to purchase the amount of Designated Securities specified by such Qualified Purchaser (or a proportionately lesser amount if the amount of Covered Securities to be offered in such Qualified Offering is subsequently reduced) at the price (or range of prices) established in the Qualified Offering and other terms set forth in the Company’s notice to it. The failure to respond during the Offer Period constitutes a waiver of such Qualified Purchaser’s preemptive right in respect of such offering. The sale of the Covered Securities in the Qualified Offering, including any Designated Securities, shall be closed not later than 30 days after the end of the Offer Period. The Covered Securities to be sold to other investors in such Qualified Offering shall be sold at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to such other investors than, those specified in the Qualified Offering Notice. If the Company does not consummate the sale of Covered Securities to other investors within such 30-day period, the right provided hereunder shall be revived and such securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Qualified Purchasers in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein and unless otherwise agreed by the Qualified Purchasers, by not later than the end of such 30-day period, the Company shall either confirm in writing to the Qualified Purchasers that the Qualified Offering has been abandoned or shall publicly disclose its intention to issue the Covered Securities in the Qualified Offering, in either case in such a manner that the Qualified Purchasers will not be in possession of any material, non-public information thereafter.

   30  

 

(c)                     If a Qualified Purchaser exercises its preemptive right provided in this Section 4.14 with respect to a Qualified Offering that is an underwritten public offering or an offering made to qualified institutional buyers (as such term is defined in SEC Rule 144A under the Securities Act) for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act (a “Rule 144A Offering”), a private placement or other offering, whether or not registered under the Securities Act, the Company shall offer and sell such Qualified Purchaser, if any such offering is consummated, the Designated Securities (as adjusted, upward to reflect the actual size of such offering when priced) at the same price as the Covered Securities are offered to third persons (not including the underwriters or the initial purchasers in a Rule 144A Offering that is being reoffered by the initial purchasers) in such offering and shall provide written notice of such price upon the determination of such price.

(d)                     In addition to the pricing provision of Section 4.14(c), the Company will offer and sell the Designated Securities to each Qualified Purchaser upon terms and conditions not less favorable than the most favorable terms and conditions offered to other persons or entities in a Qualified Offering.

 

(e)                      In the case of the offering of securities for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, including securities acquired in exchange therefor (other than securities by their terms so exchangeable), the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined by the Board; provided, however, that such fair value as determined by the Board shall not exceed the aggregate market price of the securities being offered as of the date the Board authorizes the offering of such securities.

(f)                       The Company and each Qualified Purchaser shall cooperate in good faith to facilitate the exercise of such Qualified Purchaser’s rights under this Section 4.14, including to secure any required approvals or consents.

 

   31  

 

4.15                 Most Favored Nation. During the period from the date of this Agreement through the Closing Date, the Company nor the Bank shall enter into any additional, or modify any existing, agreements with any existing or future investors in the Company or the Bartle that have the effect of establishing rights or otherwise benefiting such investor in a manner more favorable in any material respect to such investor than the rights and benefits established in favor of the Purchasers by this Agreement, unless, in any such case, the Purchasers have been provided with such rights and benefits.

 

ARTICLE V

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CLOSING

 

5.1                   Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of the Purchasers to Purchase Shares. The obligation of each Purchaser to acquire Shares at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, on or prior to the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived by such Purchaser (as to itself only):

 

(a)                    Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall be true and correct as of the date when made and as of the Closing Date, as though made on and as of such date, except for such representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date.

 

(b)                    Performance. The Company shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements and conditions required by the Transaction Documents to be performed, satisfied or complied with by it at or prior to the Closing.

 

(c)                    No Injunction. No statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, ruling or injunction shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or endorsed by any court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction, nor shall there have been any regulatory communication, that prohibits the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

 

(d)                   Consents. The Company shall have obtained in a timely fashion any and all consents, permits, approvals, registrations and waivers necessary for consummation of the purchase and sale of the Shares, all of which shall be and remain so long as necessary in full force and effect.

(e)                    No Suspensions of Trading in Common Stock; Listing. The Common Stock (i) shall be designated for listing and quotation on the Principal Trading Market and (ii) shall not have been suspended, as of the Closing Date, by the Commission or the Principal Trading Market from trading on the Principal Trading Market nor shall suspension by the Commission or the Principal Trading Market have been threatened, as of the Closing Date, either (A) in writing by the Commission or the Principal Trading Market or (B) by falling below the minimum listing maintenance requirements of the Principal Trading Market.

 

(f)                      Company Deliverables. The Company shall have delivered the Company Deliverables in accordance with Section 2.2(a).

 

   32  

 

(g)                    Minimum Gross Proceeds. The Company shall issue and sell pursuant to this Agreement and the Additional Agreements at least 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock at a price per share equal to the Purchase Price, and shall simultaneously issue and deliver such shares at the Closing to the Purchasers hereunder and the Additional Investors under the Additional Agreements.

(h)                    Termination. This Agreement shall not have been terminated as to such Purchaser in accordance with Section 6.16 herein.

(i)                       Bank Regulatory Issues. The purchase of such Shares by such Purchaser shall not (i) cause such Purchaser or any of its Affiliates to violate any banking regulation, (ii) require such Purchaser or any of its Affiliates to file a prior notice with the Federal Reserve or its delegee under the CIBC Act or the BHC Act or obtain the prior approval of any banking regulator, (iii) require such Purchaser or any of its affiliates to become a bank holding company or otherwise serve as a source of strength for the Company or the Bank or (iv) cause such Purchaser, together with any other person whose Company securities would be aggregated with such Purchaser’s Company securities for purposes of any banking regulation or law, to collectively be deemed to own, control or have the power to vote securities which (assuming, for this purpose only, full conversion and/or exercise of such securities by the Purchaser and such other Persons) would represent more than 9.9% of any class of voting securities of the Company outstanding at such time.

(j)       No Burdensome Condition. Since the date hereof, there shall not be any action taken, or any law, rule or regulation enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to the Company or the Bank, such Purchaser (or its Affiliates) or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, by any bank regulatory authority which imposes any restriction or condition on the Company or its Subsidiaries or such Purchaser or any of its Affiliates (other than such restrictions as are described in any passivity or anti-association commitments, as may be amended from time to time, entered into by such Purchaser) which such Purchaser determines, in its reasonable good faith judgment, is materially and unreasonably burdensome on the Company’s business following the Closing or on such Purchaser (or any of its Affiliates) or would reduce the economic benefits of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to such Purchaser to such a degree that such Purchaser would not have entered into this Agreement had such condition or restriction been known to it on the date hereof (any such condition or restriction, a “Burdensome Condition”), and, for the avoidance of doubt, any requirements to disclose the identities of limited partners, shareholders or non-managing members of such Purchaser or its Affiliates or its investment advisers shall be deemed a Burdensome Condition unless otherwise determined by such Purchaser in its sole discretion.

 

(k)       Material Adverse Effect. No Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred since the date of this Agreement.

5.2                     Conditions Precedent to the Obligations of the Company to sell Shares. The Company’s obligation to sell and issue the Shares to each Purchaser at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment to the satisfaction of the Company on or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions, any of which may be waived by the Company:

 

   33  

 

(a)                    Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by such Purchaser in Section 3.2 hereof shall be true and correct as of the date when made, and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of such date, except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date.

 

(b)                   Performance. Such Purchaser shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements and conditions required by the Transaction Documents to be performed, satisfied or complied with by such Purchaser at or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(c)                    No Injunction. No statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, ruling or injunction shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or endorsed by any court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction, nor shall there have been any regulatory communication, that prohibits the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

 

(d)                    Purchasers Deliverables. Such Purchaser shall have delivered its Purchaser Deliverables in accordance with Section 2.2(b).

 

(e)                    Termination. This Agreement shall not have been terminated as to such Purchaser in accordance with Section 6.16 herein.

 

(f)                     Bank Regulatory Issues. The purchase of such Shares by such Purchaser shall not (i) cause such Purchaser or any of its Affiliates to violate any banking regulation, (ii) require such Purchaser or any of its Affiliates to file a prior notice with the Federal Reserve or its delegee under the CIBC Act or the BHC Act or obtain the prior approval of any banking regulator, (iii) require such Purchaser or any of its affiliates to become a bank holding company or otherwise serve as a source of strength for the Company or the Bank or (iv) cause such Purchaser, together with any other person whose Company securities would be aggregated with such Purchaser’s Company securities for purposes of any banking regulation or law, to collectively be deemed to own, control or have the power to vote securities which (assuming, for this purpose only, full conversion and/or exercise of such securities by the Purchaser and such other Persons) would represent more than 9.9% of any class of voting securities of the Company outstanding at such time.

 

ARTICLE VI MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1                   Fees and Expenses. The Company shall pay the reasonable legal fees and expenses of Greenberg Traurig, LLP, counsel to certain Purchasers, incurred by such Purchasers in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, up to a maximum amount of $40,000, which amount shall be paid directly by the Company to Greenberg Traurig, LLP at the Closing or paid by the Company to Greenberg Traurig, LLP upon termination of this Agreement so long as such termination did not occur as a result of a material breach by such Purchasers of any of their obligations hereunder (as the case may be). Except as set forth above or elsewhere in the Transaction Documents, the parties hereto shall be responsible for the payment of all expenses incurred by them in connection with the preparation and negotiation of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company shall pay all amounts owed to the Placement Agent relating to or arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company shall pay all Transfer Agent fees, stamp taxes and other taxes and duties levied in connection with the sale and issuance of the Shares to the Purchasers.

 

   34  

 

6.2                    Entire Agreement. The Transaction Documents, together with the exhibits and schedules thereto, contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, understandings, discussions and representations, oral or written, with respect to such matters, which the parties acknowledge have been merged into such documents, exhibits and schedules. At or after the Closing, and without further consideration, the Company and the Purchasers will execute and deliver to the other such further documents as may be reasonably requested in order to give practical effect to the intention of the parties under the Transaction Documents.

6.3                    Notices. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (a) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile or e-mail (provided the sender receives a machine-generated confirmation of successful facsimile transmission or e-mail notification or confirmation of receipt of an e-mail transmission) at the facsimile number or e-mail address specified in this Section prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on a Trading Day, (b) the next Trading Day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile number specified in this Section on a day that is not a Trading Day or later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Trading Day, (c) the Trading Day following the date of mailing, if sent by U.S. nationally recognized overnight courier service with next day delivery specified, or (d) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given. The address for such notices and communications shall be as follows:

 

  If to the Company: GrandSouth Bancorporation
    381 Halton Road
    Greenville, SC 29607
    Attention: J.B. Garrett, CFO
    Telephone: (864) 770-1000
    E-Mail: jb.garrett@grandsouth.com
     
     
  With a copy to: Haynsworth Sinkler Boyd, P.A.
    1201 Main Street, 22nd Floor (29201-3226)
    P.O. Box 11889 (29211-1889)
    Columbia, SC
    Attention: George S. King, Jr., Esq.
    Telephone: (803) 540-7818
    Fax: (803) 765-1243
    E-Mail: GK.ing@hsblawfirm.com
     
  If to a Purchaser: To the address set forth under such Purchaser’s name on the signature page hereof;

 

or such other address as may be designated in writing hereafter, in the same manner, by such Person.

 

   35  

 

6.4                   Amendments; Waivers; No Additional Consideration. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be effective with respect to any party unless made in writing and signed by an officer or a duly authorized representative of such party. No consideration shall be offered or paid to any Purchaser to amend or consent to a waiver or modification of any provision of any Transaction Document unless the same consideration is also offered to all Purchasers who then hold Shares.

 

6.5                  Construction. The headings herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof. The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party. This Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents.

 

6.6                  Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement, or any rights or obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by the Company without the prior written consent of the Purchasers. Any Purchaser may assign its rights hereunder in whole or in part to any Person to whom such Purchaser assigns or transfers any Shares in compliance with the Transaction Documents and applicable law, provided that such transferee shall agree in writing to be bound, with respect to the transferred Shares, by the terms and conditions of this Agreement that apply to the “Purchasers”.

 

6.7                  No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other Person, other than Indemnified Persons.

 

6.8                  Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State. Each party agrees that all Proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any other Transaction Documents (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective Affiliates, employees or agents) may be commenced on a non-exclusive basis in the New York Courts. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the New York Courts for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein (including with respect to the enforcement of any of the Transaction Documents), and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any Proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such New York Court, or that such Proceeding has been commenced in an improper or inconvenient forum. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such Proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

   36  

 

6.9                   Survival. Subject to applicable statute of limitations, the representations, warranties, agreements and covenants contained herein shall survive the Closing and the delivery of the Shares.

6.10                Execution. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which when taken together shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party, it being understood that the parties need not sign the same counterpart. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf’ format data file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile signature page were an original thereof.

6.11                Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, the validity and enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and the parties will attempt to agree upon a valid and enforceable provision that is a reasonable substitute therefor, and upon so agreeing, shall incorporate such substitute provision in this Agreement.

 

6.12                Replacement of Shares. If any certificate or instrument evidencing any Shares is mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation thereof, or in lieu of and substitution therefor, a new certificate or instrument, but only upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Transfer Agent of such loss, theft or destruction and the execution by the holder thereof of a customary lost certificate affidavit of that fact and an agreement to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Transfer Agent for any losses in connection therewith or, if required by the Transfer Agent, a bond in such form and amount as is required by the Transfer Agent. The applicants for a new certificate or instrument under such circumstances shall also pay any reasonable third-party costs associated with the issuance of such replacement Shares. If a replacement certificate or instrument evidencing any Shares is requested due to a mutilation thereof, the Company may require delivery of such mutilated certificate or instrument as a condition precedent to any issuance of a replacement.

 

6.13                 Remedies. In addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein or granted by law, including recovery of damages, each of the Purchasers and the Company may be entitled to specific performance under the Transaction Documents. The parties agree that monetary damages may not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of any breach of obligations described in the foregoing sentence and hereby agree to waive in any action for specific performance of any such obligation (other than in connection with any action for a temporary restraining order) the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

   37  

 

6.14               Payment Set Aside. To the extent that the Company makes a payment or payments to any Purchaser pursuant to any Transaction Document or a Purchaser enforces or exercises its rights thereunder, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or exercise or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside, recovered from, disgorged by or are required to be refunded, repaid or otherwise restored to the Company, a trustee, receiver or any other Person under any law (including, without limitation, any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause of action), then to the extent of any such restoration the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

 

6.15              Independent Nature of Purchasers’ Obligations and Rights. The obligations of each Purchaser under any Transaction Document are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Purchaser, and no Purchaser shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Purchaser under any Transaction Document. The decision of each Purchaser to purchase Shares pursuant to the Transaction Documents has been made by such Purchaser independently of any other Purchaser and independently of any information, materials, statements or opinions as to the business, affairs, operations, assets, properties, liabilities, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company or any Subsidiary which may have been made or given by any other Purchaser or by any agent or employee of any other Purchaser, and no Purchaser and none of its agents or employees shall have any liability to any other Purchaser (or any other Person) relating to or arising from any such information, materials, statements or opinions. Nothing contained herein or in any other Transaction Document, and no action taken by any Purchaser pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Purchasers as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Purchasers are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. Each Purchaser acknowledges that no other Purchaser has acted as agent for such Purchaser in connection with making its investment hereunder and that no Purchaser will be acting as agent of such Purchaser in connection with monitoring its investment in the Shares or enforcing its rights under the Transaction Documents. Each Purchaser shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights, including without limitation the rights arising out of this Agreement or out of the other Transaction Documents, and it shall not be necessary for any other Purchaser to be joined as an additional party in any Proceeding for such purpose. It is expressly understood and agreed that each provision contained in this Agreement is between the Company and a Purchaser, solely, and not between the Company and the Purchasers collectively and not between and among the Purchasers.

 

   38  

 

6.16              Termination. This Agreement may be terminated and the sale and purchase of the Shares abandoned at any time prior to the Closing by either the Company or any Purchaser (with respect to itself only) upon written notice to the other, if the Closing has not been consummated on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Outside Date; provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 6.16 shall not be available to any Person whose failure to comply with its obligations under this Agreement has been the cause of or resulted in the failure of the Closing to occur on or before such time. The Company shall give prompt notice of any such termination to each other Purchaser, and, as necessary, work in good faith to restructure the transaction to allow each Purchaser that does not exercise a termination right to purchase the full number of securities set forth below such Purchaser’s name on the signature page of this Agreement while remaining in compliance with Section 4.11. Nothing in this Section 6.16 shall be deemed to release any party from any liability for any breach by such party of the terms and provisions of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or to impair the right of any party to compel specific performance by any other party of its obligations under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents. In the event of a termination pursuant to this Section, the Company shall promptly notify all non-terminating Purchasers. Upon a termination in accordance with this Section, the Company and the terminating Purchaser(s) shall not have any further obligation or liability (including arising from such termination) to the other, and no Purchaser will have any liability to any other Purchaser under the Transaction Documents as a result therefrom.

 

6.17                Rescission and Withdrawal Right. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in (and without limiting any similar provisions of) the Transaction Documents, whenever any Purchaser exercises a right, election, demand or option under a Transaction Document and the Company does not timely perform its related obligations within the periods therein provided, then such Purchaser may rescind or withdraw, in its sole discretion from time to time upon written notice to the Company, any relevant notice, demand or election in whole or in part without prejudice to its future actions and rights.

 

6.18                Adjustments in Common Stock Numbers and Prices. In the event of any stock split, subdivision, dividend or distribution payable in shares of Common Stock (or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly shares of Common Stock), combination or other similar recapitalization or event occurring after the date hereof and prior to the Closing, each reference in any Transaction Document to a number of shares or a price per share shall be deemed to be amended to appropriately account for such event.

 

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOR COMPANY FOLLOWS]

 

   39  

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Securities purchase Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized signatories as of the date first indicated above.

 

 

  GRANDSOUTH BANCORPORATION
   
  By: /s/ Mason Y. Garrett
  Name: Mason Y. Garrett
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

   40  

 

Purchasers under that certain Securities Purchase Agreement dated February 3, 2016 with GrandSouth Bancorporation:

 

  1. JCSD Capital LLC
    1676 N. California Blvd., Suite
    630 Walnut Creek, CA 94596
     
  2. lthan Creek Master Investors (Cayman) L.P.
    280 Congress Street
    Boston, MA 00210
     
  3. Banc Fund VII L.P. and Banc Fund IX, L.P.
    20 N. Wacker Drive, Suite 3300
    Chicago, IL 60606

 

   41  

 

 

 

November 14, 2018

 

 

Dear Mr. Patten,

 

We, the Board of Directors of GrandSouth Bancorporation, are writing to today to formally request an 18- month delay in provision 4.3 of the Security Purchase Agreement dated February 3, 2016 between GrandSouth Bancorporation (the “Company”) and Wellington Management Company LLP. Included in provision 4.3 is a requirement that the Company become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 13 (by having its Common Stock registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act) or Section IS(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

Based on multiple conversations with investors, investment advisors, and accounting firms, we believe this registration would be better timed at a later date, when the Company has grown to a larger asset size and market capitalization. We have made great effort to grow the Company and share price over the 32 months since Wellington Management Company LLP purchased shares in the Company. From the year ended December 31, 2015 to the quarter ended September 30, 2018, the total assets of the Company have grown 74% to $740.3 million. The share price of our Company’s stock has grown to a current price of $18.00 from the $12.00 price at the time of issuance in February of 2016. Additionally, we upgraded to the OTCQX exchange in September of this year to provide additional liquidity to our shareholders.

 

The annual cost of registration with the SEC is estimated to be between $400 thousand and $500 thousand, annually. This is a significant cost to our Company as we continue to grow the franchise and expand strategically into new markets, and we do not see that there will be significant benefits in share price or share liquidity should we make this next step within the next nine months. We request that this requirement be delayed eighteen months to allow the Company to grow and register with the SEC when the benefits of this change will be greater.

 

We are committed to adding capital and liquidity and are currently expecting to add $10 million in common equity with accredited individual investors in a capital raise this quarter.

 

If you would like to meet to address questions or would like additional information, please contact J. B. Garrett by telephone at (864) 527-7170 or by email at jb.garrett@grandsouth.com . Thank you for your time and consideration.

 

Sincerely,  
Mason Y. Garrett JB Schwiers Michael L. Gault
S Hunter Howard, Jr. John W. Shealy J. B. Garrett

Anthony W. Morgan

Edward M. Rast

J. Calhoun Pruitt

Harold E. Garrett

Baety O. Gross

 

381 Halton Road | PO Box 6548 | Greenville, SC 29607 | Phone 864-770-1000

 

     

 

NOTICE: THIS AGREEMENT IS SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION PURSUANT
TO THE SOUTH CAROLINA UNIFORM ARBITRATION ACT

 

NONCOMPETITION, SEVERANCE AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS NONCOMPETITION, SEVERANCE AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 19th day of June, 2019, by and between J.B. Schwiers, an individual (the “Employee”), and GrandSouth Bank, a South Carolina corporation (the “Bank”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of GrandSouth Bancorporation, also a South Carolina corporation (the “Company”).

 

WHEREAS the Bank currently employs the Employee as its President and Chief Executive Officer; and

 

WHEREAS the Bank desires to provide the Employee with the severance benefits described herein in consideration for the Employee’s restrictive covenants contained herein; and

 

WHEREAS the Employee is willing to accept the employment contemplated herein under the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.           Employment. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Bank hereby employs the Employee and Employee hereby accepts such employment the Bank’s President and Chief Executive Officer having such duties and responsibilities as are set forth in Section 3 below.

 

2.           Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below.

 

2.1          “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence during the Term of any of the following events:

 

(a)           An acquisition (other than directly from the Bank) of any voting securities of the Bank (the “Voting Securities”) by any one Person, or more than one Person acting as a group, immediately after which such Person or group has ownership of more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Bank’s then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that in determining whether a Change of Control has occurred, Voting Securities which are acquired in a “Non-Control Acquisition” (as hereinafter defined) shall not constitute an acquisition which would cause a Change of Control. A “Non-Control Acquisition” shall mean an acquisition by (i) an employee benefit plan (or a trust forming a part thereof) maintained by (x) the Bank or (y) any corporation or other Person or group of which a majority of its voting power or its equity securities or equity interest is owned directly or indirectly by the Bank (a “Subsidiary”), (ii) the Bank or any Subsidiary, or (iii) any Person or group in connection with a “Non-Control Transaction” (as hereinafter defined); or

Page 1 of 14
 

(b)           The date a majority of the individuals who, as of the date of this Agreement, are members of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Incumbent Board”) are replaced for any reason during any twelve-month period; provided, however, that if the election, or nomination for election by the Bank’s stockholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Board, such new director shall, for purposes of this Agreement, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or

 

(c)           A merger, consolidation or reorganization involving the Bank, unless

 

(1) the stockholders of the Bank, immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own, directly or indirectly, immediately following such merger, consolidation or reorganization, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the corporation resulting from such merger or consolidation or reorganization (the “Surviving Corporation”), and

 

(2) the individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for such merger, consolidation or reorganization constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation.

 

(A transaction described in clauses (c)(l) and (2) shall herein be referred to as a “Non-Control Transaction”); or

 

(d)           The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank to any Person (other than a transfer to a related person as set forth in 26 C.F.R. 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(B)) over a consecutive 12- month period.

Page 2 of 14
 

2.2          “Cause” shall mean:

 

(a)           any act that (i) constitutes, on the part of the Employee, fraud, dishonesty, failure to follow the directives or implement the policies of the Board of Directors, violation of any state or federal law or regulation applicable to the Bank, malfeasance of duty, conduct inappropriate to the Employee’s office, or breach of this Agreement, and (ii) is demonstrably likely to lead to significant injury to the Bank or resulted or was intended to result in direct or indirect gain to or personal enrichment of the Employee at the expense, direct or indirect, of the Bank or its customers; or

 

(b)           the indictment or conviction of the Employee for a felony;

 

or

 

(c)           the suspension or removal of the Employee by federal or state banking regulatory authorities acting under lawful authority pursuant to provisions of federal or state law or regulation which may be in effect from time to time; or

 

(d)           the commission by the Employee of any serious, repeated or continued act or series of repeated actions (“Course of Conduct”) of neglect, harassment, incompetence or misconduct in the performance of his duties which Course of Conduct he has failed to correct within sixty (60) days of receipt of written notice thereof; or

 

(e)           a Course of Conduct by Employee of failing to abide by the policies and procedures adopted by the Board of Directors which Course of Conduct he has failed to correct within sixty (60) days of receipt of written notice thereof;

 

provided, however, that in the case of clause (a) above, such conduct shall not constitute Cause:

 

(x)              unless (i) there shall have been delivered to the Employee a written notice setting forth with specificity the reasons that the Board of Directors believes the Employee’s conduct meets the criteria set forth in clause (a); (ii) the Employee shall have been provided the opportunity to be heard in person by the Board of Directors (with assistance of the Employee’s counsel if the Employee so desires); and (iii) after such opportunity to be heard, the termination is evidenced by a resolution adopted in good faith by two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors (other than the Employee); or

Page 3 of 14
 

(y)             if such conduct (i) was believed by the Employee in good faith to have been in, or not opposed to, the interests of the Bank, and (ii) was not intended to, and did not, result in the direct or indirect gain to or personal enrichment of the Employee.

 

2.3          “Confidential Information” shall mean all business and other information relating to the business of the Bank, including without limitation, technical or non-technical data, programs, methods, techniques, processes, financial data, financial plans, product plans, and lists of actual or potential customers, which (i) derives economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other Persons, and (ii) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy or confidentiality. Such information and compilations of information shall be contractually subject to protection under this Agreement whether or not such information constitutes a trade secret and is separately protectable at law or in equity as a trade secret.

 

2.4          “Disability” or “Disabled” shall mean (a) the Employee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or (b) the Employee is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Bank; or (c) the Employee has been determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration or Railroad Retirement Board; or (d) the Employee has been determined to be disabled in accordance with a disability insurance program provided by the Bank and in which Employee participates, provided that the definition of disability applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of (a) or (b) listed above.

 

2.5          A voluntary termination by the Employee shall be considered an involuntary termination with “Good Reason” if any of the following occurs without the Employee’s advance written consent, and the term “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following without the Employee’s advance written consent: (i) a material diminution of the Employee’s base compensation; (ii) a material diminution of the Employee’s authority, duties, or responsibilities; (iii) a material diminution in the authority, duties, or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom the Employee is required to report; (iv) a material diminution in the budget over which the Employee retains authority; (v) a material change in the geographic location at which the Employee must perform services for the Bank; or (vi) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Bank of this Agreement. In order to qualify as a voluntary termination for Good Reason, (x) the Employee must give notice to the Bank of the existence of one or more of the conditions described in (i)- (vi) above within 90 days after the initial existence of the condition, and the Bank shall have 60 days thereafter to remedy the condition, and (y) the termination of employment must occur within twelve months following a Good Reason.

Page 4 of 14
 

2.6          “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, bank, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity.

 

3.           Duties. During the Term hereof, the Employee shall have such duties and authority as are typical of the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, including, without limitation, those specified in the Bank’s Bylaws and those assigned by the Board of Directors. The Employee shall report to the Board of Directors of the Bank and shall perform such ancillary administrative duties as the Board of Directors shall assign. Employee’s duties shall be performed at the main office of the Bank located in the Greenville - Anderson, SC MSA as the Board of Directors shall require. Employee agrees that during the Term hereof, he will devote his full time, attention and energies to the diligent performance of his duties. Employee shall not, without prior written consent of the Bank, at any time during the Term hereof (i) accept employment with, or render services of a business, professional or commercial nature to, any Person other than the Bank, (ii) engage in any venture or activity which the Bank may in good faith consider to be competitive with or adverse to the business of the Bank or of any affiliate of the Bank, whether alone, as a partner, or as an officer, director, employee or shareholder or otherwise, except that the ownership of not more than 5% of the stock or other equity interest of any publicly traded corporation or other entity shall not be deemed a violation of this Section, or (iii) engage in any venture or activity which the Board of Directors of the Bank may in good faith consider to interfere with Employee’s performance of his duties hereunder.

 

4.           Term. Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, the Employee’s employment hereunder shall be for a rolling term of three years (the “Term”) commencing on the date hereof, with compensation to be effective as of the date of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be deemed to extend each day for an additional day automatically and without any action on behalf of either party hereto; provided, however, that either party may, by notice to the other, cause this Agreement to cease to extend automatically and, upon such notice, the “Term” of this Agreement shall be the three years following the date of such notice, and this Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration of such Term. If no such notice is given and this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 5 hereof, for the purposes of calculating any amounts payable to the Employee as a result of such termination, the remaining Term of this Agreement shall be deemed to be three years from the date of such termination.

 

5.           Termination. This Agreement may be terminated as follows:

 

5.1   By the Bank. The Bank shall have the right to terminate the Employee’s employment hereunder at any time during the Term hereof for any reason or for no reason, including, without limitation, (i) for Cause, (ii) if the Employee becomes Disabled, or (iii) upon the Employee’s death.

Page 5 of 14
 

5.1.1    If the Bank terminates Employee’s employment under this Agreement for Cause or as a result of Employee’s Disability or death, the Bank’s obligations hereunder shall cease as of the date of termination without prejudice to any vested rights provided hereunder.

 

5.1.2   If the Bank terminates Employee’s employment other than for Cause and other than as a result of Employee’s Disability or death, Employee shall be entitled to receive, as severance, immediately upon such termination, the compensation and benefits provided in Section 6 hereof that would otherwise be payable over the three years subsequent to such termination.

 

5.1.3   If the Bank terminates the Employee’s employment other than for Cause and other than as a result of Employee’s Disability or death, (A) all rights of Employee pursuant to awards of share grants or options granted by the Company shall be deemed to have vested and shall be released from all conditions and restrictions, except for restrictions on transfer pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (B) the Employee shall be deemed to be credited with service with the Bank for such remaining Term for the purposes of the Bank’s benefit plans, including, without limitation, any restricted stock agreements hereafter entered into with Employee.

 

5.1.4    For purposes of determining severance payments pursuant to Sections 5.1.2 and 5.2.2, (i) the amount of annual salary shall be deemed to be the annualized salary being paid immediately prior to the termination, (ii) the annual amount of unfixed compensation (such as a bonus) shall be deemed to be equal to the average of such compensation over the three year period immediately prior to the termination, and (iii) the annual amount of benefits shall be deemed to be the sum of the costs to the Bank of providing the benefits to the Employee for the twelve month period ending immediately prior to the termination.

 

5.2          By Employee. Employee shall have the right to terminate his employment hereunder at any time during the Term hereof for any reason or for no reason, including, without limitation, (i) voluntarily for Good Reason, or (ii) in the event of a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank; provided, however, in the event of a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank, the Employee shall have given the Bank written notice of the breach within 90 days thereof and the Bank shall have failed to cure the breach within 60 days after such notice is given (a “Material Breach”).

 

5.2.1   If Employee terminates his employment hereunder other than for Good Reason and other than as a result of a Material Breach, the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement shall cease as of the date of such termination and, unless there shall have been a Change of Control within the prior twelve months, Employee shall be subject to the non-competition provisions set forth in section 10 hereof.

 

5.2.2   If Employee terminates his employment hereunder for Good Reason or as a result of a Material Breach, Employee shall be entitled to receive as severance, immediately upon such termination, the compensation and benefits provided in Section 6 hereof that would otherwise be payable over the three years subsequent to such termination.

Page 6 of 14
 

5.2.3    In addition, in the event of a Change in Control or termination for Good Reason or as a result of a Material Breach, (A) all rights of Employee pursuant to awards of share grants or options granted by the Bank shall be deemed to have vested and shall be released from all conditions and restrictions, except for restrictions on transfer pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (B) the Employee shall be deemed to be credited with service with the Bank for the remaining Term for the purposes of the Bank’s benefit plans.

 

5.3          Severance Due Upon Change In Control Regardless of Termination. Employee shall be due severance described above upon a Change in Control regardless of whether Employee terminates. In addition, following a Change in Control, Employee shall be entitled to the benefit described in Section 5.2.3.

 

5.4          Timing of Payments. Any payments required to be made under this Section 5 shall be made within five days after termination of employment or Change in Control, except to the extent Section 22 of this Agreement applies.

 

6.           Compensation. In consideration of Employee’s services and covenants hereunder, Bank shall pay to Employee the compensation and benefits described below (which compensation shall be paid in accordance with the normal compensation practices of the Bank and shall be subject to such deductions and withholdings as are required by law or policies of the Bank in effect from time to time, provided that his salary pursuant to section 6.1 shall be payable not less frequently than monthly):

 

6.1           Annual Salary. During the Term hereof, the Bank shall pay to Employee a salary at a rate of$375,000 per annum. Employee’s salary will be reviewed by the Board of Directors of the Bank at the beginning of each of its fiscal years and, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, may be increased for such year.

 

6.2          Annual Incentive Bonus. During the Term hereof, Employee shall also be eligible for additional performance based compensation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Bank.

 

6.3          Stock Options. During the Term hereof, the Board of Directors of the Company may grant Employee options to purchase Company common stock in accordance with the terms of the Company’s stock option plan.

 

6.4          Other Benefits. Employee shall be entitled to share in any other employee benefits generally provided by the Bank to its similarly situated employees for so long as the Bank provides such benefits.

Page 7 of 14
 

6.5          Employee’s Right To Benefits Absolute. The right of the Employee to receive the benefits set forth in this Agreement shall be absolute and not subject to any right of set-off or counterclaim the Bank may have against Employee.

 

7.           Accelerated Vesting of Employee’s Stock Options. Anything set forth herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Employee’s stock options shall vest immediately upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, even if the Employee remains employed with the Bank after a Change of Control. However, to the extent that this Agreement is inconsistent with the Company’s Stock Option Plan, the terms of the Stock Option Plan shall control. Moreover, anything set forth herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Employee shall have a minimum of one year from the date of vesting to exercise such stock option rights.

 

8.           Parachute Payments.

8.1          FDIC Limitations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any payment provided for in this Agreement would, if paid, constitute a “golden parachute payment” as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 359.l(f) as in effect on the date of this Agreement, the obligation of the Bank to make such payment shall be subject to an additional condition that the circumstances which cause the payment to be a “golden parachute payment” shall have ceased to exist but such payment will become payable in full at such time as the condition is met together with interest at the prime rate, compounded annually, from the date such payment would have been due had it not been a “golden parachute payment” until paid.

 

8.2          IRS Limitations. The parties acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding anything in any and all other agreements, plans, programs and arrangements to the contrary, in the event that the aggregate of all payments and benefits made or provided to the Employee under all agreements, plans, programs and arrangements of one or more of the Bank, any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, and any person or entity with respect to which the Bank is a direct or indirect subsidiary, and any person or entity that is a successor to any or all of the foregoing pursuant to a merger or otherwise (the “Aggregate Payment”) constitutes an excess parachute payment, as such term is defined in Section 280G(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (a “Parachute Payment”), such payments and benefits shall be reduced or eliminated, as determined by the Bank (or its applicable successor), in the following order: (i) any cash payments, (ii) any taxable benefits, (iii) any nontaxable benefits, and (iv) any vesting or accelerated delivery of equity awards, in each case in reverse order beginning with the payments or benefits that are to be paid the farthest in time from the date that would trigger the applicable excise tax, until the amount of the remaining Aggregate Payment is one hundred dollars ($100.00) less than the amount that would constitute an excess parachute payment. The determinations required to be made under this paragraph, and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determinations, shall be made by the Bank or by a “Tax Advisor” designated by the Bank (which Tax Advisor shall be a law firm, compensation consultant or accounting firm appointed by the Bank), and the Bank shall direct the Tax Advisor to, as applicable, provide its determinations and any supporting calculations to the Employee.

Page 8 of 14
 

9.           Confidentiality.

9.1          Bank Confidential Information. Employee acknowledges that, prior to and during the term of this Agreement, the Bank has furnished and will furnish to Employee, and the Employee will develop for the benefit of the Bank, Confidential Information which could be used by Employee on behalf of a competitor of the Bank to the Bank’s substantial detriment. Employee acknowledges that Confidential Information is the sole property of the Bank. In view of the foregoing, Employee acknowledges and agrees that the restrictive covenants contained in this Agreement are reasonably necessary to protect the Bank’s legitimate business interests and goodwill. Employee agrees that he shall protect the Bank’s Confidential Information and shall not disclose to any Person, or otherwise use, except in connection with his duties performed in accordance with this Agreement, any Confidential Information; provided, however, that Employee may make disclosures required by a valid order or subpoena issued by a court or administrative agency of competent jurisdiction, in which event Employee will, if permitted to do so under applicable law, promptly notify the Bank of such order or subpoena to provide the Bank an opportunity to protect its interests. Upon the termination or expiration of his employment hereunder, the Employee agrees to deliver promptly to the Bank all Bank files, customer lists, management reports, memoranda, research, Bank forms, financial data and reports and other documents supplied to or created by him in connection with his employment hereunder (including all copies of the foregoing) in his possession or control and all of the Bank’s equipment and other materials in his possession or control. This provision shall survive for 24 months after termination of employment of Employee with the Bank.

 

9.2          Third Party Confidential Information. Employee shall also hold in the strictest confidence all confidential or proprietary information that the Bank has received from any third party to which it is the Bank’s obligation to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes, and Employee shall not disclose such information to any person, firm or corporation or use it except as necessary in carrying out Employee’s work for the Bank consistent with the Bank’s agreement with such third party.

 

10.         Restrictive Covenants. In consideration of this Agreement, and the severance benefits offered herein, Employee agrees that during the Term of this Agreement, and, in the event Employee voluntarily terminates his employment with the Bank without Good Reason prior to a Change of Control or the Board of Directors terminates the Employee’s employment for Cause:

Page 9 of 14
 

10.1         Non-Competition. Employee shall not, and for a period of two years following termination of employment shall not, as described in this Section 10, serve as an officer, director, shareholder, owner, part owner or in a managerial or advisory capacity, whether as an employee, independent contractor, consultant or advisor, in any Competitive Business in the Territory, as defined in Sections 10.4 and 10.5 herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, this non-competition language is not intended to prevent Employee from accepting employment with a Competitive Business, provided that the Bank receives, prior to Employee’s acceptance of such employment, separate written assurances, reasonably satisfactory to the Bank, from such Competitive Business and from Employee, that Employee shall not use Confidential Information of the Bank to directly or indirectly engage in competition with the Bank in the Territory.

 

10.2         Non-Solicitation of Employees. Employee shall not, for a period of two years following termination of employment, as described in this Section 10, call upon any person who is, at that time, an employee or consultant of the Bank or any affiliate, for the purpose or with the intent of enticing such employee or consultant away from or out of the employ or contract with the Bank or any affiliate. This covenant shall not prevent Employee from hiring current or future employees of the Bank who have terminated such employment without solicitation or collusion by or with Employee.

 

10.3         Non-Solicitation of Bank Customers. Employee shall not, and for a period of two years following termination of employment shall not, as described in this Section 10, interfere or attempt to interfere with any Person which is, at that time, or which has been within two years prior to that time, in a business relationship with the Bank and/or is a customer of the Bank, for the purpose of soliciting or selling Competitive Services or Products on behalf of a Competitive Business within the Territory.

 

10.4         The Territory. For purposes of this Section 10, the Territory shall mean Greenville - Anderson, SC MSA.

 

10.5         Competitive Business: Competitive Services or Products. For purposes of this Section 10, “Competitive Business” means any insured depository institution or other Person that markets and sells Competitive Services or Products. “Competitive Services or Products” means commercial and retail loans and extensions of credit that may be lawfully made by the Bank.

 

10.6         Severability. Each Restrictive Covenant in this Section 10 is completely severable and independent; if any of the restrictions set forth above are determined to be unenforceable, or unenforceable in any of the geographic areas set forth above, the parties intend that the restrictions set forth above shall continue to apply to the remaining geographic areas set forth above, and that the other restrictions set forth above shall continue to apply.

 

10.7        Termination Following Change of Control. In the event that Employee’s employment is terminated for any reason following a Change of Control (whether by the Bank or Employee), it is expressly acknowledged that there shall be no limitation on any competitive activity of Employee, including direct competition with the Bank or its successor, and the Bank shall not be entitled to injunctive relief with respect to any such competitive activities of Employee.

Page 10 of 14
 

10.8        Reasonable Restraint. Employee agrees:

 

(a) That these restrictive covenants are reasonable as to time, business scope and geographical area;

 

(b) That valuable consideration therefor has been received by Employee from the Bank;

 

(c) That the protection afforded to the Bank hereunder is necessary for the Bank reasonably to protect its legitimate business interests; and

 

(d) That if he chooses, Employee is fully capable of maintaining gainful employment after termination of employment with the Bank and while bound by the provisions of these restrictive covenants.

 

10.9        Equitable Relief. Because of the difficulty of measuring economic losses to the Bank as a result of a breach of the covenants in this Section 10 and because of the immediate and irreparable damage that could be caused to the Bank for which it would have no other adequate remedy, Employee understands and agrees that the foregoing covenants may be enforced by injunctions, restraining orders and other equitable actions.

 

11.         Contracts or Other Agreements with Former Employer or Business. Employee represents that he is not and will not become a party to any non-competition agreement or non-solicitation agreement or any other agreement which would prohibit him from entering into this Agreement or prohibit or impair his ability to provide the services for the Bank contemplated by this Agreement on or after the date hereof.

 

12.         Assignment. The parties acknowledge that this Agreement has been entered into due to, among other things, the special skills of Employee, and agree that this Agreement may not be assigned or transferred by Employee, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Bank.

 

13.         Notices. All notices, requests, demands, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered or seven days after mailing if mailed, first class, certified mail postage prepaid:

 

To the Bank: GrandSouth Bank
  P.O. Box 6548 Greenville,
  S.C. 29606
  Attn: Chairman of the Board
   
To Employee: J.B. Schwiers
  500 West Butler Road
  Greenville, SC 29607

Page 11 of 14
 

Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, and other communications shall be delivered or mailed by giving notice thereof to the other party in the same manner provided herein.

 

14.         Provisions Severable. If any provision or covenant, or any part thereof, of this Agreement should be held by any court to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, either in whole or in part, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions or covenants, or any part thereof, of this Agreement, all of which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

15.         Remedies. The Employee acknowledges that if the breaches or threatens to breach his covenants and agreements in Sections 9 and 10 of this Agreement, such actions may cause irreparable harm and damage to the Bank which could not be compensated by monetary damages alone. Accordingly, if Employee breaches or threatens to breach Section 9 or Section 10 of this Agreement, the Bank shall be entitled to injunctive relief, in addition to any other rights or remedies of the Bank.

 

16.         Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy, other than a claim for injunctive relief pursuant to Section 15 hereof, arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Greenville, South Carolina, by three arbitrators in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators’ award in any court having jurisdiction. The Bank shall bear all costs and expenses of the arbitrators and AAA arising in connection with any arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section.

 

17.         Waiver. Failure of either party to insist, in one or more instances, on performance by the other in strict accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of any right granted in this Agreement or of the future performance of any such term or condition or of any other terms or condition of this Agreement, unless such waiver is contained in a writing signed by the party making the waiver.

 

18.         Amendments and Modifications. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

19.         Governing Law. The validity and effect of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of South Carolina.

 

20.         Right to Advice of Counsel. Employee acknowledges that he has had the right to consult with counsel and is fully aware of Employee’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

Page 12 of 14
 

21.         Integration; Successors and Assigns. This Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

22.         Section 409A Savings Clause. Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, if when the Employee’s employment terminates the Employee is a “specified employee,” as defined in section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if any payments or benefits under this Agreement will result in additional tax or interest to the Employee because of section 409A, the Employee shall not be entitled to the payments or benefits until the earliest of (x) the date that is at least six months after termination of the Employee’s employment for reasons other than the Employee’s death, (y) the date of the Employee’s death, or (z) any earlier date that does not result in additional tax or interest to the Employee under section 409A. As promptly as possible after the end of the period during which payments or benefits are delayed under this provision, the entire amount of delayed payments shall be paid to Employee in a single lump sum. References in this Agreement to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 include rules, regulations and guidance of general application issued by the Department of the Treasury under such Section 409A.

 

[Signatures appear on the next page.]

Page 13 of 14
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Noncompetition, Severance and Employment Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

WITNESSES:   Employee
  (SIGNATURE)     (SIGNATURE)
    J. B. Schwiers
  (SIGNATURE)  
     
    GrandSouth Bank
  (SIGNATURE)     (SIGNATURE)
    By: Mason Y. Garrett
  (SIGNATURE)   Chairman of the Board
Page 14 of 14

NOTICE: THIS AGREEMENT IS SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION PURSUANT
TO THE SOUTH CAROLINA UNIFORM ARBITRATION ACT

 

SEVERANCE AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS SEVERANCE AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 21st day of March, 2012, by and between J.B. Garrett, an individual (the “Executive”), and GrandSouth Bancorporation, a South Carolina corporation (the “Company”), the parent company of GrandSouth Bank, also a South Carolina corporation (the “Bank”).

 

WHEREAS the Board of Directors of the Company believes that the Executive has been instrumental in the success of the Company since his employment in 1998;

 

WHEREAS the Company desires to continue to employ the Executive as a Chief Financial Officer of the Company and of the Bank;

 

WHEREAS the Executive is willing to accept the employment contemplated herein under the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.           Employment. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company hereby employs the Executive and Executive hereby accepts such employment as a Chief Financial Officer of the Company and of the Bank having such duties and responsibilities as are set forth in Section 3 below.

 

2.           Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below.

 

2.1           “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence during the Term of any of the following events: 

Page 1 of 14
 

(a)           An acquisition (other than directly from the Company) of any voting securities of the Company (the “Voting Securities”) by any “Person” (as the term person is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”)) immediately after which such Person has “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act) of more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that in determining whether a Change of Control has occurred, Voting Securities which are acquired in a “Non-Control Acquisition” (as hereinafter defined) shall not constitute an acquisition which would cause a Change of Control. A “Non-Control Acquisition” shall mean an acquisition by (i) an employee benefit plan (or a trust forming a part thereof) maintained by (x) the Company or (y) any corporation or other Person of which a majority of its voting power or its equity securities or equity interest is owned directly or indirectly by the Company (a “Subsidiary”), (ii) the Company or any Subsidiary, or (iii) any Person in connection with a “Non-Control Transaction” (as hereinafter defined); or

 

(b)           The individuals who, as of the date of this Agreement, are members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company; provided, however, that if the election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Board, such new director shall, for purposes of this Agreement, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or

 

(c)           A merger, consolidation or reorganization involving the Company, unless

 

(1) the stockholders of the Company, immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own, directly or indirectly, immediately following such merger, consolidation or reorganization, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the corporation resulting from such merger or consolidation or reorganization (the “Surviving Corporation”) in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Voting Securities immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization, and

 

(2) the individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for such merger, consolidation or reorganization constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation.

 

(A transaction described in clauses (c)(l) and (2) shall herein be referred to as a “Non-Control Transaction”); or

 

(d)           The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person (other than a transfer to a Subsidiary) over a consecutive 12-month period. 

Page 2 of 14
 

2.2           “Cause” shall mean:

 

(a)           any act that (i) constitutes, on the part of the Executive, fraud, dishonesty, willful failure to follow the directives or implement the policies of the Board of Directors, willful violation of any state or federal law or regulation applicable to the Company or the Bank, gross malfeasance of duty, conduct grossly inappropriate to the Executive’s office, or willful material breach of this Agreement, and (ii) is demonstrably likely to lead to material injury to the Company or the Bank or resulted or was intended to result in direct or indirect gain to or personal enrichment of the Executive at the expense, direct or indirect, of the Company or the Bank; or

 

(b)           the conviction (from which no appeal may be or is timely taken) of the Executive of a felony; or

 

(c)           the suspension or removal of the Executive by federal or state Companying regulatory authorities acting under lawful authority pursuant to provisions of federal or state law or regulation which may be in effect from time to time; or

 

(d)           the commission by the Executive of any serious, repeated or continued material act or series of repeated actions (“Course of Conduct”) of dishonesty, neglect, harassment, incompetence or misconduct in the performance of his duties which Course of Conduct he has failed to correct within sixty (60) days of receipt of written notice thereof; or

 

(e)           a Course of Conduct by Executive of failing to abide by the policies and procedures adopted by the Board of Directors which Course of Conduct he has failed to correct within sixty (60) days of receipt of written notice thereof;

 

provided, however, that in the case of clause (a) above, such conduct shall not constitute Cause:

 

(x)            unless (i) there shall have been delivered to the Executive a written notice setting forth with specificity the reasons that the Board of Directors believes the Executive’s conduct meets the criteria set forth in clause (a); (ii) the Executive shall have been provided the opportunity to be heard in person by the Board of Directors (with assistance of the Executive’s counsel if the Executive so desires); and (iii) after such opportunity to be heard, the termination is evidenced by a resolution adopted in good faith by two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors (other than the Executive); or 

Page 3 of 14
 

(y)           if such conduct (i) was believed by the Executive in good faith to have been in, or not opposed to, the interests of the Company and the Bank, and (ii) was not intended to, and did not, result in the direct or indirect gain to or personal enrichment of the Executive.

 

2.3           “Confidential Information” shall mean all business and other information relating to the business of the Company, including without limitation, technical or non-technical data, programs, methods, techniques, processes, financial data, financial plans, product plans, and lists of actual or potential customers, which (i) derives economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other Persons, and (ii) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy or confidentiality. Such information and compilations of information shall be contractually subject to protection under this Agreement whether or not such information constitutes a trade secret and is separately protectable at law or in equity as a trade secret.

 

2.4           “Disability” or “Disabled” shall mean (a) the Executive is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or (b) the Executive is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the service provider’s employer; or (c) the Executive has been determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration or Railroad Retirement Board; or (d) the Executive has been determined to be disabled in accordance with a disability insurance program provided by the Company and in which Executive participates, provided that the definition of disability applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of (a) or (b) listed above.

 

2.5           A voluntary termination by the Executive shall be considered a voluntary termination with “Good Reason” if any of the following occurs, following a Change of Control, without the Executive’s advance written consent, and the term “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence, following a Change of Control, of any of the following without the Executive’s advance written consent: (i) a material diminution of the Executive’s base compensation; (ii) a material diminution of the Executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities; (iii) a material diminution in the authority, duties, or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom the Executive is required to report; (iv) a material diminution in the budget over which the Executive retains authority; (v) a material change in the geographic location at which the Executive must perform services for the Employer; or (vi) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Employer of this Agreement. In order to qualify as a voluntary termination for Good Reason, (x) the Executive must give notice to the Company of the existence of one or more of the conditions described in (i) - (vi) above within 90 days after the initial existence of the condition, and the Company shall have 30 days thereafter to remedy the condition, and (y) the termination of employment must occur within 24 months following a Change of Control. 

Page 4 of 14
 

2.6            “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, Company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity.

 

3.            Duties. During the Term hereof, the Executive shall have such duties and authority as are typical of a Chief Financial Officer of the Company and of the Bank, including, without limitation, those specified in the Company’s and the Bank’s respective Bylaws and those assigned by the Company’s and the Bank’s respective Boards of Directors. The Executive shall report directly to the President of the Company and of the Bank. Executive agrees that during the Term hereof, he will devote his full time, attention and energies to the diligent performance of his duties. Executive shall not, without prior written consent of the Company, at any time during the Term hereof (i) accept employment with, or render services of a business, professional or commercial nature to, any Person other than the Company, (ii) engage in any venture or activity which the Company may in good faith consider to be competitive with or adverse to the business of the Company or of any affiliate of the Company, whether alone, as a partner, or as an officer, director, employee or shareholder or otherwise, except that the ownership of not more than 5% of the stock or other equity interest of any publicly traded corporation or other entity shall not be deemed a violation of this Section, or (iii) engage in any venture or activity which the Board of Directors of the Company may in good faith consider to interfere with Executive’s performance of his duties hereunder.

 

4.           Term. Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, the Executive’s employment hereunder shall be for a rolling term of three years (the “Term”) commencing on the date hereof, with compensation to be effective as of the date of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be deemed to extend each day for an additional day automatically and without any action on behalf of either party hereto; provided, however, that either party may, by notice to the other, cause this Agreement to cease to extend automatically and, upon such notice, the “Term” of this Agreement shall be the three years following the date of such notice, and this Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration of such Term. If no such notice is given and this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 5 hereof, for the purposes of calculating any amounts payable to the Executive as a result of such termination, the remaining Term of this Agreement shall be deemed to be three years from the date of such termination.

 

5.           Termination. This Agreement may be terminated as follows:

 

5.1    By the Company. The Company shall have the right to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder at any time during the Term hereof for any reason or for no reason, including, without limitation, (i) for Cause, (ii) if the Executive becomes Disabled, or (iii) upon the Executive’s death.

Page 5 of 14
 

5.1.1    If the Company terminates Executive’s employment under this Agreement for Cause or as a result of Executive’s Disability or death, the Company’s obligations hereunder shall cease as of the date of termination without prejudice to any vested rights provided hereunder.

 

5.1.2    If the Company terminates Executive’s employment other than for Cause and other than as a result of Executive’s Disability or death, and such termination is within 24 months after a Change of Control, Executive shall be entitled to receive, as severance, immediately upon such termination, the compensation and benefits provided in Section 6 hereof that would otherwise be payable over the three years subsequent to such termination.

 

5.1.3    If the Company terminates Executive’s employment other than for Cause and other than as a result of Executive’s Disability or death, and in the absence of a Change of Control, Executive shall be entitled to receive, as severance, immediately upon such termination, the compensation and benefits provided in Section 6 hereof that would otherwise be payable for the remaining Term of this Agreement.

 

5.1.4    If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment other than for Cause and other than as a result of Executive’s Disability or death, (A) all rights of Executive pursuant to awards of share grants or options granted by the Company shall be deemed to have vested and shall be released from all conditions and restrictions, except for restrictions on transfer pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (B) the Executive shall be deemed to be credited with service with the Company for such remaining Term for the purposes of the Company’s benefit plans, including, without limitation, any restricted stock agreements hereafter entered into with Executive.

 

5.1.5    For purposes of determining severance payments pursuant to Sections 5.1.2, 5.1.3 and 5.2.2, (i) the amount of annual salary shall be deemed to be the annualized salary being paid immediately prior to the termination, (ii) the annual amount of unfixed compensation (such as a bonus) shall be deemed to be equal to the average of such compensation over the three year period immediately prior to the termination, and (iii) the annual amount of benefits shall be deemed to be the sum of the costs to the Company of providing the benefits to the Executive for the twelve month period ending immediately prior to the termination.

 

5.2           By Executive. Executive shall have the right to terminate his employment hereunder at any time during the Term hereof for any reason or for no reason, including, without limitation, (i) voluntarily for Good Reason, or (ii) in the event of a material breach of this Agreement by the Company; provided, however, in the event of a material breach of this Agreement by the Company, the Executive shall have given the Company written notice of the breach within 90 days thereof and the Company shall have failed to cure the breach within 30 days after such notice is given (a “Material Breach”). 

Page 6 of 14
 

5.2.1    If Executive terminates his employment hereunder other than for Good Reason and other than as a result of a Material Breach, the Company’s obligations under this Agreement shall cease as of the date of such termination and, unless there shall have been a Change of Control within the prior 24 months, Executive shall be subject to the non-competition provisions set forth in section 10 hereof.

 

5.2.2    If Executive terminates his employment hereunder for Good Reason or as a result of a Material Breach, Executive shall be entitled to receive as severance, immediately upon such termination, the compensation and benefits provided in Section 6 hereof that would otherwise be payable over the three years subsequent to such termination.

 

5.2.3    In addition, in the event of such termination for Good Reason or as a result of a Material Breach, (A) all rights of Executive pursuant to awards of share grants or options granted by the Company shall be deemed to have vested and shall be released from all conditions and restrictions, except for restrictions on transfer pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (B) the Executive shall be deemed to be credited with service with the Company for the remaining Term for the purposes of the Company’s benefit plans.

 

5.3           Timing of Payments. Any payments required to be made under this Section 5 shall be made within five days after termination of employment, except to the extent Section 22 of this Agreement applies.

 

5.4           Termination in Anticipation of a Change of Control. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause prior to a Change of Control and the Executive reasonably demonstrates that such termination (x) was at the request of a third party who has indicated an intention or taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change of Control and who effectuates a Change of Control or (y) otherwise occurred in connection with, or in anticipation of, a Change of Control which actually occurs, then for all purposes of this Agreement, such termination shall be deemed to be a termination within 24 months after a Change of Control and the date of a Change of Control with respect to the Executive shall mean the date immediately prior to the date of such termination of the Executive’s employment.

 

5.5           Limitation on Payments. In the event that it is determined that any payment or distribution of any type to or for the benefit of Executive (whether under this Agreement or otherwise) made by the Company, by any of its affiliates, by any person who acquires ownership or effective control of the Company or ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets (within the meaning of section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended (“Code”), and the regulations thereunder) or by any affiliate of such person, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (the “Total Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest or penalties, are collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then such payments or distributions shall be payable either in (x) full or (y) such lesser amount which would result in no portion of such payments or distributions being subject to the Excise Tax and Executive shall receive the greater, on an after-tax basis, of (x) or (y). 

Page 7 of 14
 

If a reduction in the Total Payments constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that no portion of such Total Payments is subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, the reduction shall occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments for which the full amount is treated as a parachute payment; (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting (or, if necessary, payment) of cash awards for which the full amount in not treated as a parachute payment; (3) cancellation of any accelerated vesting of equity awards; and (4) reduction of any continued employee benefits. In selecting the equity awards (if any) for which vesting will be reduced under clause (3) of the preceding sentence, awards shall be selected in a manner that maximizes the after-tax aggregate amount of Total Payments provided to Executive, provided that if (and only if) necessary in order to avoid the imposition of an additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, awards instead shall be selected in the reverse order of the date of grant. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of measuring an equity compensation award’s value to Executive when performing the foregoing comparison between (x) and (y), such award’s value shall equal the then aggregate fair market value of the vested shares underlying the award less any aggregate exercise price less applicable taxes. Also, if two or more equity awards are granted on the same date, each award will be reduced on a pro-rata basis. In no event shall Executive have any discretion with respect to the ordering of payment reductions.

 

However, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the imposition of such Excise Tax could be avoided by approval of shareholders as described in Code Section 280G(b)(5)(B), then Executive must request the Company to solicit a vote of such shareholders (described in Code Section 280G(b)(5)(B)) and in which case Executive will cooperate and execute any such waivers of compensation as may be necessary to enable the shareholder vote to comply with the requirements specified under Code Section 280G and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Any reduction in Total Payments required in connection with the shareholder vote shall be effected in the same manner provided in the preceding paragraph. The Company shall in its discretion determine whether or not to conduct such shareholder vote.

 

In no event will the Company be required to gross up any payment or benefit to Executive to avoid the effects of the Excise Tax or to pay any regular or excise taxes arising from the application of the Excise Tax.

 

All mathematical determinations and all determinations of whether any of the Total Payments are “parachute payments” (within the meaning of section 280G of the Code) that are required to be made under this section, shall be made by an independent audit firm selected by the Company (the “Accountants”), who shall provide their determination, together with detailed supporting calculations regarding the amount of any relevant matters, both to the Company and to Executive. Such determination shall be made by the Accountants using reasonable good faith interpretations of the Code. As expressly permitted by Q/A #32 of the Code Section 280G regulations, with respect to performing any present value calculations that are required in connection with this section, Executive and Company each affirmatively elect to utilize the Applicable Federal Rates (“AFR”) that are in effect as of the Effective Date and the Accountants shall therefore use such AFRs in their determinations and calculations. The Company shall pay the fees and costs of the Accountants which are incurred in connection with this section. 

Page 8 of 14
 

6.            Compensation. In consideration of Executive’s services and covenants hereunder, Company shall pay to Executive the compensation and benefits described below, which compensation shall be paid in accordance with the normal compensation practices of the Company or the Bank and shall be subject to such deductions and withholdings as are required by law or policies of the Company or the Bank in effect from time to time, provided that his salary pursuant to section 6.1 shall be payable not less frequently than monthly (any payment made by the Company or the Bank shall discharge the obligation of the other to make such payment):

 

6.1           Annual Salary. During the Term hereof, the Company shall pay to Executive a salary at a rate of $ per annum. Executive’s salary will be reviewed by the Board of Directors of the Company at the beginning of each of its fiscal years and, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, may be increased for such year.

 

6.2           Annual Incentive Bonus. During the Term hereof, Executive shall also be eligible for additional performance based compensation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

6.3           Stock Options. During the Term hereof, the Board of Directors of the Company may grant Executive options to purchase Company common stock in accordance with the terms of the Company’s stock option plan.

 

6.4           Other Benefits. Executive shall be entitled to share in any other employee benefits generally provided by the Company to its most highly ranking executives for so long as the Company provides such benefits. The Company also agrees to provide Executive with a Company-paid automobile.

 

6.5           Executive’s Right To Benefits Absolute. The right of the Executive to receive the benefits set forth in this Agreement shall be absolute and not subject to any right of set-off or counterclaim the Company may have against Executive.

 

7.           Accelerated Vesting of Executive’s Stock Options. Anything set forth herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Executive’s stock options shall vest immediately upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, even if the Executive remains employed with the Company after a Change of Control. However, to the extent that this Agreement is inconsistent with the Company’s Stock Option Plan, the terms of the Stock Option Plan shall control. Moreover, anything set forth herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Executive shall have a minimum of one (1) year from the date of vesting to exercise such stock option rights. 

Page 9 of 14
 

8.           Parachute Payments. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any payment provided for in this Agreement would, if paid, constitute a “golden parachute payment” as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 359.l(f) as in effect on the date of this Agreement, the obligation of the Company to make such payment shall be subject to an additional condition that the circumstances which cause the payment to be a “golden parachute payment” shall have ceased to exist but such payment will become payable in full at such time as the condition is met together with interest at the Bank’s prime rate, compounded annually, from the date such payment would have been due had it not been a “golden parachute payment” until paid.

 

9.           Confidentiality. With respect to this Section 9, “Company” shall mean the Company and the Bank.

 

9.1           Company Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges that, prior to and during the term of this Agreement, the Company has furnished and will furnish to Executive, and the Executive will develop for the benefit of the Company, Confidential Information which could be used by Executive on behalf of a competitor of the Company to the Company’s substantial detriment. Executive acknowledges that Confidential Information is the sole property of the Company. In view of the foregoing, Executive acknowledges and agrees that the restrictive covenants contained in this Agreement are reasonably necessary to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests and goodwill. Executive agrees that he shall protect the Company’s Confidential Information and shall not disclose to any Person, or otherwise use, except in connection with his duties performed in accordance with this Agreement, any Confidential Information; provided, however, that Executive may make disclosures required by a valid order or subpoena issued by a court or administrative agency of competent jurisdiction, in which event Executive will, if permitted to do so under applicable law, promptly notify the Company of such order or subpoena to provide the Company an opportunity to protect its interests. Upon the termination or expiration of his employment hereunder, the Executive agrees to deliver promptly to the Company all Company files, customer lists, management reports, memoranda, research, Company forms, financial data and reports and other documents supplied to or created by him in connection with his employment hereunder (including all copies of the foregoing) in his possession or control and all of the Company’s equipment and other materials in his possession or control. This provision shall survive for 24 months after termination of employment of Executive with the Company.

 

9.2           Third Party Confidential Information. Executive shall also hold in the strictest confidence all confidential or proprietary information that the Company has received from any third party to which it is the Company’s obligation to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes, and Executive shall not disclose such information to any person, firm or corporation or use it except as necessary in carrying out Executive’s work for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such third party. 

Page 10 of 14
 

10.          Restrictive Covenants. With respect to this Section 10, “Company” shall mean the Company and the Bank. In consideration of this Agreement, and the severance benefits offered herein, Executive agrees that during the Term of this Agreement, and, in the event Executive voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company without Good Reason prior to a Change of Control or the Board of Directors terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause:

 

10.1         Non-Solicitation of Employees. Executive shall not, for a period of one (1) year following termination of employment, as described in this Section 10, call upon any person who is, at that time, an employee or consultant of the Company or any affiliate, for the purpose or with the intent of enticing such employee or consultant away from or out of the employ or contract with the Company or any affiliate. This covenant shall not prevent Executive from hiring current or future employees of the Company who seek out such employment, without solicitation by Executive.

 

10.2         Non-Solicitation of Company Customers. Executive shall not, for a period of one (1) year following termination of employment, as described in this Section 10, interfere or attempt to interfere with any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, business and/or customer which is, at that time, or which has been within one year prior to that time, in a business relationship with the Company and/or is a customer of the Company, for the purpose of soliciting or selling services or products on behalf of a Competitive Business within the Territory.

 

10.3         The Territory. For purposes of this Section 10, the Territory shall mean the ten (10) mile radius surrounding any office in South Carolina in which the Company regularly transacts business, or in which a significant number of agents of the Company regularly work.

 

10.4         Competitive Business. For purposes of this Section 10, a Competitive Business includes any insured depository institution that markets and sells commercial and retail Companying products and services.

 

10.5         Severability; Reformation. Each Restrictive Covenant in this Section 10 is completely severable and independent; if any of the restrictions set forth above are determined to be unenforceable, or unenforceable in any of the geographic areas set forth above, the parties intend that the restrictions set forth above shall continue to apply to the remaining geographic areas set forth above, and that the other restrictions set forth above shall continue to apply.

 

10.6         Termination Following Change of Control. In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason following a Change of Control (whether by the Company or Executive), it is expressly acknowledged that there shall be no limitation on any competitive activity of Executive, including direct competition with the Company or its successor, and the Company shall not be entitled to injunctive relief with respect to any such competitive activities of Executive. 

Page 11 of 14
 

10.7         Equitable Relief. Because of the difficulty of measuring economic losses to the Company as a result of a breach of the covenants in this Section 10 and because of the immediate and irreparable damage that could be caused to the Company for which it would have no other adequate remedy, Executive understands and agrees that the foregoing covenants may be enforced by injunctions, restraining orders and other equitable actions.

 

11.         Trust. The Company shall establish an irrevocable trust to fund the obligations hereunder (which may be a “rabbi trust” if so requested by Executive), which trust (i) shall have as trustee an individual acceptable to Executive, (ii) shall be funded upon the earlier of a Change of Control or the approval of any regulatory application filed by a potential acquiror of the Company seeking to acquire control of the Company, (iii) shall comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and (iv) shall contain such other terms and conditions as are reasonably necessary in Executive’s determination to ensure the Company’s compliance with its obligations hereunder.

 

12.         Assignment. The parties acknowledge that this Agreement has been entered into due to, among other things, the special skills of Executive, and agree that this Agreement may not be assigned or transferred by Executive, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

13.         Notices. All notices, requests, demands, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered or seven days after mailing if mailed, first class, certified mail postage prepaid:

 

To the Company: GrandSouth Bancorporation
  P.O. Box 6548
  Greenville, S.C. 29606
  Attn: President
   
To the Executive: J.B. Garrett
  501 Siena Drive
  Greenville, S.C. 29609
   

Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, and other communications shall be delivered or mailed by giving notice thereof to the other party in the same manner provided herein.

 

14.          Provisions Severable. If any provision or covenant, or any part thereof, of this Agreement should be held by any court to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, either in whole or in part, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions or covenants, or any part thereof, of this Agreement, all of which shall remain in full force and effect.

Page 12 of 14
 

15.          Remedies. (a) The Executive acknowledges that if the breaches or threatens to breach his covenants and agreements in Sections 9 and 10 of this Agreement, such actions may cause irreparable harm and damage to the Company which could not be compensated by monetary damages alone. Accordingly, if Executive breaches or threatens to breach Section 9 or Section 10 of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief, in addition to any other rights or remedies of the Company.

 

(b)          In the event that Executive is reasonably required to engage legal counsel to defend or enforce his rights hereunder against the Company, Executive shall be entitled to-receive from the Company his reasonable attorney’s fees and costs.

 

16.          Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy, other than a claim for injunctive relief pursuant to Section 15(a) hereof, arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Greenville, South Carolina, by three arbitrators in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators’ award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however that Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of the right to be paid until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this agreement. The Company shall bear all costs and expenses arising in connection with any arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section.

 

17.          Waiver. Failure of either party to insist, in one or more instances, on performance by the other in strict accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of any right granted in this Agreement or of the future performance of any such term or condition or of any other terms or condition of this Agreement, unless such waiver is contained in a writing signed by the party making the waiver.

 

18.          Amendments and Modifications. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

19.          Governing Law. The validity and effect of this agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of South Carolina.

 

20.          Right to Advice of Counsel. Executive acknowledges that he has had the right to consult with counsel and is fully aware of Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

21.          Integration. This Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. 

Page 13 of 14
 

22.         Section 409A Savings Clause. Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, if when the Executive’s employment terminates the Executive is a “specified employee,” as defined in section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if any payments or benefits under this Agreement will result in additional tax or interest to the Executive because of section 409A, the Executive shall not be entitled to the payments or benefits until the earliest of (x) the date that is at least six months after termination of the Executive’s employment for reasons other than the Executive’s death, (y) the date of the Executive’s death, or (z) any earlier date that does not result in additional tax or interest to the Executive under section 409A. As promptly as possible after the end of the period during which payments or benefits are delayed under this provision, the entire amount of delayed payments shall be paid to Executive in a single lump sum. References in this Agreement to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 include rules, regulations and guidance of general application issued by the Department of the Treasury under such Section 409A.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

WITNESSES:   Executive
  (SIGNATURE)     (SIGNATURE)
    J. B. Garrett
     
    GrandSouth Bancorporation
  (SIGNATURE)   (SIGNATURE)
    By: Ronald K. Earnest
    President/COO
Page 14 of 14

 

GRANDSOUTH BANCORPORATION

2019 Stock Option Plan

 

1.             Purpose of the Plan. The Plan shall be known as the GrandSouth Bancorporation 2019 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility and to provide additional incentive to directors, officers and key employees of GrandSouth Bancorporation (the “Company”), or any present or future parent or subsidiary of the Company, and to promote the success of the business. The Plan is intended to provide for the grant of “Incentive Stock Options,” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and “Non-qualified Stock Options,” options that do not so qualify. Each and every one of the provisions of the Plan relating to Incentive Stock Options shall be interpreted to conform to the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

 

2.             Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply.

 

(a)           “Award” means the grant by the Board or the Committee of an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-qualified Stock Option, or any combination thereof, as provided in the Plan.

 

(b)           “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, or any successor or parent corporation thereto.

 

(c)           “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(d)           “Committee” shall mean the Stock Option Committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 5(a) of the Plan.

 

(e)           “Common Stock” shall mean the Common Stock, no par value per share, of the Company, or any successor or parent corporation thereto.

 

(f)            “Continuous Employment” or “Continuous Status as an Employee” shall mean the absence of any interruption or termination of employment with the Company or any present or future Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Employment shall not be considered interrupted in the case of sick leave, military leave or any other leave of absence approved by the Company (provided, however, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may extend beyond 90 days unless reemployment rights are guaranteed by law), or in the case of transfers between payroll locations of the Company or between the Company and any of its Parent, its Subsidiaries or a successor.

 

(g)           “Director” shall mean a member of the Board of the Company, or any successor or parent corporation thereto.

 

(h)            “Effective Date” shall mean the date specified in Section 15 hereof.

 

(i)            “Employee” shall mean any person employed by the Company or any present or future Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.

 

(j)            “Incentive Stock Option” or “ISO” shall mean an option to purchase Shares granted by the Committee pursuant to Section 8 hereof which is subject to the limitations and restrictions of Section 8 hereof and which qualifies as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.

 

(k)           “Non-qualified Stock Option” shall mean an option to purchase Shares granted pursuant to Section 9 hereof, which option is not intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code.

 

(l)            “Option” shall mean an Incentive or Non-qualified Stock Option granted pursuant to this Plan providing the holder of such Option with the right to purchase Common Stock.

 

(m)          “Optioned Stock” shall mean stock subject to an Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

1
 

(n)           “Optionee” shall mean any person who receives an Option or Award pursuant to the Plan.

 

(o)           “Parent” shall mean any present or future corporation which would be a “parent corporation” of the Company as defined in Subsections 424(e) and (g) of the Code.

 

(p)           “Participant” means any officer or key employee of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company or any other person providing a service to the Company who is selected by the Board or the Committee to receive an Award, or who by the express terms of the Plan is granted an Award.

 

(q)            “Plan” shall mean the GrandSouth Bancorporation 2019 Stock Option Plan.

 

(r)             “Share” shall mean one share of the Common Stock.

 

(s)           “Subsidiary” shall mean any present or future corporation which would be a “subsidiary corporation” of the Company as defined in Subsections 424(f) and (g) of the Code.

 

(t)            “Treasury Regulation” means the final or temporary regulations promulgated under the Code, in effect from time to time.

 

3.             Shares Subject to the Plan. Except as otherwise required by the provisions of Section 13 hereof, the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Awards may be made pursuant to the Plan shall be 1,000,000. Such Shares shall be authorized but unissued shares of the Common Stock. Shares of Common Stock subject to Options which for any reason are terminated or expire unexercised shall again be available for issuance under the Plan.

 

4.             Six Month Holding Period.

 

A total of six months must elapse between the date of the grant of an Option and the date of the sale of Common Stock received through the exercise of an Option.

 

5.             Administration of the Plan.

 

(a)           Composition of the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which shall serve at the pleasure of the Board. Such Committee shall be constituted solely of two or more Directors who are not currently officers or employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and who qualify to administer the Plan as contemplated by Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor rule.

 

(b)           Powers of the Committee. The Board or the Committee is authorized (but only to the extent not contrary to the express provisions of the Plan or, in the case of the Committee, to resolutions adopted by the Board) to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to determine the form and content of Awards to be issued under the Plan and to make other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee also shall have and may exercise such other power and authority as may be delegated to it by the Board from time to time. A majority of the entire Committee shall constitute a quorum and the action of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be deemed the action of the Committee. In no event may the Board or the Committee revoke outstanding Awards without the consent of the Participant.

 

The Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company and such other officers as shall be designated by the Board or the Committee are hereby authorized to execute instruments evidencing Awards on behalf of the Company and to cause them to be delivered to the participants.

 

(c)           Effect of Board’s or Committee’s Decision. All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Board or the Committee shall be final and conclusive on all persons affected thereby.

2
 

6.             Eligibility. Awards may be granted to directors, officers, key employees and other persons providing a service to the Company or a Subsidiary. The Board or the Committee shall from time to time determine the directors, officers, key employees and other persons who shall be granted Awards under the Plan, the number of Options to be granted to each such director, officer, key employee and other persons under the Plan, and whether Awards granted to each such Participant under the Plan shall be Incentive and/or Non-qualified Stock Options (provided, however, Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to eligible persons who are employees, including officers, of the Company or a Subsidiary). In selecting Participants and in determining the number of Shares of Common Stock to be granted to each such Participant pursuant to each Award granted under the Plan, the Board or the Committee may consider the nature of the services rendered by each such Participant, each such Participant’s current and potential contribution to the Company and such other factors as the Board or the Committee may, in its sole discretion, deem relevant. Directors, officers, key employees or other persons who have been granted an Award may, if otherwise eligible, be granted additional Awards.

 

7.             Term of the Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect for a term of ten years from the Effective Date, unless sooner terminated pursuant to Section 18 hereof. No Option shall be granted under the Plan after ten years from the Effective Date.

 

8.             Terms and Conditions of Incentive Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Participants who are Employees. Each Incentive Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement, executed by the Company and the Optionee, which states the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Options granted thereby and the period of exercisability of the Options, and in such form as the Board or the Committee shall from time to time approve. Each and every Incentive Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall comply with, and be subject to, the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)           Option Price.

 

(i)             The price per Share at which each Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan may be exercised shall not, as to any particular Incentive Stock Option, be less than the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time such Incentive Stock Option is granted. For such purposes, if the Common Stock is traded otherwise than on a national securities exchange at the time of the granting of an Option, then the price per Share of the Optioned Stock shall be not less than the mean between the bid and asked price on the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted or, if there is no bid and asked price on said date, then on the next prior business day on which there was a bid and asked price. If no such bid and asked price is available, then the price per Share shall be determined by the Board or the Committee. If the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange at the time of the granting of an Incentive Stock Option, then the price per Share shall be not less than the average of the highest and lowest selling price on such exchange on the date such Incentive Stock Option is granted or, if there were no sales on said date, then the price shall be not less than the mean between the bid and asked price on such date.

 

(ii)            In the case of an Employee who owns Common Stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding Common Stock at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, the Incentive Stock Option exercise price shall not be less than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted.

 

(b)           Payment. Full payment for each Share of Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be made at the time of exercise of each such Incentive Stock Option and shall be paid in cash. No Shares of Common Stock shall be issued until full payment therefor has been received by the Company, and no Optionee shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company until Shares of Common Stock are issued to him.

 

(c)           Term of Incentive Stock Option. The term of each Incentive Stock option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be not more ten (10) years from the date each such Incentive Stock Option is granted, provided that in the case of an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the Common Stock outstanding at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall not exceed five (5) years.

3
 

(d)           Exercise Generally. Except as otherwise provided in Section 10 hereof, no Incentive Stock Option may be exercised unless the Optionee shall have been in the Continuous Employment of the Company at all times during the period beginning with the date of grant of any such Incentive Stock Option and ending on the date three months prior to the date of exercise of any such Incentive Stock Option. The Board or the Committee may at the time of grant impose additional conditions upon the right of an Optionee to exercise any Incentive Stock Option granted hereunder which are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan or the requirements for qualification as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.

 

(e)           Limitation on Options to be Exercised. The aggregate fair market value (determined as of the date the Option is granted) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by each Employee during any calendar year (under all Incentive Stock Option plans, as defined in Section 422 of the Code, of the Company or any present or future Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) shall not exceed $100,000. Notwithstanding the prior provisions of this Section 8(e), the Board or the Committee may grant Options in excess of the foregoing limitations, provided said Options shall be clearly and specifically designated as not being Incentive Stock Options, as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

 

(f)            Transferability. Any Incentive Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be exercised during an Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee to whom it was granted and shall not be assignable or transferable otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

 

(g)           Modification. An Incentive Stock Option may not be modified, extended, or renewed to the extent that such action would be treated for federal income tax purposes as the grant of a new option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

9.             Terms and Conditions of Non-qualified Stock Options. Each Non-qualified Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement, executed by the Company and the Optionee, which states the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Options granted thereby and the period of exercisability of the Options, and in such form as the Board or the Committee shall from time to time approve. Each and every Non-qualified Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions.

 

(a)           Option Price. The exercise price per Share of Common Stock for each Non-qualified Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be at such price as the Board or the Committee may determine in its sole discretion, provided that the exercise price may never be less than the fair market value of the Common Stock (disregarding lapse restrictions under Treasury Regulation § 1.83-3(i)) on the date each such Non-qualified Stock Option is granted.

 

(b)           Payment. Full payment for each Share of Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of any Non-qualified Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be made at the time of exercise of each such Non-qualified Stock Option and shall be paid in cash. No Shares of Common Stock shall be issued until full payment therefor has been received by the Company and no Optionee shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company until the Shares of Common Stock are issued to him.

 

(c)           Term. The term of each Non-qualified Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be not more than ten (10) years from the date each such Non-qualified Stock Option is granted.

 

(d)           Exercise Generally. The Board or the Committee may impose additional conditions upon the right of any Participant to exercise any Non-qualified Stock Option granted hereunder which are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, provided that the imposition of such additional conditions shall not give rise to a modification or extension under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v) that would trigger the imposition of tax under Section 409A or otherwise cause the Non-qualified Stock Option to provide for a deferral of compensation under Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

4
 

(e)           Cashless Exercise. An Optionee who has held a Non-qualified Stock Option for at least six months may engage in the “cashless exercise” of the Option. In a cashless exercise, an Optionee gives the Company written notice of the exercise of the Option together with an order to a registered broker-dealer or equivalent third party, to sell part or all of the Optioned Stock and to deliver enough of the proceeds to the Company to pay the Option price and any applicable withholding taxes. If the Optionee does not sell the Optioned Stock through a registered broker-dealer or equivalent third party, he can give the Company written notice of the exercise of the Option and the third party purchaser of the Optioned Stock shall pay the exercise price plus any applicable withholding taxes to the Company. To the extent permitted by applicable law or regulation, the Board or the Committee, in its sole discretion, may permit the exercise price to be paid in previously owned shares of Common Stock.

 

(f)            Transferability. Any Non-qualified Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be exercised during an Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee to whom it was granted and shall not be assignable or transferable otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

 

10.           Effect of Termination of Employment, Disability or Death on Incentive Stock Options.

 

(a)           Termination of Employment. In the event that any Optionee’s employment with the Company shall terminate for any reason, other than Permanent and Total Disability (as such term is defined in Section 22 (e) (3) of the Code) or death, all of any such Optionee’s Incentive Stock Options, and all of any such Optionee’s rights to purchase or receive Shares of Common Stock pursuant thereto, shall automatically terminate on the earlier of (i) the respective expiration dates of any such Incentive Stock Options or (ii) the expiration of not more than three months after the date of such termination of employment, but only if, and to the extent that, the Optionee was entitled to exercise any such Incentive Stock Options at the date of such termination of employment.

 

(b)           Disability. In the event that any Optionee’s employment with the Company shall terminate as the result of the Permanent and Total Disability of such Optionee, such Optionee may exercise any Incentive Stock Options granted to him pursuant to the Plan at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the respective expiration dates of any such Incentive Stock Options or (ii) the date which is one year after the date of such termination of employment, but only if, and to the extent that, the Optionee was entitled to exercise any such Incentive Stock Options at the date of such termination of employment.

 

(c)           Death. In the event of the death of an Optionee, any Incentive Stock Options granted to such Optionee may be exercised by the person or persons to whom the Optionee’s rights under any such Incentive Stock Options pass by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (including the Optionee’s estate during the period of administration) at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the respective expiration dates of any such Incentive Stock Options or (ii) the date which is one year after the date of death of such Optionee but only if, and to the extent that, the Optionee was entitled to exercise any such Incentive Stock Options at the date of death. For purposes of this Section 10(c), any Incentive Stock Option held by an Optionee shall be considered exercisable at the date of his death if the only unsatisfied condition precedent to the exercisability of such Incentive Stock Option at the date of death is the passage of a specified period of time. At the discretion of the Board or the Committee, upon exercise of such Options after death of the Optionee, the Company may issue Shares or pay cash or a combination thereof. If cash shall be paid in lieu of Shares, such cash shall be equal to the difference between the fair market value of such Shares and the exercise price of such Options on the exercise date.

 

(d)           Termination of Incentive Stock Options. To the extent that any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan to any Optionee whose employment with the Company terminates shall not have been exercised within the applicable period set forth in this Section 10, any such Incentive Stock Option, and all rights to purchase or receive Shares of Common Stock pursuant thereto, as the case may be, shall terminate on the last day of the applicable period.

 

11.           Effect of Termination of Employment, Disability or Death on Non-qualified Stock Options. The terms and conditions of Non-qualified Stock Options relating to the effect of the termination of an Optionee’s employment, disability of an Optionee or his death shall be such terms and conditions as the Board or the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, determine at the time of termination, unless specifically provided for by the terms of the Agreement at the time of grant of the Award; provided, however, such terms and conditions must not give rise to an impermissible acceleration of benefits under Section 409A of the Code, give rise to a modification or extension under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v) that would trigger the imposition of tax under Section 409A, or otherwise cause the Non-qualified Stock Option to provide for a deferral of compensation under Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

5
 

12.           Right of Repurchase and Restrictions on Disposition. The Board or the Committee, in its sole discretion, may include at the time of award, as a term of any Incentive Stock Option or Non-qualified Stock Option, the right (the “Repurchase Right”) but not the obligation, to repurchase all or any amount of the Shares acquired by an Optionee pursuant to the exercise of any such Options. The intent of the Repurchase Right is to encourage the continued employment of the Optionee. The Repurchase Right shall provide for, among other things, a specified duration of the Repurchase Right, a specified price per Share to be paid upon the exercise of the Repurchase Right and a restriction on the disposition of the Shares by the Optionee during the period of the Repurchase Right. The Repurchase Right may permit the Company to transfer or assign such right to another party. The Company may exercise the Repurchase Right only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

13.           Recapitalization, Merger, Consolidation, Change in Control and Similar Transactions.

 

(a)           Adjustment. The aggregate number of Shares of Common Stock for which Options may be granted hereunder, the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option, and the exercise price per Share of Common Stock of each such Option, shall all be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued and outstanding Shares of Common Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of Shares (whether by reason of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, split-up, spin-off, stock split, combination of shares, or otherwise) or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the Common Stock) or any other increase or decrease in the number of such Shares of Common Stock effected without the receipt of consideration by the Company (other than Shares held by dissenting stockholders).

 

(b)           Change in Control. All outstanding Awards shall become immediately exercisable in the event of a change in control or imminent change in control of the Company. In the event of such a change in control or imminent change in control, the Optionee shall, at the discretion of the Board or the Committee, be entitled to receive cash in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock subject to any Incentive or Non-qualified Stock Option over the Option Price of such Shares, in exchange for the surrender of such Options by the Optionee on that date. For purposes of this Section 13, “change in control” shall mean: (i) the execution of an agreement for the sale of all, or a material portion, of the assets of the Company; (ii) the execution of an agreement for a merger or reorganization of the Company or the consummation of any merger or reorganization whereby the Company is not the surviving entity; (iii) a change of control event of the Company, as otherwise defined by Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5); or (iv) the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of the beneficial ownership (within the meaning of that term as it is used in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) of 45% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Company by any person, trust, entity or group. This limitation shall not apply to the purchase of shares by underwriters in connection with a public offering of Company stock, or the purchase of shares of up to 45% of any class of securities of the Company by a tax qualified employee stock benefit plan of the Company or to a transaction which forms a holding company for the Company, if the shareholders of the Company own substantially the same proportionate interests of the stock of the holding company immediately after the transaction except for changes caused by the exercise of dissenter’s rights. The term “person” refers to an individual or a corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein. For purposes of this Section 13, “imminent change in control” shall refer to any offer or announcement, oral or written, by any person or persons acting as a group, to acquire control of the Company. Whether there is an imminent change in control shall be determined by the Board or the Committee. The decision of the Board or the Committee as to whether a change in control or imminent change in control has occurred shall be conclusive and binding.

 

(c)           Cancellation and Payment for Options in the Event of Extraordinary Corporate Action. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, in the event of any change in control, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, exchange of shares, spin-off, reorganization, tender offer, liquidation or other extraordinary corporate action or event, the Board or the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power, prior or subsequent to such action or event to:

6
 

(i)     cancel any or all previously granted Options, provided that consideration is paid to the Optionee in connection therewith which consideration is sufficient to put the Optionee in as favorable a financial position as he would have been if the Options had not been cancelled; and/or

 

(ii)      subject to Section 13(a) and (b) above, make such other adjustments in connection with the Plan as the Board or the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary, desirable, appropriate or advisable; provided, however, that no action shall be taken by the Committee which would cause Incentive Stock Options granted pursuant to the Plan to fail to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

 

Except as expressly provided in Sections 13(a) and 13(b) hereof, no Optionee shall have any rights by reason of the occurrence of any of the events described in this Section 13.

 

(d)           Acceleration. The Board or the Committee shall at all times have the power to accelerate the exercise date of Options previously granted under the Plan.

 

14.           Time of Granting Options. The date of grant of an Option under the Plan shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Board or the Committee makes the determination to grant such Option. Notice of the determination of the grant of an Option shall be given to each individual to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant in a form determined by the Board or the Committee.

 

15.           Effective Date. The Plan shall become effective upon adoption by the Board of Directors. Options may be granted prior to approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company if the exercise of such Options is subject to such stockholder approval.

 

16.           Approval by Stockholders. The Plan shall be approved by stockholders of the Company within twelve months before or after the date the Plan becomes effective.

 

17.           Modification of Options. At any time and from time to time, the Board may or may authorize the Committee to direct the execution of an instrument providing for the modification of any outstanding Option, provided no such modification, extension or renewal shall confer on the holder of said Option any right or benefit which could not be conferred on him by the grant of a new Option at such time, or shall not materially decrease the Optionee’s benefits under the Option without the consent of the holder of the Option, except as otherwise permitted under Section 18 hereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Board or the Committee shall have the authority to cancel outstanding Options with the consent of the Optionee and to reissue new Options at a lower exercise price, (provided, however, the exercise price shall in no event be less than the then fair market value per share of Common Stock), in the event that the fair market value per share of Common Stock at any time prior to the date of exercise of outstanding Options falls below the exercise price of such Options. Neither the Board nor the Committee shall make any modification that would give rise to a modification or extension under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v) that would trigger the imposition of tax under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise cause the Non-qualified Stock Option to provide for a deferral of compensation under Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

18.           Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

 

(a)           Action by the Board. The Board may alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, except that no action of the Board may increase (other than as provided in Section 13 hereof) the maximum number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially modify the requirements for eligibility for participation in the Plan unless such action of the Board shall be subject to approval or ratification by the stockholders of the Company.

 

(b)           Change in Applicable Law. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Plan, in the event of a change in any federal or state law, rule or regulation which would make the exercise of all or part of any previously granted Incentive and/or Non-qualified Stock Option unlawful or subject the Company to any penalty, the Committee may restrict any such exercise without the consent of the Optionee or other holder thereof in order to comply with any such law, rule or regulation or to avoid any such penalty.

7
 

19.           Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares. Shares shall not be issued with respect to any Option granted under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, any applicable state securities law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed.

 

The inability of the Company to obtain approval from any regulatory body or authority deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the non-issuance or sale of such Shares.

 

As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require the person exercising the Option to make such representations and warranties as may be necessary to assure the availability of an exemption from the registration requirements of federal or state securities law.

 

20.           Section 409A of the Code. No Options shall be granted under this Plan, and no Shares shall be issued with respect to any Options granted under this Plan, to the extent that the grant or issuance would trigger the recognition of income under Section 409A of the Code.

 

21.           Reservation of Shares. During the term of the Plan, the Company will reserve and keep available a number of Shares sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

22.           Unsecured Obligation. No Participant under the Plan shall have any interest in any fund or special asset of the Company by reason of the Plan or the grant of any Incentive or Non-qualified Stock Option under the Plan. No trust fund shall be created in connection with the Plan or any grant of any Incentive or Non-qualified Stock Option hereunder and there shall be no required funding of amounts which may become payable to any Participant.

 

23.           Withholding Tax. The Company shall have the right to deduct from all amounts paid in cash with respect to the cashless exercise of Options under the Plan any taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such cash payments. Where a Participant or other person is entitled to receive Shares pursuant to the exercise of an Option pursuant to the Plan, the Company shall have the right to require the Participant or such other person to pay the Company the amount of any taxes which the Company is required to withhold with respect to such Shares, or, in lieu thereof, to retain, or sell without notice, a number of such Shares sufficient to cover the amount required to be withheld.

 

24.           Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of South Carolina, except to the extent that federal law shall be deemed to apply.

 

25.           Compliance With Rule 16b-3. With respect to persons to whom options are granted hereunder who are subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934: (i) this Plan is intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors, (ii) all transactions involving insider-participants are subject to such conditions as are expressly set forth in the Plan, and (iii) any provision of the Plan or action by the Plan’s administrators that is contrary to a condition of Rule 16b-3 shall not apply to insider-participants.

8

 

GRANDSOUTH BANCORPORATION

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT PURSUANT TO THE

GRANDSOUTH BANK 2019 STOCK OPTION PLAN (THE “PLAN”)

 

APPENDIX A

 

1. HOLDER:  
          (Name)
     
          (Street Address or PO Box Number)
     
          (City, State, ZIP)
     
          (Social Security Number)

2. TYPE OF OPTION: Incentive Stock Option
  (Inventive pursuant to Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code or non-qualified)
3. NUMBER OF SHARES SUBJECT TO OPTION:  
4. EXERCISE PRICE PER SHARE:  
5. DATE OF GRANT:  
6. EXERCISE TERMS:

 

(a) DATE FIRST EXERCISABLE NUMBER OF SHARES
       
 

XXX

XXX

XXX

XXX

XXX

 

(b) CASHLESS EXERCISE PERMITTED (May only be permitted for non-qualified stock options):            YES ___ NO X

 

(c) RIGHT OF REPURCHASE PERMITTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE PLAN:            YES ___ NO X

 

    IF RIGHT OF REPURCHASE IS PERMITTED, THE TERMS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
     
(d) OTHER TERMS:

 

7. TERMINATION DATE:     XXX, XXX
  (Ten years from date of grant, unless otherwise specified here)

           
HOLDER     GRANDSOUTH BANCORPORATION
       
                        By:                                        
    Title:  President  

 
 

GRANDSOUTH BANCORPORATION

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into between GrandSouth Bancorporation, a South Carolina bank holding corporation (the “Bank”), and the person named in Appendix A hereto as the Holder (the “Holder”), as of the date set forth in Appendix A hereto as the Date of Grant, in connection with the grant of options pursuant to the GrandSouth Bancorporation 2019 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”). Appendix A hereto is incorporated by reference herein (“Appendix A”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Holder is employed by the Bank or one of its subsidiaries in a key position or is an officer or director of the Bank and the Bank desires to retain the Holder in it services, to encourage the Holder to own Common Stock (as defined in the Plan) of the Bank and to give the Holder added incentive to advance the interests of the Bank through the Plan and, therefore, desires to grant the Holder an option to purchase shares of Common Stock or the Bank under terms and conditions established by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof (as set forth in the Plan).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises, the parties agree that the following shall constitute the Agreement between the Bank and the Holder:

 

1.              Grant of Option. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Bank grants to the Holder incentive stock options qualified under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) (“Incentive Stock Options”) and /or non-qualified stock options (“Non-qualified Stock Options”) to purchase from the Bank the number of shares specified in Appendix A hereto, at the price, for the period, and on the terms set forth in Appendix A.

 

2.              Additional Terms of Option and Terms of Exercise. The term of the options granted hereby may be reduced only on account of termination of employment, disability or death of the Holder as provided in Paragraphs 4 and 5 hereof, or in the event of certain extraordinary corporate actions as set forth in the Plan. At any time and from time to time when any option or portion thereof is exercisable, the same may be exercised in whole or in part. Except as provided in Paragraphs 4 and 5 hereof, no option shall be exercisable unless, at the time of the exercise, the Holder is then, and has been continuously since such option was granted, an employee of the Bank. Leave of absence from employment by the Bank when granted by the Bank because of sick leave, military leave or any other reason approved by the Bank, to the extent permitted under the Code and applicable regulations, shall not be considered as interruption or termination of employment for any purpose under the Plan.

 

The Holder shall also be subject to the following:

 

(a)             With respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan, the aggregate fair market value of shares of Common Stock subject to such Incentive Stock Option and the aggregate fair market value of shares of Common Stock or stock of any affiliate (or a predecessor of the Bank or an affiliate) subject to any other incentive stock option (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) of the Bank and its affiliates (or a predecessor corporation of any such corporation), to the extent such options become first exercisable in any calendar year, may not (with respect to any holder) exceed $100,000, determined as of the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted.

 

(b)            Any options granted hereby which are in excess of the fair market value limitations set forth in Paragraph (a) of this subsection shall be deemed “non-statutory” or “non-qualified” and shall not be Incentive Stock Options granted hereunder.

 

(c)             The right to exercise any option granted hereunder shall be forfeited in the event the Holder shall be dismissed or resign as the consequence of the commission of a crime involving moral turpitude.

 

3.              Exercise of Options

 

The options granted hereunder shall be exercisable only upon delivery to the Bank at its main office of a written notice: (a) stating the Holder’s election to exercise, (b) specifying the number of shares to be purchased, and (c) enclosing payment for the shares purchased in full. Payment shall be made in cash unless Appendix A specifies that cashless exercise is permitted. Any cashless exercise shall comply with Section 9(e) of the Plan. As promptly as practicable thereafter, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which the notice refers shall be issued, provided, however, that the time of such delivery may be postponed by the Bank for such period as may be required by the Bank with reasonable diligence to comply with applicable listing requirements of any securities exchange or to comply with applicable state or federal law. In no case may a fraction of a share be purchased or issued under the Plan.

 

The Holder shall not, by reason of the Plan and the granting to him of any option hereunder, have or thereby acquire any rights of a shareholder of the Bank with respect to the shares covered by the option unless and until his ownership shall have been recorded on the stock record books of the Bank and a certificate for such shares shall have been issued and delivered to him.

 
 

4.              Effect of Termination of Employment, Disability or Death on Incentive Stock Options.

 

(a)             Termination of Employment. If the Holder’s employment by the Bank or any of its subsidiaries is terminated because of the Holder’s retirement, or for disability with the approval of the Bank or any of its subsidiaries, or for any other reason except death or termination pursuant to paragraph 2(c) hereof, the Holder shall have the right at any time within three months thereafter (but in any event no later than the date of the expiration of the option period) to exercise the Holder’s Incentive Stock Options with respect to the number of shares which were immediately purchasable by the Holder at the time of termination of employment, and the Holder’s right to purchase any remaining shares shall terminate forthwith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event employment is terminated due to disability as defined under Section 22 (e)(3) of the Code, the Holder shall have the right at any time within one year thereafter (but in any event no later than the date of the expiration of the option period) to exercise such Incentive Stock Option.

 

This Agreement shall not in any event confer on the Holder any right to continue in the employment of the Bank or any of its subsidiaries, or affect their right to terminate the Holder’s service at any time, and nothing contained herein shall be deemed a waiver or modification of any provision contained in any agreement between the Holder and the Bank or any parent or subsidiary thereof.

 

(b)            Death of Holder of Option. In the event of the death of the Holder while the Holder is in the employ of the Bank or any of it subsidiaries, any Incentive Stock Option or unexercised portion thereof granted to the Holder shall be exercisable at any time prior to the expiration of one year after the date of such death (but in any event no later than the date of the expiration of the option period), but only by the estate of the Holder or by the person or persons to whom the Holder’s rights under the Incentive Stock Option shall pass by the Holder’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution of the state of the Holder’s domicile at the time of the Holder’s death, and then only if and to the extent that the Holder was entitled to exercise the Incentive Stock Option at the date of his death. The estate of the Holder or the person or persons so exercising such Incentive Stock Option after the Holder’s death shall, simultaneously with the delivery of notice to exercise and the payment for the shares purchased, deliver to the Bank such proof of the right to such estate or such person or persons to exercise the Incentive Stock Option as may reasonably be required by the Board of Directors and counsel.

 

5.              Effect of Termination of Employment, Disability or Death on Non-qualified Stock Options.

 

The terms and conditions of Non-qualified Stock Options relating to the effect of the termination of the Holder’s employment, or the Holder’s death or disability shall be such terms and conditions as the Board or the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, determine at the time of termination, unless otherwise specifically provided for in Appendix A hereto.

 

6.              Options not Transferable

 

Options granted hereby shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during the Holder’s lifetime only by the Holder.

 

7.              Adjustment of Shares

 

In the event of stock dividends, stocks splits, recapitalization, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, reorganization, or any other increase or decrease in the number of Shares of Common Stock effected without the receipt of consideration by the Bank (other than Shares held by dissenting stockholders), the number of shares subject to he Plan, and the number of shares, the option price, and the exercise date thereof subject to this Agreement, shall be appropriately adjusted by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive with respect to such adjustment. Certain other adjustments may (or shall) also be made with respect to the options in connection with the foregoing events or a change in control or imminent change in control as provided in the Plan.

 

8.              Investment Letter.

 

The Holder agrees, and any other party that purchases any shares of the Common Stock pursuant to any options granted hereby must as a condition precedent to such purchase likewise agree, that the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of any options shall be acquired for his own account for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution or public offering thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or other applicable securities laws. If the Board of Directors so determines, any Common Stock certificates issued upon exercise of any option shall bear a legend to the effect that the shares have been so acquired. The Bank may, but in no event shall be required to, bear any expense of complying with the Act, other applicable securities laws or the rules and regulation s of any national securities exchange or other regulatory authority in connection with the registration, qualification, or transfer, as the case may be, of any option or any shares of Common Stock acquired upon the exercise hereof. The foregoing restrictions on the transfer of the shares of Common Stock shall be inoperative if (a) the Bank previously shall have been furnished with an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to it, to the effect that such transfer will not involve any violation of the Act or other applicable securities laws, or (b) the shares of Common Stock shall have been duly registered in compliance with the Act and other applicable securities laws. If any option, or the shares of Common Stock subject to any option, are so registered under the Act and listed on any securities exchange, the Holder agrees, and any other party that purchases any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any option must as a condition precedent to such purchase likewise agree, that he will not make a public offering of the said shares except on a national securities exchange on which the Common Stock of the Bank is then registered and listed.

 

9.              No Effect on Capital Structure

 

This grant of options shall not affect the right of the Bank or any affiliate thereof to reclassify, recapitalize or otherwise change its capital or debt structure or to merge, consolidate, convey any or all of its assets, dissolve, liquidate, windup, or otherwise reorganize.

 
 

10.            Amendment, Suspension and Termination

 

The Board may at any time alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, provided, however, that the Board shall not, without the approval of the shareholders of the Bank, amend the Plan to: (a) increase the maximum number of shares as to which options may be granted (other than as provided in Paragraph 13 of the Plan), (b) materially increase the benefits accruing to participants under the Plan, or (c) materially modify the requirements for eligibility for participation in the Plan.

 

The options granted hereby will terminate automatically at the close of business on the date which is ten years from the date of grant as set forth in Appendix A unless terminated prior thereto as hereinabove provided or unless otherwise provided in Appendix A.

 

11.            Board Authority

 

Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement, any adjustments required to be made under Paragraph 7 of this Agreement, and any controversy which may arise under this Agreement shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Bank in its sole discretion.

 

12.            Plan Governs

 

The terms of this Agreement are governed by the terms of the Plan, a copy of which is attached hereto as Appendix B and made a part hereof as if fully set forth herein, and in the case of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern. Initially capitalized terms used in this agreement shall have the same meaning as provided in the Plan, unless otherwise specifically provided herein.

 

13.            Notice

 

Whenever any notice is required or permitted hereunder, such notice must be in writing and personally delivered, or sent by mail. Any notice required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered, whether actually received or not, on the third business day after it is deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, addressed to the person who is to receive it at the address which such person has theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. The Bank or Holder may change, at any time and from time to time, by written notice to the other, the address previously specified for receiving notices. Until changed in accordance herewith, the Bank specifies its address as set forth below:

 

                 GrandSouth Bancorporation

                 P.O. Box 6548

                 381 Halton Road

                 Greenville, S.C. 29606

 

Until changed in accordance herewith, the Holder specifies his address is as set forth on Appendix A hereto.

 

14.            Unenforceability of Portion of Agreement.

 

In the event any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable for any reason, the illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of such provision shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Agreement, but shall be fully severable and this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision had never been included herein.

 

15.            Effect of Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.

 

Notwithstanding any provision hereof, or the Plan, to the contrary, if any obligation of the Company to the Federal government arising from financial assistance provided under the Troubled Asset Relief Program established pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, as amended, remains outstanding at a time when the terms of this Agreement or the Plan would cause the vesting of the Holder’s rights to exercise options to be accelerated (i) as a result of the termination of the Holder’s employment by the Company, or its subsidiary, or (ii) due to a change in control, then such acceleration shall not occur.

 

IN WITHNESS HEREOF, the Bank has caused this Agreement to be executed and the Holder has hereunder set his hand on this day and year set forth on Appendix A as the Date of Grant.

           
HOLDER     GRANDSOUTH BANCORPORATION
       
                        By:                                        
       
    Title: President
 

 

GRANDSOUTH BANCORPORATION

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT PURSUANT TO THE

GRANDSOUTH BANK 2009 STOCK OPTION PLAN (THE “PLAN”)

 

APPENDIX A

 

1. HOLDER:  
          (Name)
     
          (Street Address or PO Box Number)
     
          (City, State, ZIP)
     
          (Social Security Number)

2. TYPE OF OPTION: Incentive Stock Option
  (Inventive pursuant to Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code or non-qualified)
3. NUMBER OF SHARES SUBJECT TO OPTION:  
4. EXERCISE PRICE PER SHARE:  
5. DATE OF GRANT:  
6. EXERCISE TERMS:

 

(a) DATE FIRST EXERCISABLE NUMBER OF SHARES
       
 

XXX

XXX

XXX

XXX

XXX

 

(b) CASHLESS EXERCISE PERMITTED (May only be permitted for non-qualified stock options):            YES ___ NO X

 

(c) RIGHT OF REPURCHASE PERMITTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE PLAN:            YES ___ NO ___

 

    IF RIGHT OF REPURCHASE IS PERMITTED, THE TERMS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
     
(d) OTHER TERMS:

 

7. TERMINATION DATE:     XXX, XXX
  (Ten years from date of grant, unless otherwise specified here)

           
HOLDER     GRANDSOUTH BANCORPORATION
       
                        By:                                        
XXX     Title:  President  

 
 

GRANDSOUTH BANCORPORATION

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into between GrandSouth Bancorporation, a South Carolina bank holding corporation (the “Bank”), and the person named in Appendix A hereto as the Holder (the “Holder”), as of the date set forth in Appendix A hereto as the Date of Grant, in connection with the grant of options pursuant to the GrandSouth Bancorporation 2009 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”). Appendix A hereto is incorporated by reference herein (“Appendix A”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Holder is employed by the Bank or one of its subsidiaries in a key position or is an officer or director of the Bank and the Bank desires to retain the Holder in it services, to encourage the Holder to own Common Stock (as defined in the Plan) of the Bank and to give the Holder added incentive to advance the interests of the Bank through the Plan and, therefore, desires to grant the Holder an option to purchase shares of Common Stock or the Bank under terms and conditions established by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof (as set forth in the Plan).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises, the parties agree that the following shall constitute the Agreement between the Bank and the Holder:

 

1.              Grant of Option. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Bank grants to the Holder incentive stock options qualified under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) (“Incentive Stock Options”) and /or non-qualified stock options (“Non-qualified Stock Options”) to purchase from the Bank the number of shares specified in Appendix A hereto, at the price, for the period, and on the terms set forth in Appendix A.

 

2.              Additional Terms of Option and Terms of Exercise. The term of the options granted hereby may be reduced only on account of termination of employment, disability or death of the Holder as provided in Paragraphs 4 and 5 hereof, or in the event of certain extraordinary corporate actions as set forth in the Plan. At any time and from time to time when any option or portion thereof is exercisable, the same may be exercised in whole or in part. Except as provided in Paragraphs 4 and 5 hereof, no option shall be exercisable unless, at the time of the exercise, the Holder is then, and has been continuously since such option was granted, an employee of the Bank. Leave of absence from employment by the Bank when granted by the Bank because of sick leave, military leave or any other reason approved by the Bank, to the extent permitted under the Code and applicable regulations, shall not be considered as interruption or termination of employment for any purpose under the Plan.

 

The Holder shall also be subject to the following:

 

(a)             With respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan, the aggregate fair market value of shares of Common Stock subject to such Incentive Stock Option and the aggregate fair market value of shares of Common Stock or stock of any affiliate (or a predecessor of the Bank or an affiliate) subject to any other incentive stock option (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) of the Bank and its affiliates (or a predecessor corporation of any such corporation), to the extent such options become first exercisable in any calendar year, may not (with respect to any holder) exceed $100,000, determined as of the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted.

 

(b)            Any options granted hereby which are in excess of the fair market value limitations set forth in Paragraph (a) of this subsection shall be deemed “non-statutory” or “non-qualified” and shall not be Incentive Stock Options granted hereunder.

 

(c)             The right to exercise any option granted hereunder shall be forfeited in the event the Holder shall be dismissed or resign as the consequence of the commission of a crime involving moral turpitude.

 

3.              Exercise of Options

 

The options granted hereunder shall be exercisable only upon delivery to the Bank at its main office of a written notice: (a) stating the Holder’s election to exercise, (b) specifying the number of shares to be purchased, and (c) enclosing payment for the shares purchased in full. Payment shall be made in cash unless Appendix A specifies that cashless exercise is permitted. Any cashless exercise shall comply with Section 9(e) of the Plan. As promptly as practicable thereafter, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which the notice refers shall be issued, provided, however, that the time of such delivery may be postponed by the Bank for such period as may be required by the Bank with reasonable diligence to comply with applicable listing requirements of any securities exchange or to comply with applicable state or federal law. In no case may a fraction of a share be purchased or issued under the Plan.

 

The Holder shall not, by reason of the Plan and the granting to him of any option hereunder, have or thereby acquire any rights of a shareholder of the Bank with respect to the shares covered by the option unless and until his ownership shall have been recorded on the stock record books of the Bank and a certificate for such shares shall have been issued and delivered to him.

 
 

4.              Effect of Termination of Employment, Disability or Death on Incentive Stock Options.

 

(a)             Termination of Employment. If the Holder’s employment by the Bank or any of its subsidiaries is terminated because of the Holder’s retirement, or for disability with the approval of the Bank or any of its subsidiaries, or for any other reason except death or termination pursuant to paragraph 2(c) hereof, the Holder shall have the right at any time within three months thereafter (but in any event no later than the date of the expiration of the option period) to exercise the Holder’s Incentive Stock Options with respect to the number of shares which were immediately purchasable by the Holder at the time of termination of employment, and the Holder’s right to purchase any remaining shares shall terminate forthwith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event employment is terminated due to disability as defined under Section 22 (e)(3) of the Code, the Holder shall have the right at any time within one year thereafter (but in any event no later than the date of the expiration of the option period) to exercise such Incentive Stock Option.

 

This Agreement shall not in any event confer on the Holder any right to continue in the employment of the Bank or any of its subsidiaries, or affect their right to terminate the Holder’s service at any time, and nothing contained herein shall be deemed a waiver or modification of any provision contained in any agreement between the Holder and the Bank or any parent or subsidiary thereof.

 

(b)            Death of Holder of Option. In the event of the death of the Holder while the Holder is in the employ of the Bank or any of it subsidiaries, any Incentive Stock Option or unexercised portion thereof granted to the Holder shall be exercisable at any time prior to the expiration of one year after the date of such death (but in any event no later than the date of the expiration of the option period), but only by the estate of the Holder or by the person or persons to whom the Holder’s rights under the Incentive Stock Option shall pass by the Holder’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution of the state of the Holder’s domicile at the time of the Holder’s death, and then only if and to the extent that the Holder was entitled to exercise the Incentive Stock Option at the date of his death. The estate of the Holder or the person or persons so exercising such Incentive Stock Option after the Holder’s death shall, simultaneously with the delivery of notice to exercise and the payment for the shares purchased, deliver to the Bank such proof of the right to such estate or such person or persons to exercise the Incentive Stock Option as may reasonably be required by the Board of Directors and counsel.

 

5.              Effect of Termination of Employment, Disability or Death on Non-qualified Stock Options.

 

The terms and conditions of Non-qualified Stock Options relating to the effect of the termination of the Holder’s employment, or the Holder’s death or disability shall be such terms and conditions as the Board or the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, determine at the time of termination, unless otherwise specifically provided for in Appendix A hereto.

 

6.              Options not Transferable

 

Options granted hereby shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during the Holder’s lifetime only by the Holder.

 

7.              Adjustment of Shares

 

In the event of stock dividends, stocks splits, recapitalization, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, reorganization, or any other increase or decrease in the number of Shares of Common Stock effected without the receipt of consideration by the Bank (other than Shares held by dissenting stockholders), the number of shares subject to he Plan, and the number of shares, the option price, and the exercise date thereof subject to this Agreement, shall be appropriately adjusted by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive with respect to such adjustment. Certain other adjustments may (or shall) also be made with respect to the options in connection with the foregoing events or a change in control or imminent change in control as provided in the Plan.

 

8.              Investment Letter.

 

The Holder agrees, and any other party that purchases any shares of the Common Stock pursuant to any options granted hereby must as a condition precedent to such purchase likewise agree, that the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of any options shall be acquired for his own account for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution or public offering thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or other applicable securities laws. If the Board of Directors so determines, any Common Stock certificates issued upon exercise of any option shall bear a legend to the effect that the shares have been so acquired. The Bank may, but in no event shall be required to, bear any expense of complying with the Act, other applicable securities laws or the rules and regulation s of any national securities exchange or other regulatory authority in connection with the registration, qualification, or transfer, as the case may be, of any option or any shares of Common Stock acquired upon the exercise hereof. The foregoing restrictions on the transfer of the shares of Common Stock shall be inoperative if (a) the Bank previously shall have been furnished with an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to it, to the effect that such transfer will not involve any violation of the Act or other applicable securities laws, or (b) the shares of Common Stock shall have been duly registered in compliance with the Act and other applicable securities laws. If any option, or the shares of Common Stock subject to any option, are so registered under the Act and listed on any securities exchange, the Holder agrees, and any other party that purchases any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any option must as a condition precedent to such purchase likewise agree, that he will not make a public offering of the said shares except on a national securities exchange on which the Common Stock of the Bank is then registered and listed.

 

9.              No Effect on Capital Structure

 

This grant of options shall not affect the right of the Bank or any affiliate thereof to reclassify, recapitalize or otherwise change its capital or debt structure or to merge, consolidate, convey any or all of its assets, dissolve, liquidate, windup, or otherwise reorganize.

 
 

10.            Amendment, Suspension and Termination

 

The Board may at any time alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, provided, however, that the Board shall not, without the approval of the shareholders of the Bank, amend the Plan to: (a) increase the maximum number of shares as to which options may be granted (other than as provided in Paragraph 13 of the Plan), (b) materially increase the benefits accruing to participants under the Plan, or (c) materially modify the requirements for eligibility for participation in the Plan.

 

The options granted hereby will terminate automatically at the close of business on the date which is ten years from the date of grant as set forth in Appendix A unless terminated prior thereto as hereinabove provided or unless otherwise provided in Appendix A.

 

11.            Board Authority

 

Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement, any adjustments required to be made under Paragraph 7 of this Agreement, and any controversy which may arise under this Agreement shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Bank in its sole discretion.

 

12.            Plan Governs

 

The terms of this Agreement are governed by the terms of the Plan, a copy of which is attached hereto as Appendix B and made a part hereof as if fully set forth herein, and in the case of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern. Initially capitalized terms used in this agreement shall have the same meaning as provided in the Plan, unless otherwise specifically provided herein.

 

13.            Notice

 

Whenever any notice is required or permitted hereunder, such notice must be in writing and personally delivered, or sent by mail. Any notice required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered, whether actually received or not, on the third business day after it is deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, addressed to the person who is to receive it at the address which such person has theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. The Bank or Holder may change, at any time and from time to time, by written notice to the other, the address previously specified for receiving notices. Until changed in accordance herewith, the Bank specifies its address as set forth below:

 

                 GrandSouth Bancorporation

                 P.O. Box 6548

                 381 Halton Road

                 Greenville, S.C. 29606

 

Until changed in accordance herewith, the Holder specifies his address is as set forth on Appendix A hereto.

 

14.            Unenforceability of Portion of Agreement.

 

In the event any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable for any reason, the illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of such provision shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Agreement, but shall be fully severable and this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision had never been included herein.

 

15.            Effect of Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.

 

Notwithstanding any provision hereof, or the Plan, to the contrary, if any obligation of the Company to the Federal government arising from financial assistance provided under the Troubled Asset Relief Program established pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, as amended, remains outstanding at a time when the terms of this Agreement or the Plan would cause the vesting of the Holder’s rights to exercise options to be accelerated (i) as a result of the termination of the Holder’s employment by the Company, or its subsidiary, or (ii) due to a change in control, then such acceleration shall not occur.

 

IN WITHNESS HEREOF, the Bank has caused this Agreement to be executed and the Holder has hereunder set his hand on this day and year set forth on Appendix A as the Date of Grant.

           
HOLDER     GRANDSOUTH BANCORPORATION
       
                        By:                                        
       
    Title: President
 

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries

 

GrandSouth Bank

GrandSouth Capital Trust 1